Program Integrity Issues, 34806-34890 [2010-14107]
Download as PDF
34806
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
on the Federal eRulemaking Portal at https://
www.regulations.gov. Therefore, commenters
should be careful to include in their
comments only information that they wish to
make publicly available on the Internet.
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
34 CFR Parts 600, 602, 603, 668, 682,
685, 686, 690, and 691
[Docket ID ED–2010–OPE–0004]
RIN 1840–AD02
Program Integrity Issues
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
AGENCY: Office of Postsecondary
Education, Department of Education.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
SUMMARY: The Secretary proposes to
improve integrity in the programs
authorized under title IV of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as amended
(HEA) by amending the regulations for
Institutional Eligibility Under the HEA,
the Secretary’s Recognition of
Accrediting Agencies, the Secretary’s
Recognition Procedures for State
Agencies, the Student Assistance
General Provisions, the Federal Family
Education Loan (FFEL) Program, the
William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan
Program, the Teacher Education
Assistance for College and Higher
Education (TEACH) Grant Program, the
Federal Pell Grant Program, and the
Academic Competitiveness Grant (AGC)
and National Science and Mathematics
Access to Retain Talent Grant (National
Smart Grant) Programs.
DATES: We must receive your comments
on or before August 2, 2010.
ADDRESSES: Submit your comments
through the Federal eRulemaking Portal
or via postal mail, commercial delivery,
or hand delivery. We will not accept
comments by fax or by e-mail. Please
submit your comments only one time, in
order to ensure that we do not receive
duplicate copies. In addition, please
include the Docket ID at the top of your
comments.
• Federal eRulemaking Portal. Go to
https://www.regulations.gov to submit
your comments electronically.
Information on using Regulations.gov,
including instructions for accessing
agency documents, submitting
comments, and viewing the docket, is
available on the site under ‘‘How To Use
This Site.’’
• Postal Mail, Commercial Delivery,
or Hand Delivery. If you mail or deliver
your comments about these proposed
regulations, address them to Jessica
Finkel, U.S. Department of Education,
1990 K Street, NW., room 8031,
Washington, DC 20006–8502.
Privacy Note: The Department’s policy for
comments received from members of the
public (including those comments submitted
by mail, commercial delivery, or hand
delivery) is to make these submissions
available for public viewing in their entirety
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For
information related to gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation, John Kolotos. Telephone:
(202) 502–7762 or via the Internet at:
John.Kolotos@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions related to the definition of
credit hour, Marianna Deeken or Fred
Sellers. Telephone: (206) 615–2583 or
via the Internet at
Marianna.Deeken@ed.gov. Telephone:
(202) 502–7502 or via the Internet at:
Fred.Sellers@ed.gov.
For information related to provisions
on State authorization, Fred Sellers.
Telephone: (202) 502–7502 or via the
Internet at: Fred.Sellers@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on retaking coursework,
Vanessa Freeman. Telephone: (202)
502–7523 or via the Internet at:
Vanessa.Freeman@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions for written agreements
between institutions, Carney
McCullough. Telephone: (202) 502–
7639 or via the Internet at:
Carney.McCullough@ed.gov.
For information on the provisions
related to incentive compensation,
Marty Guthrie. Telephone: (202) 219–
7031 or via the Internet at:
Marty.Guthrie@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on ability to benefit, Dan
Klock. Telephone: (202) 377–4026 or via
the Internet at Dan.Klock@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on misrepresentation,
Vanessa Freeman. Telephone: (202)
502–7523 or via the Internet at:
Vanessa.Freeman@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on satisfactory academic
progress, Marianna Deeken. Telephone:
(206) 615–2583 or via the Internet at:
Marianna.Deeken@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on high school diplomas and
verification of information on the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA), Jacquelyn Butler. Telephone:
(202) 502–7890, or via the Internet at:
Jacquelyn.Butler@ed.gov.
For information related to the return
of title IV, HEA funds calculation
provisions for term-based modules or
taking attendance, Jessica Finkel.
Telephone: (202) 502–7647, or via the
Internet at: Jessica.Finkel@ed.gov.
For information related to the
provisions on timeliness and method of
disbursement, John Kolotos. Telephone:
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(202) 502–7762, or via the Internet at:
John.Kolotos@ed.gov.
If you use a telecommunications
device for the deaf (TDD), call the
Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at
1–800–877–8339.
Individuals with disabilities can
obtain this document in an accessible
format (e.g., braille, large print,
audiotape, or computer diskette) on
request to one of the contact persons
listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Invitation To Comment
As outlined in the section of this
notice entitled Negotiated Rulemaking,
significant public participation, through
a series of three regional hearings and
three negotiated rulemaking sessions,
has occurred in developing this notice
of proposed rulemaking (NPRM). In
accordance with the requirements of the
Administrative Procedure Act, the
Department invites you to submit
comments regarding these proposed
regulations on or before August 2, 2010.
To ensure that your comments have
maximum effect in developing the final
regulations, we urge you to identify
clearly the specific section or sections of
the proposed regulations that each of
your comments addresses and to arrange
your comments in the same order as the
proposed regulations.
We invite you to assist us in
complying with the specific
requirements of Executive Order 12866
and its overall requirement of reducing
regulatory burden that might result from
these proposed regulations. Please let us
know of any further opportunities we
should take to reduce potential costs or
increase potential benefits while
preserving the effective and efficient
administration of the programs.
During and after the comment period,
you may inspect all public comments
about these proposed regulations by
accessing Regulations.gov. You may also
inspect the comments, in person, in
room 8031, 1990 K Street, NW.,
Washington, DC, between the hours of
8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time,
Monday through Friday of each week
except Federal holidays.
Assistance to Individuals With
Disabilities in Reviewing the
Rulemaking Record
On request, we will supply an
appropriate aid, such as a reader or
print magnifier, to an individual with a
disability who needs assistance to
review the comments or other
documents in the public rulemaking
record for these proposed regulations. If
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
you want to schedule an appointment
for this type of aid, please contact one
of the persons listed under FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Negotiated Rulemaking
Section 492 of the HEA requires the
Secretary, before publishing any
proposed regulations for programs
authorized by title IV of the HEA, to
obtain public involvement in the
development of the proposed
regulations. After obtaining advice and
recommendations from the public,
including individuals and
representatives of groups involved in
the Federal student financial assistance
programs, the Secretary must subject the
proposed regulations to a negotiated
rulemaking process. All proposed
regulations that the Department
publishes on which the negotiators
reached consensus must conform to
final agreements resulting from that
process unless the Secretary reopens the
process or provides a written
explanation to the participants stating
why the Secretary has decided to depart
from the agreements. Further
information on the negotiated
rulemaking process can be found at:
https://www.ed.gov/policy/highered/leg/
hea08/.
On September 9, 2009, the
Department published a notice in the
Federal Register (74 FR 46399)
announcing our intent to establish two
negotiated rulemaking committees to
prepare proposed regulations. One
committee would develop proposed
regulations governing foreign schools,
including the implementation of the
changes made to the HEA by the Higher
Education Opportunity Act of 2008
(HEOA), Public Law 110–315, that affect
foreign schools. The proposed
regulations governing foreign schools
will be published in the Federal
Register at a future date. A second
committee would develop proposed
regulations to improve integrity in the
title IV, HEA programs. The notice
requested nominations of individuals
for membership on the committees who
could represent the interests of key
stakeholder constituencies on each
committee.
Team I—Program Integrity Issues
(Team I) met to develop proposed
regulations during the months of
November 2009 through January 2010.
The Department developed a list of
proposed regulatory provisions,
including provisions based on advice
and recommendations submitted by
individuals and organizations as
testimony to the Department in a series
of three public hearings held on:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
• June 15, 2009 at Community
College of Denver in Denver, CO.
• June 18, 2009 at University of
Arkansas in Little Rock, AR.
• June 22, 2009 at Community
College of Philadelphia in Philadelphia,
PA.
In addition, the Department accepted
written comments on possible
regulatory provisions submitted directly
to the Department by interested parties
and organizations. A summary of all
comments received orally and in writing
is posted as background material in the
docket for this NPRM. Transcripts of the
regional meetings can be accessed at
https://www2.ed.gov/policy/highered/
reg/hearulemaking/2009/negregsummerfall.html#ph.
Staff within the Department also
identified issues for discussion and
negotiation.
At its first meeting, Team I reached
agreement on its protocols. These
protocols provided that for each
community identified as having
interests that were significantly affected
by the subject matter of the negotiations,
the non-Federal negotiators would
represent the organizations listed after
their names in the protocols in the
negotiated rulemaking process.
Team I included the following
members:
Rich Williams, U.S. PIRG, and Angela
Peoples (alternate), United States
Student Association, representing
students.
Margaret Reiter, attorney, and Deanne
Loonin (alternate), National Consumer
Law Center, representing consumer
advocacy organizations.
Richard Heath, Anne Arundel
Community College, and Joan Zanders
(alternate), Northern Virginia
Community College, representing twoyear public institutions.
Phil Asbury, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, and Joe Pettibon
(alternate), Texas A&M University,
representing four-year public
institutions.
Todd Jones, Association of
Independent Colleges and Universities
of Ohio, and Maureen Budetti
(alternate), National Association of
Independent Colleges and Universities,
representing private, non-profit
institutions.
Elaine Neely, Kaplan Higher
Education Corp., and David Rhodes,
(alternate), School of Visual Arts,
representing private, for-profit
institutions.
Terry Hartle, American Council on
Education, and Bob Moran (alternate),
American Association of State Colleges
and Universities, representing college
presidents.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34807
David Hawkins, National Association
for College Admission Counseling, and
Amanda Modar (alternate), National
Association for College Admission
Counseling, representing admissions
officers.
Susan Williams, Bridgeport
University, and Anne Gross (alternate),
National Association of College and
University Business Officers,
representing business officers.
Val Meyers, Michigan State
University, and Joan Berkes (alternate),
National Association of Student
Financial Aid Administrators,
representing financial aid
administrators.
Barbara Brittingham, Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education of the
New England Association of Schools
and Colleges, Sharon Tanner (1st
alternate), National League for Nursing
Accreditation Commission, and Ralph
Wolf (2nd alternate), Western
Association of Schools and Colleges,
representing regional/programmatic
accreditors.
Anthony Mirando, Nation Accrediting
Commission of Cosmetology Arts and
Sciences, and Michale McComis
(alternate), Accrediting Commission of
Career Schools and Colleges,
representing national accreditors.
Jim Simpson, Florida State
University, and Susan Lehr (alternate),
Florida State University, representing
work force development.
Carol Lindsey, Texas Guaranteed
Student Loan Corp, and Janet Dodson
(alternate), National Student Loan
Program, representing the lending
community.
Chris Young, Wonderlic, Inc., and Dr.
David Waldschmidt (alternate),
Wonderlic, Inc., representing test
publishers.
Dr. Marshall Hill, Nebraska
Coordinating Commission for
Postsecondary Education, and Dr.
Kathryn Dodge (alternate), New
Hampshire Postsecondary Education
Commission, representing State higher
education officials.
Carney McCullough and Fred Sellers,
U.S. Department of Education,
representing the Federal Government.
These protocols also provided that,
unless agreed to otherwise, consensus
on all of the amendments in the
proposed regulations had to be achieved
for consensus to be reached on the
entire NPRM. Consensus means that
there must be no dissent by any
member.
During the meetings, Team I reviewed
and discussed drafts of proposed
regulations. At the final meeting in
January 2010, Team I did not reach
consensus on the proposed regulations
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34808
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
in this document. With regard to gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation, this document addresses
technical, reporting, and disclosure
issues. The remaining issues under
consideration that address the extent to
which certain educational programs
lead to gainful employment and the
conditions under which those programs
remain eligible for title IV, HEA
program funds are not included in this
NPRM.
Summary of Proposed Changes
These proposed regulations would
address program integrity issues by:
• Requiring institutions to develop
and follow procedures to evaluate the
validity of a student’s high school
diploma if the institution or the
Secretary has reason to believe that the
diploma is not valid or was not obtained
from an entity that provides secondary
school education;
• Expanding eligibility for title IV,
HEA program assistance to students
who demonstrate they have the ability
to benefit by satisfactorily completing
six credits of college work, or the
equivalent amounts of coursework, that
are applicable toward a degree or
certificate offered by an institution;
• Amending and adding definitions
of terms related to ability to benefit
testing, including ‘‘assessment center,’’
‘‘independent test administrator,’’
‘‘individual with a disability,’’ ‘‘test,’’
‘‘test administrator,’’ and ‘‘test
publisher’’;
• Consolidating into a single
regulatory provision the approval
processes for ability to benefit tests
developed by test publishers and States;
• Establishing requirements under
which test publishers and States must
provide descriptions of processes for
identifying and handling test score
abnormalities, ensuring the integrity of
the testing environment, and certifying
and decertifying test administrators;
• Requiring test publishers and States
to describe any accommodations
available for individuals with
disabilities, as well as the process a test
administrator would use to identify and
report to the test publisher instances in
which these accommodations were
used;
• Revising the test approval
procedures and criteria for ability to
benefit tests, including procedures
related to the approval of tests for
speakers of foreign languages and
individuals with disabilities;
• Revising the definitions and
provisions that describe the activities
that constitute substantial
misrepresentation by an institution of
the nature of its educational program, its
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
financial charges, or the employability
of its graduates;
• Removing the ‘‘safe harbor’’
provisions related to incentive
compensation for any person or entity
engaged in any student recruitment or
admission activity, including making
decisions regarding the award of title IV,
HEA program assistance;
• Clarifying what is required for an
institution of higher education, a
proprietary institution of higher
education, and a postsecondary
vocational institution to be considered
legally authorized by the State;
• Defining a credit hour and
establishing procedures that certain
institutional accrediting agencies must
have in place to determine whether an
institution’s assignment of a credit hour
is acceptable;
• Modifying provisions to clarify
whether and when an institution must
award student financial assistance based
on clock or credit hours and the
standards for credit-to-clock-hour
conversions;
• Modifying the provisions related to
written arrangements between two or
more eligible institutions that are owned
or controlled by the same person or
entity so that the percentage of the
educational program that may be
provided by the institution that does not
grant the degree or certificate under the
arrangement may not exceed 50 percent;
• Prohibiting written arrangements
between an eligible institution and an
ineligible institution that has had its
certification to participate in title IV,
HEA programs revoked or its
application for recertification denied;
• Expanding provisions related to the
information that an institution with a
written arrangement must disclose to a
student enrolled in a program affected
by the arrangement, including, for
example, the portion of the educational
program that the institution that grants
the degree or certificate is not providing;
• Revising the definition of
unsubsidized student financial aid
programs to include TEACH Grants,
Federal PLUS Loans, and Direct PLUS
Loans;
• Codifying current policy that an
institution must complete verification
before the institution may exercise its
professional judgment authority;
• Eliminating the 30 percent
verification cap;
• Retaining the ability of institutions
to select additional applicants for
verification;
• Replacing the five verification items
for all selected applicants with a
targeted selection from items included
in an annual Federal Register notice
published by the Secretary;
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
• Allowing interim disbursements
when changes to an applicant’s FAFSA
information would not change the
amount that the student would receive
under a title IV, HEA program;
• Codifying the Department’s IRS
Data Retrieval System Process, which
allows an applicant to import income
and other data from the IRS into an
online FAFSA;
• Requiring the processing of all
changes and corrections to an
applicant’s FAFSA information;
• Modifying the provisions related to
institutional satisfactory academic
progress policies and the impact these
policies have on a student’s eligibility
for title IV, HEA program assistance;
• Expanding the definition of fulltime student to allow, for a term-based
program, repeated coursework taken in
the program to count towards a full-time
workload;
• Clarifying when a student is
considered to have withdrawn from a
payment period of enrollment for the
purpose of calculating a return of title
IV, HEA program funds;
• Clarifying the circumstances under
which an institution is required to take
attendance for the purpose of
calculating a return of title IV, HEA
program funds;
• Modifying the provisions for
disbursing title IV, HEA program funds
to ensure that certain students can
obtain or purchase books and supplies
by the seventh day of a payment period;
• Updating the definition of the term
recognized occupation to reflect current
usage; and
• Establishing requirements for
institutions to submit information on
program completers for programs that
prepare students for gainful
employment in recognized occupations.
Significant Proposed Regulations
We group major issues according to
subject, with appropriate sections of the
proposed regulations referenced in
parentheses. We discuss other
substantive issues under the sections of
the proposed regulations to which they
pertain. Generally, we do not address
proposed regulatory provisions that are
technical or otherwise minor in effect.
Part 600 Institutional Eligibility Under
the Higher Education Act of 1965, as
Amended
Gainful Employment in a Recognized
Occupation (§§ 600.2, 600.4, 600.5,
600.6, 668.6, and 668.8)
Statute: Sections 102(b) and (c) of the
HEA define, in part, a proprietary
institution and a postsecondary
vocational institution, respectively, as
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
an institution that provides an eligible
program of training that prepares
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation. Section
101(b)(1) of the HEA defines an
institution of higher education, in part,
as any institution that provides not less
than a one-year program of training that
prepares students for gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
One-Year Programs at Institutions of
Higher Education
Current Regulations: § 600.4(a)(4)(iii)
provides that a public or nonprofit
institution may provide a training
program of at least one academic year
that leads to a certificate, degree, or
other recognized educational credential
and prepares students for gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation. In addition, § 668.8(c)(3)
provides that an eligible program at an
institution of higher education may be
at least a one-academic-year training
program that leads to a certificate,
degree, or other recognized credential
and prepares students for gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation.
Proposed Regulations: The proposed
regulations would amend
§§ 600.4(a)(4)(iii) and 668.8(c)(3) by
removing the reference to degree
programs.
Reasons: In keeping with the statute,
we would clarify in proposed
§§ 600.4(a)(4)(iii) and 668.8(c)(3) that
only certificate or credentialed
nondegree programs of at least one
academic year, that are offered by a
public or nonprofit institution of higher
education, are programs that must
prepare students for gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation.
Recognized Occupation
Current Regulations: Section 600.2
defines a recognized occupation as an
occupation that is listed in an
‘‘occupational division’’ of the latest
edition of the Dictionary of
Occupational Titles, published by the
U.S. Department of Labor, or an
occupation determined to be a
recognized occupation by the Secretary
in consultation with the Secretary of
Labor.
Proposed Regulations: Proposed
§ 600.2 would define recognized
occupation as an occupation identified
by a Standard Occupational
Classification (SOC) code established by
the Office of Management and Budget or
an Occupational Information Network
O* NET–SOC code established by the
Department of Labor and available at
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
https://online.onetcenter.org or its
successor site.
Reasons: The definition of recognized
occupation in proposed § 600.2 would
simply replace an outdated reference to
the Dictionary of Occupational Titles
with current references to SOC codes
established by the Office of Management
and Budget or the Department of Labor.
Gainful Employment
Current Regulations: Sections
600.4(a)(4)(iii), 600.5(a)(5), and
600.6(a)(4) mirror the statutory
provisions, and like the statute, do not
define or further describe the meaning
of the phrase ‘‘gainful employment.’’
Proposed Regulations: Under
proposed § 668.6(a), an institution
would annually submit information
about students who complete a program
that leads to gainful employment in a
recognized occupation. That
information would include, at a
minimum, identifying information
about each student who completed a
program, the Classification of
Instructional Program (CIP) code for that
program, the date the student completed
the program, and the amounts the
student received from private
educational loans and institutional
financing plans.
In addition, under proposed
§ 668.6(b), an institution would be
required to disclose on its Web site
information about (1) the occupations
that its programs prepare students to
enter, along with links to occupational
profiles on O*NET, (2) the on-time
graduation rate of students entering a
program, (3) the cost of each program,
including costs for tuition and fees,
room and board, and other institutional
costs typically incurred by students
enrolling in the program, (4) beginning
no later than June 30, 2013, the
placement rate for students completing
each of those programs, as determined
under § 668.8(g) or a State-sponsored
workforce data system, and (5) the
median loan debt incurred by students
who completed each program in the
preceding three years, identified
separately as title IV, HEA loan debt and
debt from private educational loans and
institutional financing plans.
Reasons: The Department plans to use
this information to continue to assess
the outcomes of programs that lead to
gainful employment in a recognized
occupation. The proposed new
requirement would enable the
Department to further evaluate and
monitor the outcomes of these
programs. In addition, to better inform
prospective students, proposed
§ 668.6(b) would require an institution
to disclose on its Web site the cost,
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34809
graduation and placement rates, jobrelated information for each of its
programs, and debt levels of students
who completed the program during the
past three years. We seek comment on
whether the proposed Web-based
approach is the most appropriate way to
ensure that prospective students obtain
this information or whether we should
consider other approaches. With regard
to disclosing Federal and non-Federal
loan debt, based on the information an
institution would submit under
proposed § 668.6(a), the Department
would be able to provide the institution
with the median title IV, HEA loan debt,
by program, and the median debt from
private loans and institutional financing
plans by program. The institution would
then disclose these amounts. While we
believe that § 668.43 already requires an
institution to disclose program cost
information, we wish to make it an
explicit requirement in this part of the
regulations because our research
showed that program cost information
was not disclosed on the Web sites of
many institutions.
Definition of a Credit Hour (§§ 600.2,
602.24, 603.24, and 668.8)
Statute: Section 481(a)(2) of the HEA
defines an academic year for an
undergraduate program, in part, as
requiring a minimum of 24 semester or
trimester credit hours or 36 quarter
credit hours in a course of study that
measures academic progress in credit
hours or 900 clock hours in a course of
study that measures academic progress
in clock hours. Section 481(b) of the
HEA defines an eligible program, in
part, as a program of at least 600 clock
hours, 16 semester hours, or 24 quarter
hours or, in certain instances, a program
of at least 300 clock hours, 8 semester
hours, or 12 quarter hours. Sections
428(b)(1), 428B(a)(2), 428H(d)(1),
455(a)(1), and 484(b)(3) and (4) of the
HEA specify that a student must be
carrying at least one-half of the normal
full-time work load for the student’s
course of study in order to qualify for
any loan under parts B and D of title IV
of the HEA. Section 401 of the HEA
provides that a student’s Federal Pell
Grant must be adjusted based on the
student’s enrollment status and that a
student must be enrolled at least halftime to be eligible for a second
consecutive Federal Pell Grant in an
award year. Section 496(a)(5)(H) of the
HEA requires that an accrediting agency
assess an institution’s measure of
program length. Section 487(c)(4) of the
HEA requires that the Secretary publish
a list of State agencies which the
Secretary determines to be reliable
authorities as to the quality of public
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34810
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
postsecondary vocational education in
their respective States for the purpose of
determining institutional eligibility for
Federal student assistance programs.
Current Regulations: There is no
definition of a credit hour in any current
regulations for programs funded under
the HEA; and the term is not defined in
the regulations that set out the
requirements for the Secretary’s
recognition of accrediting agencies or
State agencies for the approval of public
postsecondary vocational education.
The regulations that address an
institutional accrediting agency’s, or
State approval agency’s, reviews and
evaluations of an institution’s
assignment of credit hours are set out in
34 CFR part 602 for an accrediting
agency and 34 CFR part 603 for a State
approval agency.
In current § 668.8(k) and (l), the
regulations provide the formula that
certain undergraduate programs must
use to convert the number of clock
hours offered to the appropriate number
of credit hours used for title IV, HEA aid
calculations and the requirements for
identifying the undergraduate programs
subject to using the formula. For these
programs, each semester or trimester
hour must include at least 30 clock
hours of instruction, and each quarter
hour must include at least 20 hours of
instruction. An institution must use the
formula to determine if a program is
eligible for title IV, HEA purposes
unless (1) the institution offers an
undergraduate program in credit hours
that is at least two academic years in
length and leads to an associate degree,
a bachelor’s degree, or a professional
degree or (2) each course within the
program is acceptable for full credit
toward an associate degree, bachelor’s
degree, or professional degree offered by
the institution, and the degree offered
by the institution requires at least two
academic years of study.
Proposed Regulations: Definition of a
Credit Hour
The Department proposes to add to
§ 600.2 a definition of a credit hour that
would measure credit hours in terms of
the amount of time and work during
which a student is engaged in academic
activity using commonly accepted
academic practice in higher education,
and further would provide for
institutionally established equivalencies
as represented by learning outcomes
and verified achievement.
Accrediting Agency Procedures
The Department proposes to amend
current § 602.24 by adding a new
paragraph (f). Proposed § 602.24(f)
would describe the responsibilities of an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
accrediting agency to review and
evaluate an institution’s policies and
procedures for the assignment of credit
hours and the institution’s application
of its policies and procedures in
assigning credit hours to its programs
and courses. An accrediting agency
would be required to make a reasonable
determination of whether the
institution’s assignment of credit hours
conforms to commonly accepted
practice in higher education. The
proposed regulations in § 602.24(f) also
would provide that an accrediting
agency may use sampling or other
methods in its reviews of programs at
institutions, must take such actions that
it deems appropriate to address any
deficiencies that it identifies, and must
notify the Secretary promptly of any
systemic noncompliance with the
agency’s policies or significant
noncompliance regarding one or more
programs at the institution.
State Approval Agency Procedures
The Department proposes to amend
current § 603.24 by redesignating
paragraph (c) as paragraph (d) and
adding a new paragraph (c). For State
agencies for the approval of public
postsecondary education, proposed
§ 603.24(c) would provide for the same
responsibilities as described for
accrediting agencies regarding the
review and evaluation of an institution’s
policies and procedures for the
assignment of credit hours and the
institution’s application of its policies
and procedures in assigning credit
hours to its programs and courses.
Clock-to-Credit-Hour Conversion
Proposed § 668.8(l)(1) would revise
the method of converting clock hours to
credit hours to use a ratio of the
minimum clock hours in an academic
year to the minimum credit hours in an
academic year, i.e., 900 clock hours to
24 semester or trimester hours or 36
quarter hours. Thus, a semester or
trimester hour would be based on at
least 37.5 clock hours, and a quarter
hour would be based on at least 25 clock
hours. Proposed § 668.8(l)(2) creates an
exception to the conversion ratio in
proposed § 668.8(l)(1) if neither an
institution’s designated accrediting
agency nor the relevant State licensing
authority for participation in the title IV,
HEA programs determines there are any
deficiencies in the institution’s policies,
procedures, and practices for
establishing the credit hours that the
institution awards for programs and
courses, as defined in proposed § 600.2.
Under the exception provided by
proposed § 668.8(l)(2), an institution
may combine students’ work outside of
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
class with the clock-hours of instruction
in order to meet or exceed the numeric
requirements established in proposed
§ 668.8(l)(1). However, under proposed
§ 668.8(l)(2), the institution must use at
least 30 clock hours for a semester or
trimester hour or 20 clock hours for a
quarter hour.
In determining whether there is
outside work that a student must
perform, the analysis must take into
account differences in coursework and
educational activities within the
program. Some portions of a program
may require student work outside of
class that justifies the application of
proposed § 668.8(l)(2). In addition, the
application of proposed § 668.8(l)(2)
may vary within a program depending
on variances in required student work
outside of class for different portions of
the program. Other portions of the
program may not have outside work,
and proposed § 668.8(l)(1) must be
applied. Of course, an institution
applying only proposed § 668.8(l)(1) to
a program eligible for conversion from
clock hours to credit hours, without an
analysis of the program’s coursework,
would be considered compliant with the
requirements of proposed § 668.8(l).
Proposed § 668.8(k)(1)(ii) modifies a
provision in current regulations to
provide that a program is not subject to
the conversion formula in § 668.8(l)
where each course within the program
is acceptable for full credit toward a
degree that is offered by the institution
and that this degree requires at least two
academic years of study. Additionally,
under proposed § 668.8(k)(1)(ii), the
institution would be required to
demonstrate that students enroll in, and
graduate from, the degree program.
Proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i) would
provide that a program is considered to
be a clock-hour program if the program
must be measured in clock hours to
receive Federal or State approval or
licensure, or if completing clock hours
is a requirement for graduates to apply
for licensure or the authorization to
practice the occupation that the student
is intending to pursue. Under proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(ii) and (iii), the program is
also considered to be offered in clock
hours if the credit hours awarded for the
program are not in compliance with the
definition of a credit hour in proposed
§ 600.2, or if the institution does not
provide the clock hours that are the
basis for the credit hours awarded for
the program or each course in the
program and, except as provided in
current § 668.4(e), require attendance in
the clock hours that are the basis for the
credit hours awarded. The proposed
regulations on which tentative
agreement was reached did not include
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the provision in proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(iii) that, except as provided
in current § 668.4(e), an institution must
require attendance in the clock hours
that are the basis for the credit hours
awarded. However, during the
negotiations we had previously
proposed to include such a provision.
Proposed § 668.8(k)(3) would provide
that proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i) would not
apply if a limited portion of the program
includes a practicum, internship, or
clinical experience component that
must include a minimum number of
clock hours due to a State or Federal
approval or licensure requirement.
Reasons: Definition of a Credit Hour
A credit hour is a unit of measure that
gives value to the level of instruction,
academic rigor, and time requirements
for a course taken at an educational
institution. At its most basic, a credit
hour is a proxy measure of a quantity of
student learning. The credit hour was
developed as part of a process to
establish a standard measure of faculty
workloads, costs of instruction, and
rates of educational efficiencies as well
as a measure of student work for transfer
students. While the credit hour was
developed to provide some uniform
measure, it may not consistently relate
to comparable measures of time or
workload within institutions or between
different types of institutions. Most
postsecondary institutions do not have
specific policies or criteria to assign
credit hours to coursework in a uniform
manner.
In keeping with the original purpose
of providing a consistent measure of at
least a minimum quantity of a student’s
academic engagement, the proposed
definition of a credit hour will establish
a basis for measuring eligibility for
Federal funding. This standard measure
will provide increased assurance that a
credit hour has the necessary
educational content to support the
amounts of Federal funds that are
awarded to participants in Federal
funding programs and that students at
different institutions are treated
equitably in the awarding of those
funds.
We recognize, however, that other
measures of educational content are
being developed by institutions and do
not intend to limit the methods by
which an institution may measure a
student’s work in his or her educational
activities. We, therefore, are including
in paragraph (3) of the proposed
definition of a credit hour a provision
that an institution may provide
institutional equivalencies for the
amount of work specified in paragraph
(1) of the proposed definition as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
represented in intended learning
outcomes and verified by evidence of
their achievement. Further, the
institution’s equivalencies must be in
accordance with any process or
conditions required by an institution’s
designated accrediting agency for title
IV, HEA program participation, because
these agencies are well positioned to
provide oversight in this area.
During the negotiated rulemaking
sessions, a few of the non-Federal
negotiators were opposed to any
proposal to define a credit hour because
they believed that a definition would
impinge upon an institution’s ability to
create innovative courses and teaching
methods. They also argued that the
proposed definition was too restrictive
and inhibited the academic freedom of
schools. Other non-Federal negotiators
agreed that a definition was necessary
and did not believe the Department’s
proposed definition would adversely
impact institutions. These other nonFederal negotiators agreed with our
position that the proposed definition of
a credit hour would provide sufficient
flexibilities for institutions and
supported keeping it in the proposed
regulations.
One significant change is proposed in
the regulations to address a concern
raised during the negotiated rulemaking
sessions regarding a definition of a
credit hour. The change is to recognize
in paragraph (3) of the proposed
definition that an institution would be
able to establish reasonable equivalent
measures of a credit hour. As is also the
case with paragraphs (1) and (2) of the
proposed definition, the measures must
be reasonable and in accordance with
the requirements of the institution’s
designated accrediting agency, or State
agency for the approval of public
postsecondary vocational education, for
title IV, HEA program participation as
well as for participation in other HEA
programs. This change further ensures
that the definition will allow
institutions to adopt alternative
measures of student work.
The proposed definition of a credit
hour does not change our policy that we
provide funding based only on credit
hours that are the direct result of
postsecondary student work. Thus, we
do not currently, nor do we propose to,
provide funding for credits awarded
based on Advanced Placement (AP) or
International Baccalaureate (IB)
programs, tests or testing out, life
experience, or similar competency
measures.
No agreement was reached to amend
§ 600.2 to include a definition of a credit
hour due to the belief of some nonFederal negotiators that a definition
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34811
would limit an institution’s ability to
use alternative measures of student
work.
Accrediting Agency Procedures
Section 496(a)(5) of the HEA requires
that, to be recognized by the Secretary,
an accrediting agency must have
standards to evaluate an institution’s or
program’s ‘‘measures of program length
and the objectives of the degrees or
credentials offered.’’ Thus, accrediting
agencies are required to make a
judgment about program length and the
amount of credit an institution or
program grants for course work.
Accrediting agency standards related to
program length differ significantly in
their specificity and these standards
generally do not define what a credit
hour is. This lack of specificity in
standards covering student achievement
and program length has inherent
limitations and may result in
inconsistent treatment of Federal funds.
We believe that the lack of more
direct accrediting agency oversight in
the assignment of credits to coursework
may result in some institutions not
being able to demonstrate that there is
sufficient course content to substantiate
the credit hours for certain programs.
Such abuse may be more likely due to
the expanded availability to a student of
two Federal Pell Grants in an award
year. We believe that the potential for
such abuse and the inconsistent
treatment of Federal funds would be
significantly alleviated by establishing
the proposed definition of credit hour in
§ 600.2 and providing in proposed
§ 602.24(f) that accrediting agencies
must review (1) an institution’s policies
and procedures for the assignment of
credit hours in accordance with the
proposed definition in § 600.2 and (2)
the institution’s application of its
policies and procedures in assigning
credit hours to its programs and courses.
The negotiators reached tentative
agreement on adding proposed
§ 602.24(f).
State Agency Procedures for the
Approval of Public Vocational
Education
The regulations concerning the
recognition of State agencies for the
approval of public vocational education
were not discussed during the
negotiations. We believe that § 603.24
should be amended to make changes
comparable to the proposed regulations
for the recognition of accrediting
agencies. We believe these proposed
changes are needed for the same reasons
as we are proposing to amend part 602.
The changes are also necessary for
purposes of determining equivalencies
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34812
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
to a credit hour under paragraph (3) of
the proposed definition of a credit hour
in § 600.2 as well as for § 668.8(l)
regarding credit-to-clock-hour
conversions.
Credit-to-Clock-Hour Conversion
Section 668.8(k) and (l) of the current
regulations that provide conditions and
formulas for the conversion of clock
hours to credit hours for undergraduate
programs were adopted prior to the
statutory change in the definition of an
academic year for clock-hour programs.
Under section 481(b) of the HEA, an
academic year for a program must now
provide for a minimum of 26 weeks of
instructional time in a clock-hour
program as opposed to the 30 weeks of
instructional time required for credithour programs. However, undergraduate
programs continue to include 900 clock
hours, 24 semester or trimester hours, or
36 quarter credits. We are proposing to
update the formula to reflect the
statute’s treatment of 900 clock hours
over 26 weeks of instructional time as
reflecting no outside student work and
the 900 clock hours being directly
proportional to 24 semester hours or 36
quarter credits.
As a result, proposed § 668.8(l)(1)
would revise the minimum general
standard for converting clock hours to
credit hours to reflect the ratio of the
minimum clock hours in an academic
year to the minimum credit hours in an
academic year. As some non-Federal
negotiators noted, portions of some
clock-hour programs require student
work outside of class. Proposed
§ 668.8(l)(2) would, therefore, provide
an exception to the standard in
proposed § 668.8(l)(1) for coursework in
a program that qualifies for a lesser rate
of conversion based on additional
student work outside of class. For
coursework that includes student work
outside of class in a qualifying program,
an institution would take into account
the amount of outside coursework to
determine the appropriate number of
clock hours to convert to a credit hour,
but may not use less than the current
requirements of 30 clock hours for a
semester or trimester hour or 20 clock
hours for a quarter hour.
We believe that changes are needed to
the conditions in current § 668.8(k)(1)
for determining that a program is not
subject to the conversion formula in
§ 668.8(l). We have identified potential
abuses with the provision that an
institution’s program is not subject to
the conversion formula in § 668.8(l) if
each course within the program is
acceptable for full credit toward a
degree that is offered by the institution
and requires at least two academic years
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
of study. Some institutions appear to
have established degree programs in
which few if any students enroll or
graduate but which are the basis for
claiming that all courses of another
nondegree program are acceptable for
full credit in the degree program. To
address this abuse, proposed
§ 668.8(k)(1)(ii) would require the
institution to demonstrate that students
enroll in, and graduate from, the degree
program. Proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i)
would provide that a program must be
considered a clock-hour program if the
program must be measured in clock
hours to receive Federal or State
approval or licensure or completing
clock hours is a requirement for
graduates to apply for licensure or the
authorization to practice the occupation
that the student is intending to pursue.
We believe such requirements show that
the program is still fundamentally a
clock-hour program and should not be
treated as a credit-hour program for
purposes of title IV, HEA program
assistance. We also believe it is
appropriate under proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(ii) and (iii) to require that
a program must be considered to be
offered in clock hours if an institution
is failing either to award the credit
hours that are in compliance with the
definition of a credit hour in proposed
§ 600.2 or to ensure that students are
attending at least the minimum number
of clock hours that are the basis for the
credit hours awarded for the program. A
program that may qualify for conversion
to credit hours is still fundamentally a
clock-hour program that must meet
additional requirements. If the
provisions of proposed § 668.8(k)(1) and
(2) are applicable, a program should not
qualify for conversion to credit hours
because the program’s essential nature
as a clock-hour program requires that it
be measured in clock hours for other
purposes or because it fails to be offered
in a manner that supports the
conversion.
In response to some non-Federal
negotiators’ concerns, proposed
§ 668.8(k)(3) would clarify the
requirements in proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(i) by providing that
proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i) would not
apply if a limited portion of a program
such as a practicum, internship, or
clinical experience component must be
measured in clock hours due to a State
or Federal approval or licensure
requirement. We agree with the nonFederal negotiators that such a limited
requirement should not be an
impediment to the program qualifying
for a clock-to-credit-hour conversion.
The negotiators reached tentative
agreement on proposed § 668.8(l) and
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(k), except for proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(iii)
which has been changed to provide that
an institution must require attendance
in the clock hours that are the basis for
the credit hours awarded, except as
provided in current § 668.4(e). We
believe the change assures that the clock
hours are being offered and that
students are attending the clock hours
that are the basis for the clock-to-credithour conversion.
State Authorization (§§ 600.4(a)(3),
600.5(a)(4), 600.6(a)(3), and 600.9)
Statute: Section 101(a)(2) of the HEA
defines the term ‘‘institution of higher
education’’ to mean, in part, an
educational institution in any State that
is legally authorized within the State to
provide a program of education beyond
secondary education. Section 102(a) of
the HEA provides, by reference to
section 101(a)(2) of the HEA, that a
proprietary institution of higher
education and a postsecondary
vocational institution must be similarly
authorized within a State.
Current Regulations: The regulations
do not define or describe the statutory
requirement that an institution must be
legally authorized in a State.
Proposed Regulations: Under
proposed § 600.9, an institution would
be legally authorized by a State through
a charter, license, approval, or other
document issued by a State government
agency or State entity that affirms or
conveys the authority to the institution
to operate educational programs beyond
secondary education. An institution
would also be considered legally
authorized in a State if the institution
were authorized to offer programs
beyond secondary education by the
Federal Government or an Indian Tribe
as that term is described in 25 U.S.C.
1802(2) or if it were exempt from State
authorization as a religious institution
under the State constitution.
The Secretary would consider an
institution to be legally authorized by a
State if (1) the authorization is given to
the institution specifically to offer
programs beyond secondary education,
(2) the authorization is subject to
adverse action by the State, and (3) the
State has a process to review and
appropriately act on complaints
concerning an institution and enforces
applicable State laws.
References to § 600.9 would be added
for clarity in §§ 600.4(a)(3), 600.5(a)(4),
and 600.6(a)(3).
Reasons: The HEA requires
institutions to have approval from the
States where they operate to provide
postsecondary educational programs.
State oversight through obtaining
approval to offer postsecondary
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
education and by State regulatory
agency ongoing activities plays an
important role in protecting students,
although there may be a lot of variation
in how those responsibilities are
exercised. One indicator of the
importance of State oversight has been
seen in the movement of substandard
institutions and diploma mills from
State to State in response to changing
requirements. These entities set up
operation in States that may initially
provide very little oversight and operate
until a State strengthens its oversight of
those entities in response to complaints
from the public. In some cases, those
entities simply move to another State
that appears to offer little oversight and
repeats the process.
The Department historically viewed
the requirement for State authorization
for entities to offer postsecondary
education as minimal, and would deem
an entity that had been exempted by its
State from State oversight to have such
approval so long as it was able to
operate within the State. Thus, in some
States an institution was considered to
be legally authorized to offer
postsecondary education based on such
methods as a business license or
establishment as an eleemosynary
organization.
Upon further review, we believe the
better approach is to view the State
approval to offer postsecondary
educational programs as a substantive
requirement where the State is expected
to take an active role in approving an
institution and monitoring complaints
from the public about its operations and
responding appropriately. The weakness
of the historical approach of not
requiring active State approval and
oversight may have contributed to the
recent lapse in the existence of
California’s Bureau for Private
Postsecondary and Vocational
Education. The Bureau served as the
State’s oversight and regulatory agency
for private proprietary postsecondary
institutions until the State legislature
eliminated the Bureau. We were advised
that the Bureau was permitted to lapse
because the State determined that doing
so would not immediately harm the
institutions that participate in the title
IV, HEA programs. During the period
when there was no State agency
authorizing private postsecondary
institutions, these institutions
continued to participate in the title IV,
HEA programs under some voluntary
agreements while the State legislature
worked on creating a new oversight
agency. The proposed regulations, had
they been in effect at that time, would
have required that the State keep in
place the prior oversight agency, or to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
designate a different State agency to
perform the required State functions
during the transition to a new State
oversight agency. Otherwise, under the
provisions of proposed § 600.9(b), the
affected institutions would have ceased
to be considered legally authorized by
the State for Federal purposes when the
prior agency’s existence lapsed and
would have ceased to be eligible
institutions.
Additionally, we are concerned that
some States are deferring all, or nearly
all, of their oversight responsibilities to
accrediting agencies for approval of
educational institutions, or are
providing exemptions for a subset of
institutions for other reasons. Since
accrediting agencies generally require
that an institution be legally operating
in the State, we are concerned that the
checks and balances provided by the
separate processes of accreditation and
State legal authorization are being
compromised.
We initially proposed that State legal
authorization be based on a charter,
license, or other document issued by an
appropriate State government agency
providing the authority to an institution
to operate educational programs beyond
secondary education and grant degrees
within the jurisdiction of the State or
other documentation, issued by an
appropriate State government agency
that authorizes, licenses, or otherwise
approves the institution to establish and
operate within the State nondegree
programs that provide education and
training beyond secondary education.
We also provided that State legal
authorization could include reciprocal
agreements between appropriate State
agencies. In addition, for institutions in
a State to be legally authorized, the State
would be expected to monitor (1)
institutional academic quality,
potentially relying on accrediting
agencies recognized by the Secretary; (2)
an institution’s financial viability; and
(3) compliance with applicable State
laws with respect to consumer
protection and other matters of State
oversight.
In response to concerns from the nonFederal negotiators, we clarified in
proposed § 600.9(a) that legal
authorization could not only be
provided by an appropriate State
agency, but also another State entity,
e.g., a State legislature or State
constitution. We removed the references
to monitoring the quality of educational
programs and financial responsibility.
We accepted the position of some of the
non-Federal negotiators who argued that
these additional State requirements
could unnecessarily duplicate Federal
or accrediting agency actions. Similarly
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34813
we accepted the position of some of the
non-Federal negotiators that States
could enter into reciprocal agreements
on an as needed basis without
regulations.
Also, in response to recommendations
of the non-Federal negotiators, we
added provisions to clarify that an
institution would be considered to be
legally authorized in a State if the
institution is authorized to offer
educational programs beyond secondary
education by the Federal Government
or, as defined in 25 U.S.C. 1802(2), an
Indian tribe or if it is exempt from State
authorization as a religious institution
under the State constitution. In
proposed § 600.9(b), we also further
revised the bases under which we
would consider an institution to be
legally authorized by a State. We would
require that the authorization must be
specifically to offer programs beyond
secondary education and may not be
merely of the type required to do
business in the State. We believe that
this provision would remove any
ambiguity regarding the type of
authorization acceptable to establish
institutional eligibility to participate in
Federal programs. The regulations also
require an institution’s legal
authorization to be subject to adverse
action by the State, and that a State has
a process to review and appropriately
act on complaints concerning an
institution, and to enforce applicable
State laws. We believe these additional
conditions are necessary to establish
minimal State oversight for institutions
to be considered legally authorized to
offer postsecondary education for
purposes of qualifying as an eligible
institution for Federal programs.
The committee did not reach
agreement on this issue. A few
negotiators objected to allowing States
to continue to rely on an institution’s
status with an outside entity, for
example, accredited status with a
nationally recognized accrediting
agency, as a basis for State legal
authorization and were also concerned
that the proposed regulations would no
longer have a requirement that a State
review an institution’s fiscal viability.
The regulations do not prohibit a State
from relying in part upon an accrediting
agency, but the State is still required to
perform certain functions itself. For
example, an institution’s authorization
must be subject to adverse action by a
State agency or other State entity, and
the State must have a process for a State
agency to review and appropriately act
on complaints concerning an
institution.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34814
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Part 668 Student Assistance General
Provisions Coursework (§ 668.2)
Statute: None.
Current regulations: None
Proposed regulations: The proposed
regulations would amend the definition
of ‘‘full-time student’’ in § 668.2 to allow
repeated coursework to count towards a
student enrollment status in term-based
programs.
Reasons: The current policy provides
that a student enrolled in a term-based
program may not be paid for repeating
a course unless the student will receive
credit for the coursework in addition to
any credits previously earned. The nonFederal negotiators were concerned that
institutions are unable to track this type
of information without doing a program
audit of each individual student. We
agreed and proposed to amend the
definition of full-time to provide that
such credits would count toward
enrollment status and be eligible for
payment under the title IV, HEA
programs.
The negotiators reached tentative
agreement on this issue.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Written Arrangements (§§ 668.5 and
668.43)
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: Under current
§ 668.5(a), an eligible institution may
enter into a written agreement with
another eligible institution, or with a
consortium of eligible institutions, to
provide all or part of an educational
program. The educational program is
considered to be an eligible program if
it meets the requirements of § 668.8.
There is no requirement in either
§ 668.5 or § 668.43 of the current
regulations that institutions provide
information on written arrangements to
enrolled or prospective students.
Proposed Regulations: The
Department proposes to amend current
§ 668.5(a) by revising and redesignating
paragraph (a) as paragraph (a)(1) and
adding a new paragraph (a)(2). Proposed
§ 668.5(a)(1) would be based on the
language that is in current paragraph (a),
but it would be modified to make it
consistent with the definition of an
‘‘educational program’’ in 34 CFR 600.2.
Proposed new § 668.5(a)(2) would
specify that if a written arrangement is
between two or more eligible
institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same individual, partnership, or
corporation, the institution that grants
the degree or certificate must provide
more than 50 percent of the educational
program. These clarifications are also
intended to ensure that the institution
enrolling the student has all necessary
approvals to offer an educational
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
program in the format in which it is
being provided, such as through
distance education, when the other
institution is providing instruction
under a written agreement using that
method of delivery. Proposed
§ 668.5(c)(1) would expand the list of
conditions that would preclude an
arrangement between an eligible
institution and an ineligible institution.
Proposed §§ 668.5(e) and 668.43 would
require an institution that enters into a
written arrangement to provide a
description of the arrangement to
enrolled and prospective students.
Reasons: Under the definition of an
‘‘educational program’’ in 34 CFR 600.2,
if an institution does not provide any
instruction itself, but merely gives credit
for instruction provided by other
institutions, it is not considered to
provide an educational program. The
change reflected in proposed
§ 668.5(a)(1) would eliminate the
inconsistency in these two provisions
by clarifying that an institution may
provide part, but not all, of an
educational program under a written
arrangement.
Proposed § 668.5(a)(2) would be
added to address concerns that may
arise when two institutions under
common ownership enter into written
arrangements with each other. One
concern, for example, is that such
written agreements between institutions
under common ownership could be
used to circumvent regulations
governing cohort default rates and ‘‘90–
10’’ provisions, which limit the
percentage of revenue for-profit
institutions may receive from the
Federal student financial assistance
programs, by having one institution
provide substantially all of a program
while attributing the title IV revenue
and cohort default rates to the other
commonly-owned institution. In other
situations, campus-based institutions
have been used as ‘‘portals’’ to attract
students for online institutions under
common ownership where students may
not have expected the program to be
offered by a different institution.
During the negotiated rulemaking
sessions, the Department initially
proposed draft regulations that would
have required accrediting or State
agency review of any written
arrangement between an eligible
institution and another eligible
institution or consortium of eligible
institutions if the portion of the
educational program provided by the
other institution under the written
arrangement were more than 50 percent.
Under this initial proposal, the
institution’s accrediting agency, or State
agency, as applicable, would have been
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
required to make a determination that
the arrangement met the agency’s
standards for written arrangements. This
initial proposal was based on discussion
at the first negotiated rulemaking
session that suggested most accrediting
agencies already review a significant
portion of their institutions’ written
arrangements, even those between or
among eligible institutions.
Subsequently, several non-Federal
negotiators explained that, contrary to
the Department’s initial understanding,
this type of review of written
arrangements was not common practice.
Some of the non-Federal negotiators
expressed concerns that the proposed
changes would increase workload and
costs as well as impede the
development of innovative programs at
institutions where there is no evidence
of the problems the Department seeks to
address. After hearing these concerns,
the Department reconsidered its initial
proposal and focused its proposed
regulatory changes more narrowly on
the types of institutions and situations
where problems have been identified.
The Department subsequently
proposed regulatory language that
would limit the portion of an
educational program that could be
provided under a written arrangement
between two eligible for-profit
institutions under common ownership
or control to 25 percent.
While some non-Federal negotiators
expressed support for the 25 percent
limitation, a number of them expressed
concern that the 25 percent limitation
was too low. For example, one nonFederal negotiator questioned the
rationale for limiting the percentage of
an educational program provided by
two eligible institutions under a written
arrangement to 25 percent when, under
certain circumstances, current
regulations permit an ineligible
institution to provide up to 50 percent
of an educational program. Another
non-Federal negotiator said that an
institution should be responsible for at
least 50 percent of the courses in a
student’s major. During the discussions,
several non-Federal negotiators
supported an overall limitation of 50
percent. One non-Federal negotiator
expressed the view that non-profit
institutions want to ‘‘own’’ the degrees
they confer, and if an institution
provides less than 50 percent of an
educational program, it does not own
the degree. Other non-Federal
negotiators argued that a limitation of 75
percent would be more appropriate.
Non-Federal negotiators also
expressed concerns that, as proposed,
this restriction would have an impact on
students’ academic opportunities and
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
would limit access to students attending
certain institutions. Specifically, they
explained that the proposed restrictions
on the portion of the educational
program that could be provided by the
other eligible institution could
unnecessarily limit the number of
online courses students could take, or
make it difficult for students in the
military who are deployed, and want to
take their remaining courses at an
online institution, to finish their
educational programs. Both Department
officials and some of the non-Federal
negotiators pointed out that these
outcomes are avoidable if the students
in these situations transferred to the
institution that was providing the
preponderance of courses.
Based on these discussions, the
Department modified the proposed
regulatory language to refer to eligible
institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same individual, partnership, or
corporation, because this language
would be parallel to the language in
current § 668.5(c)(3)(ii)(B). Some nonFederal negotiators expressed concern
that the phrase ‘‘owned or controlled by
the same individual, partnership, or
corporation’’ could be read to apply to
Jesuit institutions or other institutions
under the control of a religious
organization, or to institutions in a
public system under the control of a
board of governors. The Federal
negotiator explained that it is not the
Department’s intention for either public
or private, non-profit institutions to be
covered by the proposed language
because these institutions are not owned
or controlled by other entities, and
generally act autonomously.
The proposed additions to
§ 668.5(c)(1) would make it clear that
educational programs offered under
written arrangements between an
eligible institution and an ineligible
institution would not be considered
eligible programs if the ineligible
institution had had its certification to
participate in the title IV, HEA programs
revoked (see proposed § 668.5(c)(1)(iii)),
its application for re-certification to
participate in the title IV, HEA programs
denied (see proposed § 668.5(c)(1)(iv)),
or its application for certification to
participate in the title IV, HEA programs
denied (see proposed § 668.5(c)(1)(v)).
These additions are consistent with the
existing reference in the regulations to
institutions that have been terminated
from the title IV, HEA programs.
Finally, there was considerable
discussion during the negotiated
rulemaking sessions about the
Department’s proposal to require that
institutions make information about
written arrangements available to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
students. Several non-Federal
negotiators said that information should
be made available to prospective
students, as well as to enrolled students,
so prospective students could know
before applying to an educational
program whether any part of the
program would be provided under a
written arrangement. For this reason,
proposed § 668.5(e) would make clear
that any eligible institution providing
educational programs under a written
arrangement is required to provide the
information described in proposed
§ 668.43(a)(12) to both prospective and
enrolled students.
The committee also discussed at
length what content the proposed
disclosures should include. Several
non-Federal negotiators requested that
institutions be required to disclose the
locations of the other institutions or
organizations at which a portion of the
educational program would be
provided. We agreed with these nonFederal negotiators and incorporated
this disclosure requirement in proposed
§ 668.43(a)(12)(ii).
There was also widespread support
for requiring the disclosure of any
additional costs that students might
incur as a result of enrolling in an
educational program provided, in part,
under a written arrangement. There was
much discussion about which costs
would need to be disclosed. One nonFederal negotiator requested that
institutions only be required to provide
‘‘estimated’’ costs, given that in some
situations, such as study abroad
programs, costs might change due to
variability in living accommodations,
changes in airfare for programs offered
at distant locations, etc. We agreed with
these suggestions and clarified in
proposed § 668.43(a)(12)(iv) that the
required disclosures include estimated
additional costs students may incur as
the result of enrolling in an educational
program that is provided, in part, under
a written arrangement described in
§ 668.5.
In proposed § 668.43(a)(12)(iii), we
would require institutions to disclose
the method of delivery of the portion of
the educational program that the
institution that grants the degree or
certificate is not providing so potential
students are given accurate information.
In response to a question raised at one
of the negotiated rulemaking sessions,
the Federal negotiator explained that the
Department would expect an institution
to disclose whether the instruction is
offered on campus or on-line, or offered
through a combination of methods.
During the discussions about the
disclosure requirements in proposed
§§ 668.5 and 668.43, there were a
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34815
number of questions about what types of
arrangements would be subject to these
proposed requirements. The Department
explained that the proposed disclosure
requirements would apply to blanket,
existing arrangements between or
among institutions. Individual, studentinitiated written arrangements would
not be subject to the disclosure
requirements in proposed §§ 668.5 and
668.43. Not only would such
disclosures be impractical and
excessively burdensome, but they
would also be unnecessary: As a party
to an individual, student-initiated
written arrangement, the student would
already have the information required to
be disclosed under these proposed
provisions. In addition, these proposed
disclosure requirements would not
apply to internships or externships
because the Department does not
consider these arrangements to be
written arrangements under § 668.5.
While it is reasonable to expect that
institutions that offer or require
internships and externships will
provide students in affected programs
with the types of information described
in proposed § 668.43(a)(12), such
programs would not be covered under
this proposed requirement for
institutional disclosure of written
arrangements.
Some non-Federal negotiators
contended that institutions should be
required to display the information
described in proposed § 668.43(a)(12)
prominently on their Web sites. Other
non-Federal negotiators did not support
this idea, pointing out that § 668.43
contains a long list of disclosures, and
to single out this one disclosure
requirement for special treatment would
suggest that it is more important than all
the other institutional information
disclosure requirements. They
explained that this proposed
requirement should be considered in the
context of all the consumer disclosure
requirements regarding information that
students need to know when they are
considering enrolling in an institution,
and noted that from a practical
standpoint, it is likely that institutions
will post the required information on
their Web sites. One non-Federal
negotiator expressed the concern that
there is already too much general
information provided to students that
they do not read, and suggested that
institutions might find it most useful to
include information on written
arrangements in the context of
individual programs of study.
While the Department wants to make
sure students receive appropriate
information so they can make informed
decisions, the Department agrees with
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34816
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the non-Federal negotiators who urged
that institutions be given the discretion
to determine the best way to
disseminate the required information to
their students.
The negotiators reached tentative
agreement on this issue.
Incentive Compensation (§ 668.14(b))
Statute: Section 487(a)(20) of the HEA
requires that the title IV, HEA program
participation agreement prohibit an
institution from making any
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payments based directly or indirectly on
success in securing enrollments or
financial aid to any persons or entities
involved in student recruiting or
admissions activities, or in making
decisions about the award of student
financial assistance. The statute states
that this prohibition does not apply to
the recruitment of foreign students
residing in foreign countries who are
not eligible to receive Federal financial
assistance.
Current Regulations: Current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i) incorporates the
prohibition and exception reflected in
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA. It
prohibits an institution from making
any commission, bonus, or other
incentive payments based directly or
indirectly on success in securing
enrollments or financial aid to any
persons or entities involved in student
recruiting or admissions activities, or in
making decisions about the award of
student financial assistance. It also
states that this restriction does not apply
to the recruitment of foreign students
living in foreign countries who are not
eligible to receive Federal student aid.
Current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii) goes on to
specify 12 ‘‘safe harbors’’—12 activities
and arrangements that an institution
may carry out without violating the
prohibition against incentive
compensation reflected in section
487(a)(20) of the HEA and current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i). The first safe harbor
explains the conditions under which an
institution may adjust compensation
without that compensation being
considered an incentive payment. The
12 safe harbors describe the conditions
under which payments that could
potentially be construed as based upon
securing enrollments or financial aid are
nonetheless not prohibited under
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA and
current § 668.14(b)(22)(i).
The payment or compensation plans
covered by the safe harbors address the
following subjects:
1. Adjustments to employee
compensation (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A)). Under this safe
harbor, an institution may make up to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
two adjustments (upward or downward)
to a covered employee’s annual salary or
fixed hourly wage rate within any 12month period without the adjustment
being considered an incentive payment,
provided that no adjustment is based
solely on the number of students
recruited, admitted, enrolled, or
awarded financial aid. This safe harbor
also permits one cost-of-living increase
that is paid to all or substantially all of
the institution’s full-time employees.
2. Enrollment in programs that are not
eligible for title IV, HEA program funds
(current § 668.14(b)(22)(i)(B)). This safe
harbor permits compensation to
recruiters based upon enrollment of
students who enroll in programs that are
ineligible for title IV, HEA funds.
3. Contracts with employers to
provide training (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(C)). This safe harbor
addresses payments to recruiters who
arrange contracts between an institution
and an employer, where the employer
pays the tuition and fees for its
employees (either directly to the
institution or by reimbursement to the
employee).
4. Profit-sharing bonus plans (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(D)). Under this safe
harbor, profit-sharing and bonus
payments to all or substantially all of an
institution’s full-time employees are not
considered incentive payments based on
success in securing enrollments or
awarding financial aid in violation of
the prohibition in section 487(a)(20) of
the HEA and current § 668.14(b)(22)(i).
As long as the profit-sharing or bonus
payments are substantially the same
amount or the same percentage of salary
or wages, and as long as the payments
are made to all or substantially all of the
institution’s full-time professional and
administrative staff, compensation paid
as part of a profit-sharing or bonus plan
is not considered a violation of the
incentive payment prohibition.
5. Compensation based upon program
completion (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(E)). This safe harbor
permits compensation based upon
students successfully completing their
educational programs or one academic
year of their educational programs,
whichever is shorter.
6. Pre-enrollment activities (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(F)). This safe harbor
states that clerical pre-enrollment
activities, such as answering telephone
calls, referring inquiries, or distributing
institutional materials, are not
considered recruitment or admission
activities. Accordingly, under this safe
harbor, an institution may make
incentive payments to individuals
whose responsibilities are limited to
clerical pre-enrollment activities.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
7. Managerial and supervisory
employees (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(G)). This safe harbor
states that the incentive payment
prohibition in section 487(a)(20) of the
HEA and current § 668.14(b)(22)(i) does
not apply to managerial and supervisory
employees who do not directly manage
or supervise employees who are directly
involved in recruiting or admissions
activities, or the awarding of title IV,
HEA program funds.
8. Token gifts (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(H)). Under this safe
harbor, an institution may provide a
token gift not to exceed $100 to an
alumnus or student provided that the
gift is not in the form of money and no
more than one gift is provided annually
to an individual.
9. Profit distributions (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(I)). This safe harbor
states that profit distributions to owners
of the institution are not payments
based on success in securing
enrollments or awarding financial aid in
violation of the prohibition in section
487(a)(20) of the HEA and current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i) as long as the
distribution represents a proportionate
share of the profits based upon the
individual’s ownership interest.
10. Internet-based activities (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(J)). This safe harbor
permits an institution to award
incentive compensation for Internetbased recruitment and admission
activities that provide information about
the institution to prospective students,
refer prospective students to the
institution, or permit prospective
students to apply for admission online.
11. Payments to third parties for nonrecruitment activities (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(K)). This safe harbor
states that the incentive compensation
prohibition does not apply to payments
to third parties, including tuition
sharing arrangements, that deliver
various services to the institution,
provided that none of the services
involve recruiting or admission
activities, or the awarding of title IV,
HEA program funds.
12. Payments to third parties for
recruitment activities (current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(L)). Under this safe
harbor, if an institution uses an outside
entity to perform activities for it,
including recruitment or admission
activities, the institution may make
incentive payments to the third party
without violating the incentive payment
prohibition in section 487(a)(20) of the
HEA and current § 668.14(b)(22)(i) as
long as the individuals performing the
recruitment or admission activities are
not compensated in a way that is
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
prohibited by section 487(a)(20) of the
HEA and current § 668.14(b)(22)(i).
Proposed Regulations: The
Department proposes to revise
§ 668.14(b)(22) to align it more closely
with the statutory language from section
487(a)(20) of the HEA. Specifically,
proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A) would
restate the statutory provision in the
HEA, which provides that to be eligible
to participate in the Federal student
financial aid programs authorized under
title IV of the HEA, an institution must
agree that it will not provide any
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payment based directly or indirectly on
success in securing enrollments or
financial aid to any person or entity
engaged in any student recruiting or
admission activities or in making
decisions regarding the award of student
financial assistance. Proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(B) would provide that
the incentive compensation prohibition
does not apply to the recruitment of
foreign students residing in foreign
countries who are not eligible to receive
Federal student assistance.
The Department would delete the 12
safe harbors reflected in current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii). The Department
would, however, clarify, in proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii), that eligible
institutions and their contractors may
make merit-based adjustments to
employee compensation, provided that
such adjustments are not based directly
or indirectly upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid.
Finally, in proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii), the Department
would define the following key terms
that would be used in proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22): Commission, bonus, or
other incentive payment, securing
enrollments or the awards of financial
aid, and enrollment.
Proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(A) would
define commission, bonus, or other
incentive payment as a sum of money or
something of value paid or given to a
person or entity for services rendered.
Proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(B) would
define securing enrollments or the
awards of financial aid as activities that
a person or entity engages in for the
purpose of the admission or
matriculation of students for any period
of time or the award of financial aid to
students. Proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(B)(1) and
(b)(22)(iii)(B)(2) would clarify that the
term securing enrollments or the awards
of financial aid includes recruitment
contact in any form and excludes
making a payment to a third party for
student contact information for
prospective students, respectively.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
Proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(C) would
define enrollment as the admission or
matriculation of a student into an
eligible institution.
Reasons: Consistent with comments
made by a majority of the non-Federal
negotiators, the Department believes
that the language in section 487(a)(20) of
the HEA is clear, and that the
elimination of all of the regulatory safe
harbors reflected in current
§ 668.14(b)(22)(ii) would best serve to
effectuate congressional intent. The
Department previously explained that it
was adopting the safe harbors based on
a ‘‘purposive reading of section
487(a)(20) of the HEA.’’ 67 FR 51723
(August 8, 2002). Since that time,
however, the Department’s experience
demonstrates that unscrupulous actors
routinely rely upon these safe harbors to
circumvent the intent of section
487(a)(20) of the HEA. As such, rather
than serving to effectuate the goals
intended by Congress through its
adoption of section 487(a)(20) of the
HEA, the safe harbors have served to
obstruct those objectives. For example,
the first safe harbor, which prohibits the
payment of incentives based solely
upon success in securing enrollments,
has led institutions to establish, on
paper, other factors that are purportedly
used to evaluate student recruiters other
than the sheer numbers of students
enrolled. However, in practice,
consideration of these factors has been
minimal at best, or otherwise
indiscernible. This has led the
Department to expend vast resources
evaluating the legitimacy of institutional
compensation plans, and considerable
time and effort has been lost by both the
Department and institutions engaged in
litigation. Moreover, the Department
believes that students are frequently the
victims of compensation plans that
institutions have adopted within the
ambit of the first safe harbor. When
admissions personnel are compensated
substantially, if not entirely, upon the
numbers of students enrolled, the
incentive to deceive or misrepresent the
manner in which a particular
educational program meets a student’s
need increases substantially. As a result,
the Department believes that the
existence of the safe harbors is a major
impediment to ensuring that students
are enrolled in educational programs
that are meaningful to them. There was
considerable discussion on this
proposed approach during the
negotiated rulemaking sessions.
At the outset of the discussions on
incentive compensation during
negotiated rulemaking, the Department
reviewed each of the 12 safe harbors
reflected in the current regulations and
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34817
stated why the Department views them
as either inappropriate or unnecessary:
1. Adjustments to employee
compensation. The Department
explained that this safe harbor has led
to allegations in which institutions
concede that their compensation
structures include consideration of the
number of enrolled students, but aver
that they are not solely based upon such
numbers. In some of these instances, the
substantial weight of the evidence has
suggested that the other factors
purportedly analyzed are not truly
considered, and that, in reality, the
institution bases salaries exclusively
upon the number of students enrolled.
For this reason, the Department
proposes to delete this safe harbor. After
careful consideration, the Department
has determined that removal of the safe
harbor is preferable to trying to revise
the safe harbor. For example, changing
the word solely in this safe harbor to
some other modifier, such as ‘‘primarily’’
or ‘‘substantially,’’ would not correct the
problem, as the evaluation of any
alternative arrangement would merely
shift to whether the compensation was
‘‘primarily’’ or ‘‘substantially’’ based
upon enrollments.
2. Compensation related to
enrollment in programs that are not
eligible for title IV, HEA program funds.
Section 487(a)(20) of the HEA provides
that compensation may not be based
upon success in securing enrollments
whether the students receive title IV,
HEA funds, or some other form of
student financial assistance. This safe
harbor provides an impetus to steer
students away from title IV, HEA
programs. The potential also exists for
manipulation, as students who were
initially enrolled in non-title IV, HEA
eligible programs may then be reenrolled in title IV, HEA eligible
programs. As a result, the Department
proposes to remove this safe harbor.
3. Compensation related to contracts
with employers to provide training.
Compensation permitted under this safe
harbor includes compensation that is
ultimately based upon success in
securing enrollments, and is thus
inconsistent with section 487(a)(20) of
the HEA.
4. Compensation related to profitsharing bonus plans. There is no
statutory proscription upon offering
employees either profit-sharing or a
bonus; however, if either is based upon
success in securing enrollments, it is not
permitted. Therefore, this safe harbor is
unnecessary.
5. Compensation based on program
completion. The Department believes
that this safe harbor permits
compensation that is ‘‘indirectly’’ based
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34818
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
upon securing enrollments—that is,
unless the student enrolls, the student
cannot successfully complete an
educational program. With the
proliferation of short-time, accelerated
programs, the potential exists for shorter
and shorter programs, and increased
efforts to rely upon this safe harbor to
incentivize recruiters. Moreover, this
safe harbor may lead to lowered or
misrepresented admissions standards
and program offerings, lowered
academic progress standards, altered
attendance records, and a lack of
meaningful emphasis on retention. The
Department has seen schools that have
devised and operated grading policies
that all but ensure that students who
enroll will graduate, regardless of their
academic performance. For these
reasons, the Department believes it is
appropriate to delete this safe harbor.
6. Compensation related to preenrollment activities. The Department
does not believe that this safe harbor is
appropriate. Individuals may not
receive incentive compensation based
on their success in soliciting students
for interviews; soliciting students for
interviews is a recruitment activity, not
a pre-enrollment activity. In addition,
because a recruiter’s job description is
to recruit, it would be very difficult for
an institution to document that it was
paying a bonus to a recruiter solely for
clerical pre-enrollment activities. Such
activities certainly contribute
‘‘indirectly,’’ if not ‘‘directly,’’ to the
success in securing enrollments, and
hence compensation based upon them is
prohibited by the statute. Moreover,
with the elimination of the safe harbor
relating to adjustments to employee
compensation, an unscrupulous actor
could claim that the activities in which
its recruiters engaged, and for which
they were compensated, consisted of
‘‘clerical’’ or ‘‘pre-enrollment’’ activities,
regardless of whether a student
ultimately enrolled.
7. Compensation related to
managerial and supervisory employees.
The Department believes that this safe
harbor provision is no longer
appropriate because senior management
may drive the organizational and
operational culture at an institution,
creating pressures for top, and even
middle, management to secure
increasing numbers of enrollments from
their recruiters. As a result, these
individuals should not be exempt from
the ban on receiving incentive
compensation.
8. Compensation related to token
gifts. As at least one non-Federal
negotiator noted, students oft-times do
things with little reflection if it brings
an immediate reward, and such things
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
as a $100 gift card constitute a
substantial incentive for many students.
Further, the fair market value of an item
might be considerably greater than its
cost. A high value item for which the
institution paid a minimal cost could
not be considered a token gift. As a
result, even the provision of token gifts
to students and alumni is fraught with
the potential for abuse, creating the
need to remove this safe harbor, as well.
9. Compensation based on profit
distributions that are based on an
individual’s ownership interest. Section
487(a)(20) of the HEA prohibits
compensation, including profit
distributions, that is based upon success
in securing enrollments and the award
of financial aid. It does not prohibit
profit distributions based upon an
individual’s ownership interest. As a
result, it is the Department’s view that
this safe harbor is unnecessary.
10. Compensation related to Internetbased activities. Technological
advancements and developments in
Internet-based activities since this safe
harbor was adopted, and the frequency
with which such activities are now
relied upon, argue against the continued
provision of this safe harbor. Moreover,
with the elimination of the first safe
harbor, it can be anticipated that an
institution seeking to avoid compliance
with section 487(a)(20) of the HEA will
maximize its Internet-based recruitment
activities. For this reason, the
Department proposes to remove this safe
harbor.
11. Compensation to third parties for
non-recruitment activities. The
Department believes that this safe
harbor is no longer necessary. Proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22) states that a person or
entity who is engaged in any student
recruitment or admission activity, or in
making decisions regarding the
awarding of title IV, HEA program funds
may not be compensated directly or
indirectly based upon the success in
securing enrollments. Thus, there is no
reason to provide any discussion of
third-party activities as they relate to
non-recruitment activities as a potential
safe harbor.
12. Compensation to third parties for
recruitment activities. This safe harbor
expands the scope of the eleventh safe
harbor to include ‘‘recruiting or
admission activities,’’ while providing
the caveat that the compensation cannot
be offered in an otherwise legally
impermissible manner. As mentioned in
regard to the eleventh safe harbor,
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA expressly
proscribes payments to ‘‘any persons or
entities’’ based directly or indirectly on
success in securing enrollments, so any
further discussion of third party
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
activities as they relate to recruitment
activities is also unnecessary.
The Department believes that removal
of these regulatory safe harbors is
necessary to ensure that section
487(a)(20) of the HEA is properly
applied. The Department has
determined that these safe harbors do
substantially more harm than good, and
believes that institutions should not
look to safe harbors to determine
whether a payment complies with
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA. Rather,
the Department believes that
institutions can readily determine if a
payment or compensation is permissible
under section 487(a)(20) of the HEA by
analyzing—
(1) Whether it is a commission, bonus,
or other incentive payment, defined as
an award of a sum of money or
something of value paid to or given to
a person or entity for services rendered;
and
(2) Whether the commission, bonus,
or other incentive payment is provided
to any person based directly or
indirectly upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid, which are defined as activities
engaged in for the purpose of the
admission or matriculation of students
for any period of time or the award of
financial aid.
If the answer to each of these
questions is yes, the commission, bonus,
or incentive payment would not be
permitted under the statute. Therefore,
the Department proposes to simplify its
regulations to better align them with
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA.
Most non-Federal negotiators favored
the Department’s proposal to remove the
current safe harbors because they
believe that the regulatory safe harbors
have led to inappropriate incentive
compensation practices by institutions
that are prohibited by the HEA. The
majority of the non-Federal negotiators
indicated strong support for the removal
of these safe harbors, believing that
doing so would more accurately reflect
congressional intent and protect
students from abusive recruitment
practices that have directly resulted
when institutions have sought to
circumvent, if not directly flaunt,
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA.
The non-Federal negotiator who
opposed the Department’s proposed
removal of the safe harbors and their
replacement with certain definitions
argued that the safe harbors are needed
to explain the scope of the prohibition
in section 487(a)(20) of the HEA, which
was perceived as being unclear. Without
the safe harbors, it was argued,
institutions would not have a clear
sense of what practices are permitted
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
and, therefore, would be more likely to
unintentionally violate the prohibition
in section 487(a)(20) of the HEA and
§ 668.14(b)(22). However, any merit to
this argument is belied by the ease of
the application of the two-part test the
Department has offered that will
demonstrate whether a compensation
plan or payment complies with the
statute and its implementing
regulations.
A sub-caucus of non-Federal
negotiators worked between the second
session of negotiated rulemaking and
the third session of negotiated
rulemaking to develop draft regulatory
language that would retain, but narrow
the scope of, the safe harbors in the
current regulations. There was much
discussion regarding the sub-caucus’
proposed draft language, as well as one
final counter-proposal brought to the
negotiating table.
A number of specific concerns were
raised during these discussions. First
and foremost, negotiators wanted to
understand what the likely impact
would be if the safe harbors were
removed from the regulations. They
questioned whether all previously
permitted actions would now be
prohibited. The Department explained
its position: That, going forward, under
the proposed regulations, institutions
would need to re-examine their
practices to ensure that they comply
with proposed § 668.14(b)(22). To the
extent that a safe harbor created an
exception to the statutory prohibition
found in section 487(a)(20) of the HEA,
its removal would establish that such an
exception no longer exists, and that the
action that had been permitted is now
prohibited.
Several negotiators were concerned
that under the Department’s proposal,
institutions would be prohibited from
paying merit-based increases to their
financial aid or admissions personnel.
In particular, some negotiators
supported the inclusion of language that
would permit an institution to make
merit-based adjustments based on an
employee’s performance in relation to
an institution’s goals, such as those for
enrollment, completion, or graduation.
The Department’s proposed
regulations continue to authorize meritbased compensation for financial aid or
admissions staff. An institution could
use a variety of standard evaluative
factors as the basis for such an increase;
however, consistent with section
487(a)(20) of the HEA, under proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22), it would not be
permitted to consider the employee’s
success in securing student enrollments
or the award of financial aid or
institutional goals based on that success
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
among those factors. Further, an
increase that is based either directly or
indirectly on individual student
numbers would be prohibited. The
Department believes that the language
in proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(ii) makes
this clear.
One negotiator felt strongly that it was
critical to use the word ‘‘solely,’’ or some
other modifier, to limit the prohibition
in proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(i) (i.e., ‘‘It
will not provide any commission,
bonus, or other incentive payment based
solely upon success * * *’’ rather than
‘‘It will not provide any commission,
bonus, or other incentive payment based
directly or indirectly upon success’’).
This negotiator said that the use of the
word solely, or some other modifier,
would be consistent with the use of that
term solely in the first safe harbor
reflected in current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(A)
(i.e., ‘‘ * * * is not based solely on the
number of students recruited, admitted,
enrolled, or awarded financial aid’’). As
discussed earlier in this preamble, given
the Department’s experience with how
the first safe harbor in current
§ 668.14(b)(22) has been abused, the
Department does not believe that such
a construction is warranted. It is the
Department’s view that, consistent with
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA, incentive
payments should not be based in any
part, directly or indirectly, on success in
securing enrollments or the awards of
financial aid.
In addition, some negotiators
advocated for an institution’s ability to
pay bonuses on the basis of students
who complete their programs of
instruction, as currently provided for in
the fifth safe harbor. They believed that
this category of students (i.e., students
who complete their programs), is
different from the category of students
who enroll, for which compensation
may not be based. The Department does
not agree. As previously stated, the
Department believes that the regulations
must clearly reinforce the statutory
provision and exclude the possibility of
basing any portion of a bonus on
success in securing student enrollments
or financial aid awards.
Several negotiators requested that the
Department define the term ‘‘bonus’’ as
a way to help institutions understand
what types of compensation are
appropriate. Accordingly, in proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(A), the Department
proposes to define the term commission,
bonus, or other incentive payment as a
sum of money or something of value
paid to or given to a person or an entity
for services rendered. Linked to the
language in proposed
§ 668.14(b)(22)(i)(A), this definition is
unambiguous in prohibiting payment of
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34819
any money or item of value on the basis
of direct or indirect success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid.
Several non-Federal negotiators asked
for clarification about the extent to
which supervisors and upper level
administrators would be covered by
proposed § 668.14(b)(22). The
Department’s position is that section
487(a)(20) of the HEA is clear that the
incentive compensation prohibition
applies all the way to the top of an
institution or organization. Therefore,
individuals who are engaged in any
student recruitment or admissions
activity or in making decisions about
the award of student financial aid are
covered by this prohibition.
One negotiator asked the Department
to clarify how the prohibition reflected
in proposed § 668.14(b)(22) would work
in the case of an institution that partners
with other institutions or organizations
to receive shared services, an approach
that some institutions are turning to for
economic reasons. As an example, a
group of institutions might share a
centralized campus security team
because doing so could be less
expensive than having each institution
set up its own team. If institutions use
this model of shared services for
financial aid purposes and the payment
for the shared services is volume-driven
(e.g., an institution is billed based on
the number of student files that are
processed), the negotiator asked if
institutions would comply with
proposed § 668.14(b)(22). The
Department does not believe that the
proposed language would automatically
preclude an institution’s use of this type
of arrangement, provided that payment
is not based on success in securing
enrollments or the awards of financial
aid. In the normal course, the contractor
would be paid for services rendered
without violating the proposed
regulations.
Several negotiators were concerned
about the impact of the proposed
language on an institution’s Internetbased activities. Negotiators asserted
that the HEA permits advertising and
marketing activities by a third party, as
long as payment to the third party is
based on those who ‘‘click’’ and is not
based on the number of individuals who
enroll. The Department agrees and does
not believe that the proposed regulatory
language would prohibit such clickthrough payments.
The issue of token gifts prompted
some discussion. Several negotiators
asked the Department to clarify whether
an institution that offers some type of
payment to current students in
exchange for their contact list would
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34820
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
violate proposed § 668.14(b)(22). The
Department believes that this type of
activity is permitted as long as the
student is not paid or given an item of
value on the basis of the number of
students who apply or enroll. Most
negotiators agreed with this position.
Finally, several non-Federal
negotiators asked whether the
Department would offer private letter
guidance on conduct that may violate
proposed § 668.14(b)(22). Accordingly,
the Department believes the proposed
language is clear and reflective of
section 487(a)(20) of the HEA. The
Department believes it will
appropriately guide institutions as they
evaluate compensation issues. To the
extent that ongoing questions arise on a
particular aspect of the regulations, the
Department will respond appropriately.
This response may include a
clarification in a Department
publication, such as the Federal Student
Aid Handbook or a Dear Colleague
Letter. The Department believes that
rather than focusing clarifying guidance
on the situation at a particular
institution, any illuminating statements
must be broadly applicable and
distributed widely to all participating
institutions. As a result, the Department
does not intend to provide private
guidance regarding particular
compensation structures in the future
and will enforce the law as written.
Negotiators did not reach agreement
on this issue.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
(§§ 668.16(e), 668.32(f), 668.34)
Statute: Section 484(a)(2) of the HEA
requires that a student make satisfactory
progress in the student’s course of study
in order to be eligible to receive title IV,
HEA program funds. Section 484(c) of
the HEA provides that a student is
making satisfactory progress if the
institution reviews the progress of the
student at the end of each academic
year, or its equivalent, and the student
has a cumulative C average, or its
equivalent, or academic standing
consistent with the requirements for
graduation, as determined by the
institution, at the end of the student’s
second academic year. Section 484(c)(2)
of the HEA provides that a student who
has failed to maintain satisfactory
progress and, subsequent to that failure,
has academic standing consistent with
the requirements for graduation, as
determined by the institution, may
again be determined eligible for
assistance under title IV, HEA programs.
Section 484(c)(3) of the HEA allows an
institution to waive the satisfactory
progress provisions for undue hardship
based on the death of a relative of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
student, the personal injury or illness of
the student, or special circumstances as
determined by the institution.
Current Regulations: Three sections in
current regulations contain satisfactory
academic progress requirements.
Current § 668.16(e) specifies that for an
institution to be considered
administratively capable, it must, for the
purpose of determining student
eligibility, establish, publish and apply
reasonable standards for measuring
whether a student is maintaining
satisfactory progress in his or her
educational program.
Under current § 668.16(e), a
satisfactory academic progress policy is
considered reasonable if the standards
are the same as or stricter than the
institution’s standards for students
enrolled in the same educational
program who are not receiving title IV,
HEA program funds and contain both
qualitative (grade-based) and
quantitative (time-related) standards.
Under current § 668.16(e)(3), the
institution must apply the standards
consistently to all students within each
category of students, e.g., full-time, parttime, undergraduate, and graduate
students, and each educational program.
The policy must provide that the
institution checks both qualitative and
quantitative components of the
standards at the end of each increment,
which may not be longer than one half
of the educational program or one
academic year, whichever is less.
Current § 668.16(e)(5) and (e)(6)
require that a satisfactory academic
policy provide specific procedures
under which a student may appeal a
determination that the student is not
making satisfactory academic progress
and specific procedures for a student to
re-establish that the student is making
satisfactory academic progress.
Current § 668.32 contains general
student eligibility requirements. Current
paragraph (f) of this section specifies
that to be eligible to receive title IV,
HEA program assistance, a student must
maintain satisfactory progress in his or
her course of study under the
institution’s published satisfactory
progress standards. These standards
must comply with the provisions of
§ 668.16(e) and, if applicable, § 668.34.
Current § 668.34 specifies that a
student who is enrolled in a program of
study that is longer than two academic
years must, at the end of the second
year, have a grade point average (GPA)
of at least a ‘‘C’’ or its equivalent, or have
academic standing that is consistent
with the institution’s graduation
requirements. Under current § 668.34(c),
an institution may find that a student is
making satisfactory academic progress,
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
even if the student does not meet these
requirements, if the student’s failure to
meet these requirements is based upon
the death of a relative of the student, an
injury or illness of the student, or other
special circumstances. Current
§ 668.34(e) requires an institution to
review a student’s academic progress at
the end of each year, at a minimum.
Proposed regulations: The proposed
regulations would restructure the
satisfactory academic progress
requirements. Proposed § 668.16(e)
(Standards of administrative capability)
would be revised to include only the
requirement that an institution
establish, publish, and apply
satisfactory academic progress standards
that meet the requirements of § 668.34.
The remainder of current § 668.16(e)
would be moved to proposed § 668.34
such that it, alone, describes all of the
required elements of a satisfactory
academic progress policy as well as how
an institution would implement such a
policy. The references in paragraph
§ 668.32(e) would be updated to
conform the section with the changes
proposed to §§ 668.16(e) and 668.32.
Proposed § 668.34(a) would specify
the elements an institution’s satisfactory
academic policy must contain to be
considered a reasonable policy. Under
the proposed regulations, institutions
would continue to have flexibility in
establishing their own policies;
institutions that choose to measure
satisfactory academic progress more
frequently than at the minimum
required intervals would have
additional flexibility (see proposed
§ 668.34(a)(3)).
All of the policy elements in the
current regulations under §§ 668.16(e)
and 668.34 would be combined in
proposed § 668.34. In addition,
proposed § 668.34(a)(5) would make
explicit the requirement that
institutions specify the pace at which a
student must progress through his or her
educational program to ensure that the
student will complete the program
within the maximum timeframe, and
provide for measurement of a student’s
pace at each evaluation. Under
proposed § 668.34(a)(6), institutional
policies would need to describe how a
student’s GPA and pace of completion
are affected by transfers of credit from
other institutions. This provision would
also require institutions to count credit
hours from another institution that are
accepted toward a student’s educational
program as both attempted and
completed hours.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(7) would
provide that, except as permitted in
§ 668.34(c) and (d), the policy requires
that, at the time of each evaluation, if
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
the student is not making satisfactory
academic progress, the student is no
longer eligible to receive title IV, HEA
assistance.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(8) would require
institutions that use ‘‘financial aid
warning’’ and ‘‘financial aid probation’’
statuses (concepts that would be defined
in proposed § 668.34(b)) in connection
with satisfactory academic progress
evaluations to describe these statuses
and how they are used in their
satisfactory academic progress policies.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(8)(i) would specify
that a student on financial aid warning
may continue to receive assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs for one
payment period despite a determination
that the student is not making
satisfactory academic progress.
Financial aid warning status may be
assigned without an appeal or other
action by the student. Proposed
§ 668.34(a)(8)(ii) would make clear that
an institution with a satisfactory
academic progress policy that includes
the use of the financial aid probation
status could require that a student on
financial aid probation fulfill specific
terms and conditions, such as taking a
reduced course load or enrolling in
specific courses.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(9) would require
an institution that permits a student to
appeal a determination that the student
is not making satisfactory academic
progress to describe the appeal process
in its policy. The policy would need to
contain specified elements. Proposed
§ 668.34(a)(9)(i) would require an
institution to describe how a student
may re-establish his or her eligibility to
receive assistance under the title IV,
HEA programs. Under proposed
§ 668.34(a)(9)(ii), a student would be
permitted to file an appeal based on the
death of a relative, an injury or illness
of the student, or other special
circumstances. Under proposed
§ 668.34(a)(9)(iii), a student would be
required to submit, as part of the appeal,
information regarding why the student
failed to make satisfactory academic
progress, and what has changed in the
student’s situation that would allow the
student to demonstrate satisfactory
academic progress at the next
evaluation.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(10) would
require the satisfactory academic
progress policy of an institution that
does not permit students to appeal a
determination that they are not making
satisfactory academic progress to
describe how a student may regain
eligibility for assistance under the title
IV, HEA programs.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(11) would
require that an institution’s policy
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
provide for notification to students of
the results of an evaluation that impacts
the student’s eligibility for title IV, HEA
program funds.
In proposed § 668.34(b), we would
define several important terms that are
used in this section:
We would define the term appeal as
a process by which a student who is not
meeting the institution’s standards
petitions the institution for
reconsideration of the student’s
eligibility for title IV, HEA program
funds.
The term financial aid probation
would be defined as a status assigned by
an institution to a student who fails to
make satisfactory academic progress and
who has appealed and has had
eligibility for aid reinstated.
The term financial aid warning would
be defined as a status assigned to a
student who fails to make satisfactory
academic progress at an institution that
evaluates academic progress at the end
of each payment period.
We would add a definition of the term
maximum timeframe, which would be
based entirely on the description of
maximum timeframe in current
§ 668.16(e)(2)(ii).
Proposed § 668.34(c) and (d) would
specify that an institution’s policy may
provide for disbursement of title IV,
HEA program funds to a student who
has not met an institution’s satisfactory
academic standards in certain
circumstances.
Proposed § 668.34(c) would permit an
institution that measures satisfactory
academic progress at the end of each
payment period to have a policy that
would permit a student who is not
making satisfactory academic progress
to be placed automatically on financial
aid warning, a newly defined term.
Finally, under proposed § 668.34(d),
at an institution that measures
satisfactory academic progress annually,
or less frequently than at the end of each
payment period, a student who has been
determined not to be making
satisfactory academic progress would be
able to receive title IV, HEA program
funds only after filing an appeal and
meeting one of two conditions: (1) The
institution has determined that the
student should be able to meet
satisfactory progress standards after the
subsequent payment period, or (2) the
institution develops an academic plan
with the student that, if followed, will
ensure that the student is able to meet
the institution’s satisfactory academic
progress standards by a specific point in
time.
Reasons: Recent questions from
institutions and reviews of institutional
satisfactory academic progress policies
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34821
have raised concerns about the
effectiveness of institutions’ satisfactory
academic policies, even those that
comply with the Department’s current
regulatory criteria. For example, it has
become evident that the use of
automatic probationary periods has
resulted in some students receiving title
IV, HEA aid for as long as 24 months
even though they are not meeting the
institution’s satisfactory academic
progress standards. Moreover, it is also
clear that institutions use a variety of
terms—warning, probation, amnesty—to
describe situations in which a student is
not making satisfactory academic
progress, but nevertheless has been
determined eligible to receive assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs.
Repeated uses of these statuses, or use
of a combination of these statuses,
applied sequentially, may lead to
prolonged periods during which
students who are not making
satisfactory academic progress
nevertheless continue to receive title IV,
HEA program funds.
The proposed changes to §§ 668.16(e),
668.32, and 668.34 are designed to
implement a more structured,
comprehensive, and consistent
approach to the development and
implementation of institutional
satisfactory progress policies.
During the discussions at the
negotiated rulemaking sessions, the
Department explained the problems it
has identified and solicited information
on current institutional policies and
recommendations from the non-Federal
negotiators on ways to amend the
current regulations that would curtail
abuses while retaining flexibility for
institutions. The Department used this
information in developing the proposed
regulations.
In the following paragraphs, we
describe the Department’s rationale for
the specific substantive changes
proposed to the satisfactory academic
progress regulations.
First we propose to expand the
elements required for an institution’s
satisfactory academic progress policy to
include a description and specific
treatment of transfer credits, a
description of financial aid warning and
probationary statuses (if applicable), a
requirement to notify students of the
results of a satisfactory progress review
that impacts their eligibility for title IV,
HEA program assistance, specific
information required for appeals (if the
institution permits appeals), and if an
institution does not permit appeals, how
students may re-establish eligibility for
title IV, HEA program funds. Having a
clear understanding of an institution’s
satisfactory progress policy will help
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34822
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
students understand the institution’s
academic expectations and will increase
the likelihood of their academic success.
We also propose to make changes to
the regulatory language concerning the
frequency with which an institution
measures the satisfactory academic
progress of its students. During
negotiated rulemaking, several of the
non-Federal negotiators stressed the
importance of early intervention in
helping students meet their educational
goals. The Department agrees with this
approach; however, because section
484(c) of the HEA requires institutions
to evaluate a student’s progress at the
end of each academic year or the
equivalent, the Department is limited in
its ability to have institutions evaluate
students’ progress more frequently (for
example, at the end of each payment
period). To encourage institutions to
evaluate a student’s academic progress
more frequently, the Department
proposes regulatory language that would
offer additional flexibility to institutions
that measure satisfactory academic
progress at the end of each payment
period. Proposed § 668.34(c) would
permit institutions that review student
progress at the end of each payment
period to place students on financial aid
warning for one payment period, which
would encourage institutions to provide
additional support to students in a
timely manner and would help students
be successful.
We would define the term financial
aid warning (as well as the term
financial aid probation) in proposed
§ 668.34(b) to promote consistent
application of these types of
designations among institutions that use
these designations in connection with
their satisfactory academic progress
reviews. The term financial aid warning
would be defined as a status conferred
automatically and without action by a
student, while the term financial aid
probation would be defined as a status
conferred after a student has submitted
an appeal that has been granted. The
financial aid warning designation would
be available only at an institution that
measures satisfactory academic progress
at the end of each payment period.
Defining each status would help all
institutions to clearly distinguish when
a student may continue to receive title
IV, HEA funds and under what
conditions. By defining these terms to
describe the eligibility of the student to
receive future disbursements, we can
help ensure that students are treated
consistently and equitably regardless of
the institution they attend.
We also would add some regulatory
language to ensure that institutional
satisfactory academic progress policies
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
specify the circumstances under which
a student may appeal a determination
that the student is not making
satisfactory academic progress and is
not eligible to receive title IV, HEA
funds for the subsequent term. The
proposed regulations would not require
institutions to permit students to
appeal, but they would specify that
students may appeal only under certain
circumstances. Several non-Federal
negotiators asserted that their
institutions had established the practice
of granting appeals only to students who
could explain how the circumstances
that had caused their academic
problems had changed. These
negotiators explained that in their
experience, if the root problem was not
addressed successfully, the student was
just setting himself or herself up for
failure the next term. These non-Federal
negotiators made a compelling argument
for this approach; therefore, we have
incorporated it in proposed
§ 668.34(c)(8)(ii) (i.e., the student must
submit information regarding why the
student failed to make satisfactory
academic progress and what has
changed in the student’s situation that
will allow the student to demonstrate
satisfactory academic progress in the
next evaluation).
There was also discussion during the
negotiated rulemaking sessions
regarding what aspect of failure to meet
satisfactory academic progress standards
a student could appeal. The non-Federal
negotiators generally agreed that failure
to meet both the qualitative and
quantitative standards may be appealed
under current regulations, and that this
should be true under the proposed
regulations as well. The Department
agrees. There was also discussion about
whether failure to meet the maximum
timeframe has been subject to appeal in
the past, and whether it would be
permitted under the proposed
regulations. Under the current
regulations, a student can appeal his or
her failure to complete his program in
the maximum timeframe. The
Department believes a student should
continue to be able to appeal a
determination that the student has
failed or will fail to meet the maximum
timeframe requirements. We note that
the proposed regulations provide
flexibility to institutions to help address
the needs of a student who is likely to
exceed the maximum timeframe. An
institution could work with the student
to develop an academic plan that would
require the student to meet the
institution’s graduation requirements by
a specific point in time.
Some non-Federal negotiators asked
whether the proposed regulations would
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
permit institutions to have satisfactory
academic policies that provide for
academic amnesty. One of the examples
given was of an individual who had an
unsuccessful academic career 10 years
ago and now wants to reenroll. The
Department’s position is that in such a
situation, it would be appropriate for
the institution to require the individual
to submit an appeal that explains the
change in circumstances from when the
student failed to make satisfactory
academic progress 10 years ago. Under
proposed § 668.34(d), an institution’s
satisfactory academic progress policy
could provide for such students to
submit an appeal and develop an
academic plan with the institution that
would specify milestones the student
would be expected to meet. As in other
situations where a student has had
academic difficulty and been placed on
financial aid probation, the institution
would have the option of placing certain
restrictions on the student, such as
limiting the number of hours taken or
specifying a certain sequence of courses.
We propose to require institutions
that do not permit students to appeal a
determination that they are not making
satisfactory academic progress to inform
students how they may re-establish
eligibility. This regulatory provision
would be consistent with the language
in section 484(c)(2) of the HEA, which
provides that a student who has failed
to maintain satisfactory progress and,
subsequent to that failure, has academic
standing consistent with the
requirements for graduation, as
determined by the institution, may
again be determined eligible for
assistance under title IV, HEA programs.
Throughout the discussions during
the negotiated rulemaking sessions,
non-Federal negotiators raised questions
about whether the statutory requirement
that an institute review a student’s
academic progress at the end of each
academic year or its equivalent is tied
to the student’s academic year, the
award year, the calendar year, or the
institution’s defined academic year. It
became apparent that most institutions
that review student progress annually,
review all students at a specific point in
time, such as at the end of the spring
term or spring payment period. The
Department agrees that this is an
appropriate and reasonable institutional
policy for an institution that reviews
academic progress annually.
Finally, there was some discussion
during the negotiated rulemaking
sessions about whether a student’s work
completed during a summer term is
subject to evaluation. The Department’s
position is that any evaluations of
satisfactory academic progress,
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
regardless of the frequency with which
they are conducted, must include all
work completed by the student since the
last review. The Department welcomes
comments as to the clarity of the
proposed language in this regard.
Evaluating the Validity of High School
Diplomas (§ 668.16(p))
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Standards of Administrative Capability
(§ 668.16(p))
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: The current
regulations do not define the term ‘‘high
school diploma’’ or otherwise include
provisions regarding the evaluation of
the validity of a student’s high school
diploma. While the term recognized
equivalent of a high school diploma is
defined in 34 CFR 600.2 (Definitions),
the term ‘‘high school diploma’’ is not
defined anywhere in the HEA or its
implementing regulations. The current
regulations do, however, refer to high
school diplomas in the context of
determining institutional eligibility as
well as student eligibility for the title IV,
HEA programs.
First, 34 CFR 600.4(a)(2) (Institutions
of higher education) requires an
institution of higher education
participating in the Federal student aid
programs to admit as regular students
only individuals who have obtained a
high school diploma or its recognized
equivalent, or who are beyond the age
of compulsory school attendance in the
State in which the institution is located.
In order to be eligible to receive title
IV, HEA aid, current § 668.32(e)
(Student eligibility) requires a student to
have a high school diploma or its
recognized equivalent, have completed
secondary school in a home school
setting, or pass an independently
administered examination approved by
the Secretary.
Proposed Regulations: Under
proposed § 668.16(p), an institution
would be required to develop and
follow procedures to evaluate the
validity of a student’s high school
completion if the institution or the
Secretary has reason to believe that the
high school diploma is not valid or was
not obtained from an entity that
provides secondary school education.
Reasons: We propose adding
paragraph (p) to § 668.16 to provide that
it is the institution’s responsibility to
evaluate the validity of the diploma if
either the institution or the Secretary
believes that a closer examination of the
diploma is warranted. This proposed
change is designed to ensure that
students who report having high school
diplomas and obtain title IV, HEA aid in
fact have valid high school diplomas.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
The language reflected in this proposed
provision is also intended to address the
Government Accountability Office
recommendation raised in its August 17,
2009 report that the Secretary should
provide institutions of higher education
with information and guidance on
determining the validity of high school
diplomas for use in gaining access to
Federal student aid.
During the negotiated rulemaking
sessions, we initially proposed draft
regulatory language that would have
required institutions to evaluate the
credentials of secondary schools for
purposes of determining whether high
school diplomas issued from the schools
were valid. As part of this evaluation,
institutions would have been required
to maintain three listings of secondary
schools (schools that are acceptable,
schools that are unacceptable, and
schools that require further evaluation)
based on regulatory criteria for
determining the acceptability of their
credential for title IV, HEA program
purposes.
Many non-Federal negotiators
expressed concern over this proposed
draft regulatory language. Several nonFederal negotiators stated that K–12
issues, including defining high school
diploma, should be handled at the State
level. Some non-Federal negotiators also
objected to requiring institutions to
research the legitimacy of the high
school diploma a student presents and
to maintain lists of secondary schools
based on this research. They argued that
these activities would be unduly
burdensome. Instead, many non-Federal
negotiators argued that the Department
should assume responsibility for
maintaining a centralized list of
secondary schools that institutions
could use to determine whether a
student’s high school diploma was
valid.
Based on concerns raised by the nonFederal negotiators, the Department
agreed to establish and maintain a list
of secondary schools. We believe that
such a solution moves us appropriately
toward our goal of uncovering
questionable high school diplomas,
while imposing a minimal burden on
institutions.
In furtherance of this approach, the
Department has begun the process of
adding two questions to the FAFSA for
the 2011–2012 award year:
(1) What is the name of the secondary
school or entity that provided the
student’s secondary school program of
study?
(2) What is the State that awarded the
student’s high school diploma?
The Department intends to use the
information it collects from students in
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34823
response to these questions to help
identify whether each student has a
valid high school diploma. If, in
response to these questions on the
FAFSA, a student lists a secondary
school or entity that does not match the
list of secondary schools maintained by
the Department, or if the student does
not provide the name of the secondary
school or entity or the State that issued
the diploma, the Department may select
the student’s FAFSA for further review
by the institution to determine if the
student has a valid high school diploma
before the student can receive any title
IV, HEA aid. Therefore, in cases where
the student is selected for review
because the Secretary questions the
validity of his or her high school
diploma, institutions are expected to
determine the validity of the high
school diploma. Under proposed
§ 668.16(p), institutions also would be
responsible for determining the validity
of a high school diploma if the
institution has reason to believe that the
diploma is invalid or was not obtained
from an entity that provides secondary
school education. To determine the
validity of a student’s high school
diploma, an institution would need to
follow the procedures it develops to
evaluate the validity of diplomas. These
procedures could include, for example,
obtaining a copy of the student’s
diploma.
We intend to provide more specific
guidance to institutions on developing
and following procedures for evaluating
the validity of high school diplomas
through the Federal Student Aid
Handbook or through other means. This
guidance will address such issues as
what procedures an institution might
use to determine the validity of a high
school diploma.
A non-Federal negotiator expressed
concern that the proposed regulations
do not go far enough to address fraud
committed at an institution. This
negotiator suggested that the proposed
regulations should be further modified
to indicate that officials at an institution
should be aware and held accountable
for fraudulent activities committed at
the institution. We did not accept this
suggestion because the Department has
other avenues to address fraudulent
activities. We noted that the Department
has successfully litigated cases where
institutions are held responsible for
regulatory violations of its employees.
We were able to reach tentative
agreement on this issue.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34824
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Return of Title IV, HEA Program Funds
(§§ 668.22(a), 668.22(b), and 668.22(f))
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Treatment of Title IV, HEA Program
Funds When a Student Withdraws From
Term-Based Programs With Modules or
Compressed Courses (§ 668.22(a) and (f))
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: In accordance
with § 668.22, when a recipient of title
IV, HEA aid withdraws from an
institution, the institution must
determine the amount of title IV, HEA
aid that the student earned for the
period the student attended. For termbased programs, a student is paid aid for
each term. The regulations address the
institution’s and the student’s
responsibilities when a student does not
finish the term (i.e., withdraws from all
courses in the term) and specifies how
to calculate how much aid the student
earned for attending part of the term
prior to withdrawing. The regulations
do not, however, specifically address
the treatment of term-based programs, in
which courses are less than the length
of the term, under the return of title IV
funds calculation. In Dear Colleague
Letter GEN–00–24, published in
December 2000, the Department
established the policy that a student
who completes only one module or
compressed course, within a term in
which he or she is expected to continue
attendance in additional coursework, is
not considered to have withdrawn
under the return calculation.
Proposed Regulations: The proposed
changes to § 668.22(a)(2) would clarify
when a student is considered to have
withdrawn from a payment period or
period of enrollment. In the case of a
program that is measured in credit
hours, the student would be considered
to have withdrawn if he or she does not
complete all the days in the payment
period or period of enrollment that the
student was scheduled to complete
prior to withdrawing. In the case of a
program that is measured in clock
hours, the student would be considered
to have withdrawn if he or she does not
complete all of the clock hours in the
payment period or period of enrollment
that the student was scheduled to
complete prior to withdrawing.
The proposed change to
§ 668.22(f)(2)(i) would clarify that, for
credit hour programs, in calculating the
percentage of the payment period or
period of enrollment completed, it is
necessary to take into account the total
number of calendar days that the
student was scheduled to complete
prior to withdrawing without regard to
any course completed by the student
that is less than the length of the term.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
These proposed regulations would
affect all programs with courses that are
less than the length of a term, including,
for example, a semester-based program
that has a summer nonstandard term
with two consecutive six-week sessions
within the term.
Reasons: The Department proposes
these changes to ensure more equitable
treatment between students who
withdraw from programs that are
measured in credit hours, regardless of
whether those programs span the full
length of the term, or are programs with
modules or compressed courses.
Under the guidance provided in Dear
Colleague Letter GEN–00–24, we have
equated completing one compressed
course or module with completing one
course taken over the span of the term.
Under this guidance, a student who was
scheduled to take several modules or
compressed courses in a term but
dropped out after completing only one
course (for example, a 5-week course in
a 15-week term) was not viewed as
having withdrawn from the term.
Accordingly, while we required an
institution to recalculate the student’s
Federal Pell Grant payment as a result
of any reduction in enrollment status
under § 690.80(b)(2)(ii) when the
student did not begin attendance in
subsequent classes in the term, we did
not require the school to perform a
return calculation under § 668.22.
Based on this guidance, a student who
completed only a one- or two-week
course in a 15-week term and then
ceased attendance for the term would
NOT be considered to have withdrawn
from the term under the return of title
IV requirements. The institution or
student or both would keep aid
intended for a 15-week period of time
when the student only attended the
term for as little as one week.
For a number of reasons, we have
reconsidered our prior guidance. First,
this change would provide a more
equitable treatment of students who are
attending for comparable periods of
time during a semester because a
student’s aid is based on, and intended
to cover, in whole or in part, not only
tuition and fees for the term, but the
student’s living expenses for the term.
Title IV, HEA aid is provided for the
entire term, and section 484B of the
HEA provides that these same amounts
are earned on a prorata basis for the first
60 percent of the term. Second, a
student who only attends one module or
compressed course and then ceases to
be enrolled without attending other
modules or compressed courses he or
she is scheduled to attend in the term
is withdrawing before completing the
term, and the portion of the term
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
completed should be considered to
determine how much of the title IV,
HEA aid the student earned. Third, the
prior guidance has resulted in abusive
cases where institutions have created
term-based programs with a very short
initial module or course of as little as
one week in length so that institutions
can keep all of the title IV, HEA aid for
students who withdraw after that point.
During the negotiations, the nonFederal negotiators raised concerns
about the proposed approach, believing
that it would unfairly penalize students.
The negotiators also raised concerns
about the possibility of additional
burden from a significant increase in the
number of return to title IV funds
calculations that an institution might
have to perform, as well as about the
inability of many institutions to track
the number of students who are taking
these types of compressed courses.
The non-Federal negotiators
presented three options to address their
concerns by limiting the applicability of
the proposed treatment based upon the
relative amounts of the modules that
students completed before withdrawing.
The first option was to exclude students
who completed the same enrollment
status for which they were originally
paid title IV, HEA aid. The second
option suggested by the non-Federal
negotiators was to exclude students who
completed 50 percent of the credits that
were awarded and 50 percent of the
projected enrollment time. The third
option was to only apply the proposed
regulations to compressed coursework
that was shorter than a ‘‘to-bedetermined’’ percent of the payment
period; the non-Federal negotiators did
not reach agreement as to what the
appropriate percentage should be.
We appreciate the concerns of the
non-Federal negotiators, but we do not
agree with the proposed alternatives. By
recognizing that students who are taking
module classes are expected to earn
their title IV, HEA aid over time on a
prorata basis, those students are subject
to those requirements up to the point
where they complete more than 60
percent of the period. We continue to
believe that the proposed changes are
necessary to ensure the equitable
application of these provisions for all
students, regardless of the academic
calendar of the programs that students
are attending.
Withdrawal Date for a Student Who
Withdraws From an Institution That Is
Required To Take Attendance
(§ 668.22(b))
Statute: Section 484B(c)(1) of the HEA
requires institutions and students to
return unearned portions of title IV,
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
HEA grant or loan assistance (other than
funds received under the Federal WorkStudy Program) when a student
withdraws during a payment period or
period of enrollment. The statute
defines the term the ‘‘day the student
withdrew’’ differently for institutions
that are required to take attendance and
for those not required to take
attendance. For an institution that is
required to take attendance, the ‘‘day the
student withdrew’’ is determined by the
institution from its attendance records.
For an institution that is not required to
take attendance, the ‘‘day the student
withdrew’’ is the date that the
institution determines that (1) the
student began the withdrawal process
prescribed by the institution; (2) the
student otherwise provided official
notification to the institution of the
intent to withdraw; or (3) in the case of
a student who does not begin the
withdrawal process or otherwise notify
the institution of the intent to withdraw,
the date that is the midpoint of the
payment period for which title IV, HEA
program funds were disbursed or a later
date documented by the institution.
Current regulations: Section
668.22(b)(3) provides the requirements
for determining whether an institution
is required to take attendance for an
educational program. Under
§ 668.22(b)(3), an institution is required
to take attendance if an outside entity
(such as the institution’s accrediting
agency or a State agency) requires that
the institution take attendance, as
determined by the entity. In this case,
the student’s withdrawal date is the last
date of academic attendance, as
determined by the institution from its
attendance records.
Proposed regulations: The proposed
revisions to § 668.22(b)(3) would clarify
the programs for which institutions are
required to take attendance. An
institution would be required to take
attendance if an outside entity or the
institution itself has a requirement that
its instructors take attendance, or if the
institution or an outside entity has a
requirement that can only be met by
taking attendance or a comparable
process, including, but not limited to,
requiring that students in a program
demonstrate attendance in the classes of
that program, or a portion of that
program. In addition, the proposed
regulations would remove the
provisions in § 668.22(b)(3)(i) and (ii)
that it is the entity that determines
whether there is a requirement to take
attendance since the new provision
looks at the substance of the information
being collected rather than the
characterization of that information or
process by the entity.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
Proposed § 668.22(b)(3)(ii) would
clarify that if an institution is required
to take attendance by an outside entity
or requires its instructors to take
attendance for only some of its student,
then it must use its attendance records
to determine a withdrawal date for those
students.
Proposed § 668.22(b)(3)(iii) would
incorporate in the regulations current
nonregulatory guidance regarding an
institution that is required to take
attendance, or requires that attendance
be taken, for a limited period of time,
such as for the first two weeks of
courses or until a ‘‘census date.’’ These
proposed provisions would specify that
an institution must use its attendance
records to determine a withdrawal date
for a student who withdraws during that
limited period. A student in attendance
at the end of that limited period who
subsequently stops attending during the
payment period would be treated as a
student for whom the institution was
not required to take attendance.
Proposed § 668.22(b)(3)(iv) would also
incorporate in the regulations current
nonregulatory guidance that if an
institution is required to take
attendance, or requires that attendance
be taken, on a specified date to meet a
census reporting requirement, the
institution is not considered to take
attendance.
Reasons: These proposed changes
would provide a more accurate
determination of how much title IV,
HEA aid a student earned who
withdrew from an institution during a
period when an instructor or other
institution employee or procedure was
required to monitor student attendance.
The non-Federal negotiators had a
number of concerns with respect to our
proposals regarding whether an
institution is required to take attendance
and regarding the proposed requirement
that these institutions must use their
records in determining a student’s
withdrawal date in a return to title IV
calculation. The non-Federal negotiators
pointed out that having to determine a
more exact date of withdrawal, as
opposed to assuming a 50 percent point,
would be more burdensome. They also
noted that attendance does not
necessarily accurately reflect academic
activity, and also stated that they cannot
ensure that faculty members will keep
accurate and up-to-date attendance
records. While we can appreciate these
concerns, we continue to believe that
the best date available should be used
to determine the amount of time that a
student was in attendance. Using the
best date available would support the
fair treatment of students and avoid the
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34825
potential for fraud and abuse of Federal
funds.
Proposed § 668.22(b)(3)(iii) would
address instances where institutions
take attendance for the period of time
between the beginning of classes and
the deadline for adding or dropping
classes. Where a student withdraws and
an institution’s records show that the
student stopped attending during that
period, that is the best information
available for determining how much aid
the student earned. This proposed
regulation reflects current guidance
about whether such institutions were
viewed as being required to take
attendance for this limited period, and
this change in the text will help clarify
that requirement. The non-Federal
negotiators expressed concern that
students who appear to have stopped
attending during a census period may
have subsequently attended other
classes before withdrawing. Institutions
have the option under § 668.22(c)(3) to
use a student’s participation in an
academically related activity to show
that the student continued to be
enrolled to a point where the institution
was no longer required to take
attendance.
Proposed § 668.22(b)(3)(iv) also would
incorporate in the regulations our
current nonregulatory guidance that an
institution is not required to use
attendance records for return of title IV,
HEA aid purposes if it is only required
to take attendance on a specific date. We
would welcome comments on whether
this proposed regulation should be
further clarified to specify that it applies
only for one calendar date, or, for one
class that meets during a small range of
dates, for example, for one day for any
class that met during a particular week,
rather than ‘‘a specific date.’’
Verification and Updating of Student
Aid Application Information (Subpart E
of Part 668)
Application Information
Current subpart E of part 668 governs
the verification and updating of the
FAFSA information used to calculate an
applicant’s Expected Family
Contribution (EFC) for purposes of
determining an applicant’s need for
student financial assistance under title
IV of the HEA. In general, financial need
is defined as the difference between the
applicant’s cost of attendance (COA)
and EFC (see section 471 of the HEA).
Based on the need analysis formula
established in part F of the HEA, the
EFC is the amount that an applicant and
the applicant’s family can reasonably be
expected to contribute toward the
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34826
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
applicant’s cost of attendance at an
institution of higher education.
These proposed regulations would
implement statutory changes made to
part F of the HEA by the HEOA and
further align these regulations with
enhancements that have been made to
the Federal Student Aid (FSA)
application processing system. In the
following paragraphs we describe the
substantive changes we propose to make
to subpart E of part 668 and the reasons
for the changes. These proposed
changes include—
• Revising the subpart E heading to
reflect that an applicant and an
institution have updating
responsibilities in addition to
completing specific verification
responsibilities;
• Removing, redefining, and adding
definitions;
• Codifying current policy that an
institution must complete verification
before exercising any authority under
professional judgment;
• Removing the 30 percent cap on the
number of applicants selected by the
Secretary that an institution must verify
in order to move towards a more
targeted verification system;
• Restructuring the exclusions from
verification section;
• Requiring any changes to a
student’s dependency status be updated
throughout the award year, including
changes resulting from a change in the
student’s marital status;
• Updating the section heading under
§ 668.56 and replacing the five items
that an institution currently is required
to verify for all applicants selected for
verification with a targeted verification
process that is specific to each applicant
selected as described in a Federal
Register notice published annually by
the Secretary;
• Codifying the Department’s Internal
Revenue Service (IRS) Data Retrieval
Process, which allows an applicant to
import income and other data from the
IRS into an online FAFSA;
• Updating the IRS deadline granted
for extension filers;
• Clarifying when an institution is
required to reverify the adjusted gross
income (AGI) and taxes paid by an
applicant and his or her spouse or
parents for individuals with an IRS tax
filing extension;
• Expanding the information a tax
preparer must provide on the copy of
the filer’s return that has been signed by
the preparer;
• Describing in an annual Federal
Register notice other documentation
that an applicant must provide for the
information that is selected for
verification;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
• Allowing interim disbursements
when changes to an applicant’s FAFSA
information would not change the
amount the applicant would receive
under title IV, HEA;
• Requiring all corrections to be
submitted to the Secretary for
reprocessing;
• Removing all allowable tolerances;
• Applying the cash management
procedures for proceeds received from a
Subsidized Stafford Loan or Direct
Subsidized Loan on behalf of an
applicant; and
• Describing the liability to an
institution that disburses title IV, HEA
aid to an applicant without receiving a
corrected Student Aid Report (SAR) or
Institutional Student Information
Record (ISIR) within an established
deadline.
Tentative agreement was reached on
these proposed regulations during the
negotiated rulemaking.
programs.’’ In addition, in paragraph (c)
of proposed § 668.51, we would refer to
‘‘participating institutions’’ rather than
‘‘institutions participating in the Federal
Stafford Loan Program.’’
Reasons: Throughout the proposed
regulations, including in this proposed
§ 668.51, we propose to remove all the
program names and regulatory citations
for the ACG and National SMART Grant
programs because the authority to make
grants under these programs will expire
at the end of the 2010–2011 award year,
before these proposed regulations
become effective. In making this change,
we also determined that it would be
appropriate to refer to the title IV, HEA
programs affected by this subpart more
generally as ‘‘subsidized student
financial assistance programs’’ and
‘‘unsubsidized student financial
assistance programs,’’ as appropriate.
We would define these terms in
proposed § 668.52.
General (§ 668.51)
Statute: Section 487(a)(5) of the HEA
provides that an institution may
participate in a title IV, HEA program if
the institution enters into a written
program participation agreement with
the Secretary. A program participation
agreement conditions the initial and
continued participation of an eligible
institution in any title IV, HEA program
upon compliance with the provisions of
part 668, the individual program
regulations, and any additional
conditions specified in the program
participation agreement that the
Secretary requires the institution to
meet.
Current Regulations: Current
§ 668.51(a) describes the scope and
purpose of subpart E of part 668.
Current § 668.51(b) requires that if the
Secretary or an institution requests
documents or information from an
applicant under this subpart, the
applicant must provide the specified
documents or information. Under
current § 668.51(c), institutions
participating in the Federal Stafford
Loan Program that are not located in a
State are exempted from the provisions
of subpart E of part 668.
Proposed Regulations: Proposed
§ 668.51 would remain largely
unchanged from current § 668.51. We
propose to revise § 668.51(a) to refer to
‘‘student financial assistance under the
subsidized student financial assistance
programs’’ rather than to ‘‘student
financial assistance in connection with
the calculation of their expected family
contributions (EFC) for the Federal Pell
Grant, ACG, National SMART Grant,
campus-based, Federal Stafford Loan,
Federal Direct Stafford/Ford Loan
Definitions (§ 668.52)
Statute: In 2008, the HEOA amended
the definition of the term total income
in section 480(a) of the HEA to provide
that, when calculating total income, the
Secretary may use income and other
data from the second preceding tax year
to carry out the FAFSA simplification
efforts used for the estimation and
determination of financial aid
eligibility. This provision also allows
the sharing of data between the IRS and
the Secretary with the consent of the
taxpayer as discussed later under
proposed § 668.57.
Current Regulations: Current § 668.52
includes definitions of key terms used
in this subpart including base year,
edits, institutional student information
record, and student aid application.
Proposed Regulations: Proposed
§ 668.52 would (1) remove the
definitions of base year, edits, and
student aid application; (2) revise the
definition for institutional student
information record (ISIR); and (3) add
definitions for the terms Free
Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA), specified year, Student Aid
Report (SAR), subsidized student
financial assistance programs, and
unsubsidized student financial
assistance programs.
Reasons: We propose to delete the
definitions of the terms base year, edits,
and student aid application because
these terms would no longer be used in
these proposed regulations.
We propose to define the term Free
Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) and to use this term ‘‘FAFSA
information’’—rather than application—
throughout subpart E of part 668 in
order to clarify that the information we
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
seek to verify includes not only the
information provided in the initial
FAFSA form submitted by an applicant,
but also any subsequent transactions
sent to the Secretary for processing that
originated from the information
reported on the initial FAFSA (i.e.,
corrections).
We propose to revise the definition of
the term institutional student
information record (ISIR) to make it
consistent with the definition of ISIR in
34 CFR 690.2(c) of the Federal Pell
Grant Program regulations. By
establishing this definition in this
subpart, we would make the term
generally applicable to all title IV, HEA
programs that are subject to the
requirements in subpart E of part 668.
We propose to define the term
specified year to assist in the
implementation of section 480(a) of the
HEA, which gives the Secretary the
option of using income and other data
from the second preceding tax year to
calculate the statutorily defined EFC
that determines the applicant’s
eligibility for, and amount of, Federal
aid. While the Department does not plan
to exercise this option for the 2011–
2012 award year, we believe it is
appropriate to modify the regulations at
this time to allow for this flexibility in
the future.
Under the current process for
completing the FAFSA, an applicant,
the parents of a dependent applicant, or
the spouse of an applicant are required
to use base year income and tax
information to respond to questions
used to calculate the statutorily defined
EFC that determines the applicant’s
eligibility for, and amount of, Federal
aid i.e., grants, loans and work-study
assistance. Under the new flexibility
offered to the Secretary in section 480(a)
of the HEA, applicants could use
income and other data from the second
preceding tax year—rather than only the
base year. For example, an applicant
completing the FAFSA for the 2013–
2014 award year could use income and
other related data pertaining to January
1, 2011–December 31, 2011 (the second
preceding tax year) in addition to the
data the Secretary currently collects
from the base year (January 1, 2012–
December 31, 2012).
Allowing the use of data from an
earlier tax year would help with the
significant calendar difference between
when an applicant may file a FAFSA
and when the data is available from the
filed income tax return. This is because
the FAFSA application process begins
on January 1, and it is unlikely that tax
return information would be available
for the majority of financial aid
applicants who complete their FAFSA
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
in the weeks, and in some cases months,
before the general tax-filing deadline of
April 15. The proposed definition of
specified year would allow the
Department to use a single term that,
depending on the context in which it is
used, means (1) the base year (i.e., the
calendar year preceding the first
calendar year of an award year) or (2)
the year before the base year.
We propose to add a definition of the
term Student Aid Report (SAR) and
simplify the repeated references to it in
these proposed regulations.
We propose to add definitions for the
terms subsidized student financial
assistance programs and unsubsidized
student financial assistance programs to
group similar title IV, HEA programs
together (i.e., subsidized programs
versus unsubsidized programs). By
doing so, we would simplify the
repeated references to the numerous
affected programs in these proposed
regulations.
Policies and Procedures—Professional
Judgment (§ 668.53(c))
Statute: Section 479A of the HEA
specifically gives the financial aid
administrator the authority to use
professional judgment to make
adjustments to the cost of attendance or
to the values of the items used in
calculating the EFC to reflect a student’s
special circumstances.
Current Regulations: Current § 668.53
requires institutions to establish and use
written policies and procedures for
verifying information contained in the
FAFSA. Current § 668.53(a)(1) through
(5) describes the items that must be
included in the policies and procedures.
Current § 668.53(b) requires that an
institution’s procedures provide that the
institution furnish to each application
selected for verification an explanation
of the documentation needed to satisfy
the verification requirements and the
applicant’s responsibilities with respect
to the verification of applicant
information.
Proposed Regulations: Except for
minor technical and conforming
changes, proposed § 668.53(a) and (b)
would remain largely unchanged from
current § 668.53(a) and (b). We propose
to add paragraph (c) to this section.
Under proposed § 668.53(c), an
institution’s written policies and
procedures for verifying information
contained in a FAFSA must provide that
verification for an application selected
for verification is completed prior to the
institution exercising professional
judgment authority as permitted under
section 479A of the HEA to make
changes to the applicant’s COA or to the
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34827
value of the data items used to calculate
the EFC.
Reasons: Proposed § 668.53(c) would
codify as a requirement the
Department’s longstanding policy that
an institution must complete
verification before exercising
professional judgment under section
479A of the HEA.
Selection of FAFSA Information for
Verification (§ 668.54)
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: Current
§ 668.54(a) provides that an institution
is not required to verify the information
from more than 30 percent of its
applicants for title IV, HEA assistance in
any award year. Under current
§ 668.54(a)(2)(ii), an institution may
only include those applicants selected
for verification by the Secretary in its
calculation of the 30 percent total
number of applicants. Under current
§ 668.54(a)(3), if an institution has
reason to believe that any information
on an application used to calculate an
EFC is inaccurate, it must require the
applicant to verify the information that
it has reason to believe is inaccurate.
Except for information already
verified under a previous application, if
an applicant is selected for verification,
each additional application he or she
submits for the award year must also be
verified (see current § 668.54(a)(4)).
Current § 668.54(a)(5) provides that an
institution or the Secretary may require
an applicant to verify any data elements
that the institution or the Secretary
specifies.
Under current § 668.54(b)(1), the
Secretary excludes an applicant who
dies during the award year from
verification.
In addition, under current
§ 668.54(b)(2), the Secretary excludes
the following categories of applicants
from verification if the institution has
no reason to believe that the information
reported by the applicant is incorrect:
• An applicant or his or her parents
who are legal residents of the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, or American Samoa; or
a citizen of the Republic of the Marshall
Islands, the Federated States of
Micronesia, or the Republic of Palau
(current § 668.54(b)(2)(i)).
• An applicant who is incarcerated
(current § 668.54(b)(2)(ii)).
• A dependent applicant whose
parents are residing in a country other
than the United States and cannot be
contacted by normal means of
communication (current
§ 668.54(b)(2)(iii)).
• An applicant who is a recent
immigrant (current § 668.54(b)(2)(iv)).
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34828
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
• An applicant whose parents’
address is unknown and cannot be
obtained by the applicant (current
§ 668.54(b)(2)(v)).
• A dependent applicant, both of
whose parents are deceased or are
physically or mentally incapacitated
(current § 668.54(b)(2)(vi)).
• An applicant who does not receive
assistance for reasons other than his or
her failure to verify the information on
the application (current
§ 668.54(b)(2)(vii)).
• An applicant who previously
completed verification at another
institution (current § 668.54(b)(2)(viii)).
Finally, under current § 668.54(b)(3),
the Secretary excludes the following
categories of applicants from
verification:
• An applicant whose spouse is
deceased (current § 668.54(b)(3)(i)).
• An applicant whose spouse is
mentally or physically incapacitated
(current § 668.54(b)(3)(ii)).
• An applicant whose spouse is
residing in a country other than the
United States and cannot be contacted
by normal means of communication
(current § 668.54(b)(3)(iii)).
• An applicant whose spouse cannot
be located because his or her address is
unknown and cannot be obtained by the
applicant (current § 668.54(b)(3)(iv)).
Proposed Regulations: The
Department proposes to require an
institution to verify an applicant’s
FAFSA information for all applicants
that are selected for verification by the
Secretary (see proposed § 668.54(a)).
Under proposed § 668.56(a), the
Secretary would publish an annual
Federal Register notice that would
describe the information that an
institution and an applicant may be
required to verify for those applicants
selected for verification. In proposed
§ 668.54(a)(2), we would retain the
provisions requiring an institution to
verify the accuracy of FAFSA
information it has reason to believe is
inaccurate. In proposed § 668.54(a)(3),
we would continue to provide
institutions with the flexibility to verify
any FAFSA information that an
institution specifies.
Under § 668.54(b), we would
restructure the exclusions from
verification to make clear the provisions
that are applicable to all applicants, and
those that are specific to dependent or
independent applicants. We also would
remove the following categories of
applicants from the list of verification
exclusions:
• An applicant or his or her parents
who are legal residents of the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, or American Samoa; or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
a citizen of the Republic of the Marshall
Islands, the Federated States of
Micronesia, or the Republic of Palau.
• An applicant who is incarcerated.
• An applicant who is a recent
immigrant.
• A dependent applicant, both of
whose parents are deceased or are
physically incapacitated.
• An independent applicant’s spouse
who is physically incapacitated.
Proposed § 668.54(b)(2) and (b)(3)
would list the circumstances under
which the parents’ or spouse’s
information is not subject to verification
unless the institution has reason to
believe the parents’ or spouse’s
information reported by the applicant is
incorrect.
Reasons: The proposed changes to
§ 668.54 are needed to align this section
of the regulations with modifications
that the Department proposes to make to
the verification selection process.
Specifically, the Department proposes to
remove the 30 percent limitation of the
total number of applicants selected for
verification and target the selection
criteria based on the most error prone
data items that are specific to each
applicant selected.
Based on years of data analysis
compiled from random samples of
FAFSA submissions and the IRS
Statistical Study and Quality Assurance
Program analysis, we have made
improvements to the verification
process that will better identify and
select those applicants whose FAFSA
information is most error prone. For this
reason, we propose to remove the 30
percent limitation on the number of
applicants an institution is required to
verify.
During negotiated rulemaking, some
non-Federal negotiators expressed
concern that the removal of the 30
percent limitation on the number of
applicants an institution is required to
verify would significantly increase an
institution’s workload. Other nonFederal negotiators stated that many
institutions currently verify 100 percent
of those applicants the Department
selects for verification.
Although some institutions may
experience an increase in the number of
applicants that are selected for
verification under the new process,
institutions would no longer be required
to verify all five items for each applicant
selected. Instead the information that an
institution would be required to verify
would be specific to each applicant
selected (see proposed § 668.56(b)). For
example, one applicant may be required
to verify the five items required under
the current regulations (because the
Secretary includes them in the Federal
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Register notice published under
§ 668.56(a) and specifies that those
items must be verified for that one
applicant) while another applicant may
only be required to verify AGI and
household size (because the Secretary
includes these two items in the Federal
Register notice published under
§ 668.56(a) and specifies that these are
the only items that must be verified for
this applicant).
Moreover, we expect information
obtained through the IRS Data Retrieval
process to significantly reduce
institutional burden as discussed later
under proposed § 668.57. For example,
if one of the items selected for
verification for an applicant includes
data that the applicant imported from
the IRS, we likely would not require the
institution to verify that item.
We are proposing to restructure
paragraph (b) to clarify under what
circumstances an institution is not
required to verify the FAFSA
information of: (1) the applicant; (2) the
parents of a dependent applicant; or (3)
the spouse of an independent applicant.
In instances where FAFSA information
from the parents or a spouse is not
required, we would still expect an
institution to verify any information that
would be applicable to the applicant.
We are also proposing to modify a
number of exclusions that are included
in the current regulations. Previously, if
the parent of a dependent student, or
the spouse of an independent student,
could not be located because their
address was unknown, verification was
not required. Given the shift to routinely
contacting people using e-mail and cell
phone numbers, lack of a physical
mailing address no longer precludes
contact and communication. We believe
it would be more appropriate to provide
an exclusion from verification only in
circumstances where the parents or
spouse cannot be located because their
contact information is unknown. We are
also proposing to eliminate the
provision that a dependent student need
not provide parental information if both
parents are deceased or are physically
incapacitated. If both parents are
deceased, the student would be an
independent student, not a dependent
student. Parents who are physically
incapacitated, but not mentally
incapacitated, should be able to provide
the documentation required for
verification under most circumstances.
Updating Information—Changes in
Dependency Status (§ 668.55(c))
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: Current § 668.55
describes the information in an
application that applicants must update
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
when there is a change and when and
how these changes must be made.
Under current § 668.55(a)(2), an
institution need not require an applicant
to verify information in the applicant’s
FAFSA if the applicant previously
submitted a FAFSA for that award year,
the applicant updated the FAFSA
information, and no change in the
information has taken place since the
last update.
Current § 668.55(a)(3) requires
applicants to update their dependency
status on the FAFSA at any time the
status changes throughout the award
year, except when the change in
dependency status results from a change
in the student’s marital status.
Under current § 668.55(b), updating
the family household size and number
of family members enrolled in college is
required for students selected for
verification and is updated as of the
time verification is completed.
Current § 668.55(c) describes an
institution’s responsibilities when an
applicant has received Federal financial
assistance for an award year, the
applicant submits another application
for Federal financial assistance, and the
applicant is required to update
household size or the number of
household family members attending
postsecondary educational institutions
on the subsequent application.
Current § 668.55(d) provides that if an
applicant’s dependency status changes
after the applicant applies to have his or
her EFC calculated for an award year,
the applicant must file a new
application for that award year
reflecting the applicant’s new
dependency status regardless of whether
the applicant is selected for verification.
Proposed Regulations: We propose to
revise § 668.55 to require an applicant to
update all changes in dependency status
that occur throughout the award year,
including changes resulting from a
change in the applicant’s marital status,
regardless of whether the applicant is
selected for verification. With this
proposed change, which would be
reflected in proposed paragraph (c) of
§ 668.55, we would make a number of
other changes to this section to remove
language that implements the marital
status exception in the current
regulations, including removing current
§ 668.55(a)(3) and revising § 668.55(b).
We would remove current § 668.55(c).
Reasons: We propose to simplify
§ 668.55 and to make the updating
requirement for dependency status
consistent with the other changes we
propose to make to § 668.58(a)(3)(i) and
§ 668.59(a). We believe these changes
would help ensure that the amount of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
assistance received by an applicant is
based on the best available information.
During negotiated rulemaking, there
was much discussion about identifying
in the regulations a specific time by
which an institution would need to
require an applicant to update his or her
family household size, number of family
members enrolled in college, and
dependency status in the applicant’s
FAFSA. Non-Federal negotiators wanted
the updating requirements to be date
specific because of concerns that
institutions would be continually
revising an applicant’s aid package
throughout the award year. To address
these concerns, we considered a number
of alternatives:
• Allow updating up to the beginning
of the award year (i.e., July 1, 2011 for
the 2011–2012 award year). We have not
adopted this alternative in the proposed
regulations because this date would not
take into account those applicants who
apply later in the processing year.
• Require updating by the later of July
1 or the date of verification, after which
updating would become optional. We
have not adopted this alternative in the
proposed regulations because it would
not allow a student who transfers to an
institution after this deadline to update
his or her application information to
reflect his or her current status unless
the institution selects the student for
verification.
• Allow updating until the end of the
first payment period. We have not
adopted this alternative in the proposed
regulations because it would result in
inconsistent treatment between students
at institutions that have open
enrollment with multiple start dates and
students at institutions whose
enrollment is based on a traditional
calendar.
Other time periods considered
included allowing updating half way
through the award year, throughout the
award year, up to the first day of an
applicant’s enrollment at an institution,
through an institution’s academic year,
or by the end of the calendar year
similar to the precedent set by the IRS
for changes to income tax data. After
considerable discussion, we determined
that no single date would be ideal for all
situations.
Therefore, we propose no substantive
change to the current requirement,
reflected in § 668.55(b), that if an
applicant is selected for verification, the
applicant must update information as to
the family household size and the
number of family members enrolled in
postsecondary institutions at the time of
verification.
We propose to eliminate the marital
status exception and to require all
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34829
applicants to update changes to
dependency status that occur
throughout the award year regardless of
whether the applicant was selected for
verification to provide more accurate
information for determining an
applicant’s need for assistance. It is
important to note that the applicant is
responsible for notifying an institution
when there is a change that affects his
or her dependency status and not the
responsibility of the institution to
initiate the updating of this data item.
However, an institution must resolve
discrepancies in the information that
the institution receives from different
sources with respect to a student’s
application for financial aid under the
title IV, HEA programs in accordance
with § 668.16(f).
Finally, we propose to delete current
§ 668.55(c) to remove an obsolete
process that required applicants to
complete a correction application if his
or her dependency status changes.
Information To Be Verified (§ 668.56)
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: Under current
§ 668.56 an institution must require an
applicant selected for verification to
submit acceptable documentation to
verify or update the following items, if
applicable, used to determine the
applicant’s EFC:
• Adjusted gross income (AGI);
• U.S. income tax paid;
• Number of family members in the
household;
• Number of family members in the
household enrolled at least half-time in
postsecondary educational institutions;
and
• Untaxed income and benefits.
Current § 668.56(b) through (e)
provides a number of exclusions from
verification of the number of family
members in the household, the number
of family members enrolled in college
and untaxed income and benefits under
certain circumstances.
Proposed Regulations: The
Department proposes to amend the
section heading for § 668.56 by
replacing the term ‘‘Items’’ with the term
‘‘Information’’.
We also propose to eliminate from the
regulations the five items that an
institution currently is required to verify
for all applicants selected for
verification. Instead, pursuant to
proposed § 668.56(a), for each award
year, the Secretary would specify in a
Federal Register notice the FAFSA
information and documentation that an
institution and an applicant may be
required to verify. The Department
would then specify on an individual
student’s SAR and ISIR what
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34830
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
information must be verified for that
applicant.
We would also remove current
§ 668.56(c) through (e).
Reasons: Due to several statutory
changes that remove untaxed income
and benefits items from the FAFSA and
need analysis formula and with the
importing of data as part of the IRS Data
Retrieval process, we believe it is no
longer necessary to require all selected
applicants to verify AGI, U.S. taxes
paid, the number of family members in
the household size, number of family
members enrolled in college, and
untaxed income and benefits. Therefore,
in § 668.56, we propose to remove the
list of items to be verified as well as the
exclusions from verification contained
in current § 668.56(b) through (e).
Instead, we propose to target
verification based on the most error
prone data items that are specific to
each applicant selected.
During negotiated rulemaking, the
non-Federal negotiators supported this
targeted approach of selecting specific
items for verification. In particular, they
stated that including dependency status
as a verifiable item would help alleviate
the difficulties institutions experience
with inappropriate designations of
dependency status.
In implementing this proposed
section, we expect that the Federal
Register notice may, at least initially,
include the five items included for
verification under current § 668.56 as
well as other items the Department
deems necessary to ensure the accuracy
of the data being reported. With this
approach, not all applicants selected for
verification would have to verify all the
information identified in the notice. For
each applicant, the Department would
identify on an applicant’s SAR or ISIR
the specific FAFSA information that
requires further review applicable to
that applicant.
We intend to publish the Federal
Register notice described in proposed
§ 668.56 as early as possible to give
institutions sufficient time to make any
system changes that may be necessary to
verify the information the Secretary may
require under the notice. (Note that the
notice referred to under proposed
§ 668.56 is not the same notice referred
to under proposed § 668.60(c)(1).)
Acceptable Documentation
(§ 668.57(a)(2), (a)(4)(ii)(A), (a)(5), (a)(7),
and (d))
Statute: Section 484(q) of the HEA
gives the Secretary authority, in
cooperation with the Secretary of
Treasury, to obtain from the IRS the
AGI, Federal income taxes paid, filing
status, and exemptions reported on the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
Federal income tax return by an
applicant, or any other individual
whose financial information is required
on the FAFSA. Under this provision of
the HEA, as a condition of a student
receiving title IV, HEA assistance, the
Secretary may require an applicant, the
parents of a dependent applicant, or the
spouse of an applicant to provide
consent in order for the IRS to disclose
the necessary information.
Current Regulations: Current § 668.57
specifies the documentation an
institution must obtain from an
applicant to verify an applicant’s
household size, number of family
members enrolled in college, AGI, U.S.
income tax paid, and certain untaxed
income and benefits.
Current § 668.57(a) describes the
documentation that an institution must
require an applicant selected for
verification to provide to verify the AGI,
income earned from work, and U.S.
income tax paid listed on the
applicant’s FAFSA.
Under current § 668.57(a)(2), if the
applicant selected for verification does
not have a copy of his or her tax return,
an institution may require an applicant
to submit a copy of an IRS form which
lists tax account information.
As alternate documentation to verify
an applicant’s AGI, income earned from
work or taxes paid, the applicant may
provide the institution with a copy of
IRS Form 4868 that was filed with the
IRS for the base year requesting an
extension to file income tax return, or a
copy of the extension beyond the
automatic four-month extension granted
to the applicant by the IRS (see current
§ 668.57(a)(4)(ii)(A)). Once the return is
filed, the applicant must provide the
institution with a copy of the tax return
pursuant to current § 668.57(a)(5). When
the institution receives a copy of the tax
return that was filed, the institution
could, but is not required to, re-verify
the applicant’s AGI and taxes paid.
Under current § 668.60, if the tax return
was not collected, the institution and
the student are liable for any funds
disbursed.
Under current § 668.57(a)(7), an
institution may accept the tax preparer’s
signature or stamp instead of the filer’s
signature on the tax return.
Current § 668.57(b) describes the
documentation that an institution must
require an applicant selected for
verification to provide to verify the
number of family household members
that is listed on the applicant’s FAFSA.
Current § 668.57(c) describes the
documentation that an institution must
require an applicant selected for
verification to provide to verify the
number of family household members
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
enrolled in postsecondary institutions
that is listed on the applicant’s FAFSA.
Current § 668.57(d) describes the
documentation that an institution must
require an applicant selected for
verification to provide to verify any
untaxed income and benefits listed on
the applicant’s FAFSA.
Proposed Regulations: We propose to
make a number of technical and
conforming changes throughout
§ 668.57. We also propose to make the
following substantive changes:
Proposed § 668.57(a)(2) would allow
an institution to accept, in lieu of an
income tax return or an IRS form that
lists tax account information, the
electronic importation of data obtained
from the IRS into an applicant’s online
FAFSA.
We also propose to amend
§ 668.57(a)(4)(ii)(A) to accurately reflect
that, upon application, the IRS grants a
six-month extension beyond the April
15 deadline rather than the four-month
extension currently stated in the
regulations.
Under proposed § 668.57(a)(5), an
institution may require an applicant
who has been granted an extension to
file his or her income tax return to
provide a copy of that tax return once
it has been filed. If the institution
requires the applicant to submit the tax
return, it must reverify the AGI and
taxes paid of the applicant and his or
her spouse or parents when the
institution receives the return.
Proposed § 668.57(a)(7) would clarify
that an applicant’s income tax return
that is signed by the preparer or
stamped with the preparer’s name and
address must also include the preparer’s
Social Security Number, Employer
Identification Number or the Preparer
Tax Identification Number.
Proposed § 668.57(b) and (c) would
remain substantively unchanged.
We would delete current § 668.57(d)
regarding acceptable documentation for
untaxed income and benefits and
replace it with new proposed
§ 668.57(d). This new section would
provide that if an applicant is selected
to verify other information specified in
an annual Federal Register notice, the
applicant must provide the
documentation specified for that
information in the Federal Register
notice.
Reasons: Generally, our proposed
changes to § 668.57 are intended to
implement section 484(q) of the HEA,
update and clarify the language to
ensure that it accurately reflects the IRS
documentation and processes to which
it refers and is consistent with the other
changes we propose to make to subpart
E of part 668.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Our goal with the implementation of
the IRS Data Retrieval Process in
proposed § 668.57(a)(2) is to relieve
burden on institutions by no longer
requiring verification of the information
that is imported from the IRS to
populate a student’s online FAFSA or
requiring institutions to collect the
documentation for those items. For
instance, an institution would no longer
be required to verify an applicant’s and
his or her family’s AGI and taxes paid
or collect income tax returns for
students who import that data from the
IRS.
Under current § 668.57(a)(5), an
institution that requires an applicant
who was granted an extension to file his
or her income tax return to submit to the
institution his or her completed return
once it was filed, has the option of reverifying the AGI and taxes paid by the
applicant and his or her spouse or
parents when the institution receives
the copy of the return. Under these
proposed regulations, if an institution
requires an applicant that is granted an
extension to file his or her income tax
return to submit a copy of the return
that was filed, the institution must act
on the return received by re-verifying
the AGI and taxes paid by the applicant
and his or her spouse or parents.
During the negotiated rulemaking
sessions, we initially proposed
removing current § 668.57(a)(7), which
allows a tax preparer to sign an
applicant’s income tax return. Some
non-Federal negotiators indicated that
administrative burden would be
reduced if an institution could continue
to accept a tax preparer’s signature or
stamp in lieu of the filer’s signature on
the tax return. Based on concerns raised
by the non-Federal negotiators, we
agreed to retain this provision in the
proposed regulations, but to clarify that
an applicant’s income tax return must
include the preparer’s Social Security
Number, Employer Identification
Number or the Preparer Tax
Identification Number in addition to his
or her signature or a stamp of the
preparer’s name and address.
Except for minor technical and
conforming changes, proposed
§ 668.57(b) and (c) would remain largely
unchanged from current § 668.57(b) and
(c).
We would delete current § 668.57(d)
regarding acceptable documentation for
untaxed income and benefits because
several statutory changes would
eliminate any consideration of untaxed
income and benefits from the need
analysis formula to determine an
applicant’s eligibility for assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs.
Instead, we would require an applicant
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
selected to verify other information
specified in an annual Federal Register
notice to provide the documentation
identified as acceptable in the Federal
Register notice. We propose to add this
paragraph to allow the Secretary the
flexibility to identify in an annual
Federal Register notice other
documentation that can be used to
verify FAFSA information.
Interim Disbursements (§ 668.58(a)(3))
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: Current § 668.58
sets out the conditions under which an
institution may, but is not required to,
disburse title IV, HEA program funds to
an applicant before the applicant
completes verification.
Under current § 668.58(a)(2)(ii)(A), if
an institution does not have reason to
believe that an applicant’s FAFSA
information is inaccurate, it may choose
to disburse only one disbursement of
title IV, HEA program funds to the
applicant before he or she completes
verification.
Proposed Regulations: Proposed
§ 668.58 would largely reflect the
substance of current § 668.58 except that
we would make a number of technical
and conforming changes throughout the
section and we would add a new
paragraph (a)(3). Under proposed
§ 668.58(a)(3), an institution would be
allowed to disburse title IV, HEA
program funds after verification is
completed but before receiving the
corrected SAR or ISIR if the changes to
an applicant’s FAFSA information
would not change the amount the
applicant would receive under a title IV,
HEA program. If an institution chooses
to make a disbursement before receiving
the corrected SAR or ISIR, it must
ensure that all corrections are submitted
to the Department to avoid any liability
for a disbursement made without
receiving a corrected SAR or ISIR within
the established deadline as discussed
under proposed § 668.61(c).
Reasons: During the negotiated
rulemaking sessions, some non-Federal
negotiators expressed concern that
applicants would be harmed if their
disbursements were delayed until the
institution received a corrected SAR or
ISIR. To address these concerns, we
propose to add paragraph (a)(3) to
§ 668.58. This new provision would
permit institutions to make interim
disbursements of title IV, HEA program
funds prior to receiving an applicant’s
corrected SAR or ISIR within the
established deadline date. By adding
this provision, we would increase
institutional flexibility in disbursing
title IV, HEA program funds.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34831
Consequences of a Change in an
Applicant’s FAFSA Information
(§ 668.59)
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: For the Federal
Pell Grant, Academic Competitiveness
Grant (ACG) and National Science and
Mathematics Access to Retain Talent
Grant (National SMART Grant)
programs, if the information on an
application changes as a result of
verification, the institution must require
the applicant to resubmit his or her
application information to the
Department for corrections (see current
§ 668.59(a)(1)).
Under current § 668.59(a)(2), an
institution is not required to make an
applicant resubmit his or her
application information if the errors are
nondollar items used to calculate the
applicant’s EFC or the errors in the
dollar amount are within a $400
tolerance.
Current § 668.59(b) provides that if an
institution does not recalculate an
applicant’s EFC under the provisions of
§ 668.59(a), the institution must
disburse the applicant’s Federal Pell
Grant, ACG, or National SMART Grant
award based on the applicant’s original
EFC.
If an institution recalculates an
applicant’s EFC because of a change in
application information resulting from
verification, the institution must require
the applicant to resubmit his or her
application to the Secretary; recalculate
the applicant’s Federal Pell Grant, ACG,
and National SMART Grant award
based on the EFC on the corrected SAR
or ISIR and disburse any additional
funds, if additional funds are payable,
once the applicant provides the
institution with the corrected SAR or
ISIR.
If an institution determines, after
verification, that the change in
application information increases the
applicant’s award, the institution may
disburse the applicant’s Federal Pell
Grant, ACG, and National SMART Grant
based on the original EFC without
requiring the applicant to resubmit his
or her application information and
disburse any additional funds under the
increased award reflecting the new EFC
if the institution receives the corrected
SAR or ISIR, except as provided under
current § 668.60(b).
For the campus-based, Federal
Stafford Loan and Federal Direct
Stafford Loan programs, if the
information on an application changes
as a result of verification, the institution
must recalculate the applicant’s EFC,
and adjust the applicant’s financial aid
package to reflect the new EFC if the
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34832
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
new EFC results in an over award of
campus-based funds or decreases the
applicant’s recommended loan amount
(see current § 668.59(c)(1)). Under
current § 668.59(c)(2), an institution is
not required to recalculate an
applicant’s EFC or adjust his or her aid
package if the errors are nondollar items
used to calculate the applicant’s EFC; or
the errors in the dollar amount is within
a $400 tolerance.
Under current § 668.59(d), if the
institution selects an applicant for
verification for an award year who
previously received a Subsidized
Stafford Loan or Direct Subsidized Loan
for that award year, and as a result of
verification the loan amount is reduced,
the institution must eliminate the
amount in excess of the student’s need
by returning funds to the lender or by
reducing or cancelling subsequent
disbursements.
An institution must forward the
applicant’s name, social security
number, and other relevant information
to the Department if the applicant
received funds based on information
that may be incorrect and the institution
has made a reasonable effort to resolve
the alleged discrepancy (see current
§ 668.59(e)).
Proposed Regulations: We propose to
revise § 668.59 by removing all
allowable tolerances and requiring
instead that an institution submit to the
Department all changes to an applicant’s
FAFSA information resulting from
verification for those applicants
receiving assistance under any of the
subsidized student financial assistance
programs (see proposed § 668.59(a)).
Under proposed § 668.59(b), for the
Federal Pell Grant program, once the
applicant provides the institution with
the corrected SAR or ISIR, the
institution would be required to
recalculate the applicant’s Federal Pell
Grant and disburse any additional
funds, if additional funds are payable. If
the applicant’s Federal Pell Grant would
be reduced as a result of verification, the
institution would be required to
eliminate any overpayment by adjusting
subsequent disbursements or
reimbursing the program account by
requiring the applicant to return the
overpayment or making restitution from
its own funds (see proposed
§ 668.59(b)(2)(ii)).
Proposed § 668.59(c) would provide
that, for the subsidized student financial
assistance programs, excluding the
Federal Pell Grant Program, if an
applicant’s FAFSA information changes
as a result of verification, the institution
must recalculate the applicant’s EFC
and adjust the applicant’s financial aid
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
package on the basis of the EFC on the
corrected SAR or ISIR.
With the exception of minor technical
edits, proposed § 668.59(d), which
describes the consequences of a change
in an applicant’s FAFSA information,
would be substantively the same as
current § 668.59(d).
Finally, we would remove current
§ 668.59(e), the provision that requires
an institution to refer to the Department
unresolved disputes over the accuracy
of information provided by the
applicant if the applicant received funds
on the basis of that information.
Reasons: Some non-Federal
negotiators objected to the Department’s
proposal to require that all corrections
to an applicant’s FAFSA information be
submitted to the Department for
reprocessing. They argued that this
approach would increase burden on
both institutions and applicants with
minimum impact on an applicant’s EFC
and the amount of assistance the
applicant is eligible to receive. They
recommended that the Department
require the submission of corrections
only for applicants receiving a Federal
Pell Grant or if the corrections would
change an applicant’s EFC. They did not
object to removal of the tolerances.
Negotiators who offered their views
indicated they did not use the
tolerances.
The Department believes that
allowing any errors in financial and
nonfinancial information would
undermine our efforts to make decisions
based on the best available information.
We believe that requiring all changes to
an applicant’s FAFSA data to be
submitted to the Department will
enhance particularly our ability to
identify error-prone applications. We
removed the tolerances because a
change in an applicant’s FAFSA
information could have a major impact
on an applicant’s EFC, which would
either reduce or increase an applicant’s
Federal student aid awards. Taken
together, the removal of the tolerances
and the requirement to report any errors
in FAFSA data would ensure that the
Department can rely on accurate data for
applicant selection, EFC calculation,
cross-year edits, and data analysis and
would make certain that applicants
receive the Federal student aid funds for
which they are eligible.
Although proposed § 668.59(a) would
require an institution to submit only
changes affecting students receiving
subsidized student financial assistance,
institutions are encouraged to submit all
changes in any student’s FAFSA
information because those changes
could impact the type of aid for which
a student qualifies. For example, an
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
applicant who was initially eligible only
for unsubsidized assistance may qualify
for subsidized assistance based on
corrected FAFSA information.
Proposed § 668.59(b) would require
an institution to recalculate the
applicant’s Federal Pell Grant award
based on the EFC on the corrected SAR
or ISIR and to disburse any additional
funds only after receiving a corrected
SAR or ISIR. This requirement would
ensure that if the amount of the
applicant’s Federal Pell Grant increases
as a result of verification, the applicant
would receive any additional funds only
after providing the institution with a
corrected SAR or ISIR. If the Federal
Pell Grant award decreased as a result
of verification, the institution would be
required to apply the procedures
specified in § 668.61(a) to eliminate any
overpayment. We are proposing changes
to the current regulatory requirements to
ensure that all applicants receive the
Federal Pell Grant funds for which the
applicants are eligible and to ensure that
the Department’s database reflects the
information upon which any
disbursements are based.
Under § 668.59(c), the current
exceptions to the requirement to
recalculate an applicant’s EFC and
adjust subsidized financial aid awards
other than Pell—for nondollar items and
tolerance of net income changes under
$400—would be eliminated to ensure
that all applicants receive the amounts
for which they are eligible and that the
Department’s database reflects the
information upon which any
disbursements are based.
Finally, we propose to remove current
§ 668.59(e) because it refers to an
obsolete operational unit in the
Department that resolved verification
discrepancies reported by an institution.
Deadlines for Submitting
Documentation and the Consequences
of Failing To Provide Documentation
(§§ 668.60(b)(1)(ii), (b)(3) (c)(1), and (d))
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: Current § 668.60
contains the regulatory requirements
concerning the deadlines for submitting
documentation when a student is
selected for verification and the
consequences of failing to provide
documentation.
Current § 668.60(b)(1)(ii) provides that
if an applicant fails to provide the
requested documentation within a
reasonable time period established by
the institution or the Secretary, the
institution must return to the lender or
Secretary, as applicable, any Federal
Stafford Loan or Direct Subsidized Loan
proceeds that otherwise would be
payable to the applicant.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Current § 668.60(b)(3) provides that
an institution may not withhold any
Federal Stafford Loan proceeds from an
applicant for more than 45 days for an
applicant that fails to provide the
requested documents for verification
within the time period established by
the institution. Under this provision, if
the applicant does not complete
verification within 45 days, the
institution must return the proceeds to
the lender.
Current § 668.60(c)(1) grants an
extension of the submission deadline for
students who must resubmit a verified
SAR or ISIR when the SAR or ISIR must
be corrected. Under this provision,
when an extension is granted, the
student is paid from the original SAR or
ISIR or the corrected SAR or ISIR
depending upon which SAR or ISIR
yields the lower award.
Current § 668.60(d) provides that the
Secretary may determine not to process
any subsequent application for Federal
Pell Grant, ACG, or National SMART
Grant program assistance, and an
institution, if directed by the Secretary,
may not process any subsequent
application for campus-based, Federal
Direct Stafford/Ford Loan, or Federal
Stafford Loan program assistance of an
applicant who has been requested to
provide documentation until the
applicant provides the documentation
or the Secretary decides that there is no
longer a need for the documentation.
Proposed Regulations: Proposed
§ 668.60 would largely retain the
substance of current § 668.60. In
addition to minor clarifying changes, we
propose to remove paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)
and (b)(3) of § 668.60.
We would replace current
§ 668.60(b)(3) with a provision that
would require an institution to follow
the cash management procedures under
§ 668.166(a) or § 668.166(b), or under
§ 668.167(c), (which incorporates the
provisions of § 668.167(b) by reference),
if the institution has received proceeds
from a Subsidized Stafford Loan and
Direct Subsidized Loan and an
applicant does not complete verification
within the time period specified. A
description of these cash management
procedures follows.
Under § 668.166(a), any proceeds
from a Direct Subsidized Loan that an
institution has not disbursed to students
by the end of the third business day
following the date the institution
received those funds is considered
excess cash. Under § 668.166(b), an
institution is allowed to maintain excess
cash for seven days in an amount not to
exceed one percent of the total amount
of funds it drew down in the previous
year. In instances where the Department
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:25 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
finds that an institution maintains
excess cash for an amount or time
period greater than that allowed, an
institution may be subject to adverse
actions (e.g., reimbursing the Secretary
the cost incurred for providing the
excess cash to the institution, or
providing funds to the institution under
the reimbursement or cash monitoring
payment method) (see § 668.166(c)).
For Subsidized Stafford Loans,
§ 668.167(b)(1) requires an institution to
return to a lender loan proceeds if the
institution does not disburse the funds
to a student or parent within (a) 10
business days following the date the
institution receives the loan funds if the
institution receives the funds by EFT
and master check on or after July 1,
1997 but before July 1, 1999; (b) 3
business days following the date the
institution receives the loan funds if the
institution receives the funds by EFT
and master check on or after July 1,
1999; or (c) 30 days after the institution
receives the loan funds by check. For
funds that are not disbursed within the
specified timeframe, § 668.167(b)(2)
requires the institution to return the
funds to the lender no later than 10
business days after the last day those
funds are required to be disbursed. If the
borrower establishes eligibility before
the institution returns the loan funds to
the lender, the institution may disburse
those funds to the borrower (see
§ 668.167(b)(3)).
In proposed § 668.60(c)(1), we would
remove the language that requires a
student to receive the lowest amount of
a Federal Pell Grant if the student
submits a valid SAR or valid ISIR after
verification while the student was no
longer enrolled.
Proposed § 668.60(d) and (e) contain
only editorial changes from the
corresponding current regulations.
Reasons: We propose to remove
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of § 668.60. This
paragraph refers to an outdated process
that prohibits an institution from
certifying the student’s loan application
or processing a check, and requires the
check payable to the student to be
returned to the lender for any student
who does not provide the required
verification information within the
required reasonable time.
The proposed changes to
§ 668.60(b)(3) are needed to update
these regulations to be consistent with
the Department’s current cash
management policy.
In proposed § 668.60(c)(1), we would
remove the limit placed on students that
complete verification while no longer
enrolled at an institution. We made this
change because students should be
permitted to receive the correct amount
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34833
of Federal Pell Grant regardless of when
they complete verification.
Recovery of Funds (§ 668.61(c))
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: Current § 668.61
describes the institution’s obligation to
recover funds if the institution
discovers, as a result of the verification
process, that an applicant received or
would receive more financial aid than
the applicant was eligible to receive.
Proposed Regulations: Proposed
§ 668.61 would retain the substance
from current § 668.61, except that we
would add a paragraph (c) that would
require an institution to reimburse the
program account using its own funds if
it disbursed subsidized student
financial assistance to an applicant
without receiving his or her corrected
SAR or ISIR within the established
deadlines under § 668.60.
Reasons: We propose this change to
§ 668.61 to clarify what would happen
if institutions did not submit corrections
and to emphasize the liability an
institution could face if subsidized
student financial assistance is disbursed
under § 668.58(a)(3) (interim
disbursements) and the institution does
not receive a corrected SAR or ISIR by
the deadline date established in the
notice of deadline dates for receipt of
applications, reports, and other records
published annually pursuant to
§ 668.60.
Some non-Federal negotiators argued
that the proposed requirement to make
institutions liable for funds disbursed in
accordance with § 668.58(a)(3) is
unreasonable given that the interim
disbursement would not result in an
applicant receiving an overpayment of
title IV, HEA program funds.
Section 668.58(a)(3) was added at the
request of non-Federal negotiators who
wanted institutions to have the
flexibility to disburse title IV, HEA
program funds to students without
having to wait for a corrected SAR or
ISIR when a student’s award did not
change after completing verification.
Under this provision, the disbursement
would be allowed if the institution
ensured that all corrections were
submitted to the Department for
reprocessing.
Therefore, we believe it is appropriate
to hold institutions liable for disbursing
aid if corrections are not submitted to
the Department in a timely manner to
allow the institution to receive the
corrected SAR or ISIR within the
deadlines established in § 668.60. This
provision would also help in our efforts
to obtain accurate information for data
analysis and identification of error
prone applications.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34834
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Moreover, an institution is not
required to make an interim
disbursement of title IV, HEA program
funds to an applicant. However, if an
institution exercises this option, it
assumes liability for the funds
disbursed.
Misrepresentation (Subpart F of Part
668)
Statute: Section 487 of the HEA
provides that institutions participating
in the title IV, HEA programs shall not
engage in substantial misrepresentation
of the nature of the institution’s
educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its
graduates.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
General
Current regulations: Current subpart F
of part 668 sets forth the types of
consumer information statements and
communications by an eligible entity
that constitute misrepresentation. The
regulations prohibit any substantial
misrepresentation made by an
institution regarding the nature of its
educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its
graduates.
Proposed regulations: In the following
paragraphs, we explain in detail the
changes we propose to make to subpart
F of part 668.
Reasons: We propose to make changes
to subpart F of part 668 to strengthen
the Department’s regulatory
enforcement authority against eligible
institutions that engage in substantial
misrepresentations. The Department ofttimes receives complaints from students
who allege that they were the victims of
false promises and other forms of
deception when they were considering
their postsecondary educational
opportunities. We believe that helping
students to make sound decisions
regarding their educational pursuits is
essential to maintaining the integrity of
the title IV, HEA programs.
For these reasons, we propose to
revise subpart F of part 668 by making
changes based on information the
Department has received and comments
from participants in the negotiated
rulemaking meetings.
Scope and Special Definitions (§ 668.71)
Current regulations: Current
§ 668.71(a) describes the scope of
subpart F of part 668 as establishing the
standards and rules by which the
Secretary may initiate a proceeding
under subpart G of part 688 against an
otherwise eligible institution for any
substantial misrepresentation made by
that institution regarding the nature of
its educational program, its financial
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
charges, or the employability of its
graduates.
Current § 668.71(b) provides
definitions for the terms
misrepresentation, prospective students,
and substantial misrepresentation.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
restructure § 668.71 so that paragraph
(a) describes the actions the Secretary
may take if the Secretary determines
that an eligible institution has engaged
in substantial misrepresentation.
Paragraph (b) of proposed § 668.71
would—
• Describe generally what types of
activities constitute substantial
misrepresentation;
• Provide that an eligible institution
is deemed to have engaged in
substantial misrepresentation when the
institution itself, one of its
representatives, or any ineligible
institution, organization, or person with
whom the eligible institution has an
agreement, makes a substantial
misrepresentation regarding the eligible
institution, including about the nature
of its educational program, its financial
changes, or the employability of its
graduates; and
• Clarify that substantial
misrepresentations are prohibited in all
forms.
Current § 668.71(b) would be
redesignated as proposed § 668.71(c)
and we would make a number of
revisions to the definition of the term
misrepresentation:
• We would clarify that a
misrepresentation is any false,
erroneous, or misleading statement an
eligible institution, one of its
representatives, or any ineligible
institution, organization, or person with
whom the eligible institution has an
agreement makes directly or indirectly
to a student, prospective student or any
member of the public, or to an
accrediting agency, to a State agency, or
to the Secretary.
• Within this definition, we would
also define what we mean by the term
‘‘misleading statement;’’ we would
clarify that a misleading statement
includes any statement (which is any
communication made in writing,
visually, orally, or through other means)
that has the capacity, likelihood, or
tendency to deceive or confuse.
• Finally, we would retain the
express reference in the definition of
misrepresentation to the dissemination
of a student endorsement or testimonial
that a student gives under duress. We
would expand this language to also refer
to the dissemination of a student
endorsement or testimonial that a
student gives because the institution
required the student to make such an
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
endorsement or testimonial to
participate in a program.
Reasons: We propose to restructure
§ 668.71 to lay out more clearly the
scope of subpart F of part 668.
In new paragraph (b) of proposed
§ 668.71, we would clarify that an
eligible institution is deemed to have
engaged in substantial
misrepresentation when the institution
itself, one of its representatives, or any
ineligible institution, organization, or
person with whom the eligible
institution has an agreement, makes a
substantial misrepresentation regarding
the eligible institution. We believe it is
appropriate to hold the eligible
institution accountable in these
instances because the integrity of the
title IV, HEA programs requires that
institutions are responsible for the
actions of their representatives and
agents.
Proposed § 668.71(b) would also state
that substantial misrepresentations are
prohibited in all forms, including those
made in any advertising, promotional
materials, or in the marketing or sale of
courses or programs of instruction
offered by the institution. We propose to
add this language because of the
importance of these materials and
activities in communicating to students
and prospective students information
regarding the nature of the institution’s
educational programs, its financial
charges, and the employment
opportunities available to the
institution’s graduates.
In the revised definition of the term
misrepresentation, we would again state
that a misrepresentation is any false,
erroneous, or misleading statement
made not only by the eligible
institution, but also any false,
erroneous, or misleading statement
made by one of its representatives, or
any ineligible institution, organization,
or person with whom the eligible
institution has an agreement. As
discussed earlier in this preamble, we
believe that it is appropriate to hold
eligible institutions accountable for
misrepresentations made by
representatives and agents to ensure
program integrity.
We propose to broaden the definition
of misrepresentation to include false,
erroneous, or misleading statements
made directly or indirectly to a student,
prospective student or any member of
the public, or to an accrediting agency,
to a State agency, or to the Secretary. We
propose to broaden the concept of
misrepresentation to include both direct
and indirect false, erroneous or
misleading statements because students,
prospective students, members of the
public, and others can be significantly
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
harmed by indirect false, erroneous, or
misleading statements. For example, an
institution could be deemed to engage
in misrepresentation if it falsely
advertised an exceptional placement
rate. Further, the institution could also
be deemed to engage in
misrepresentation if an individual heard
an advertisement containing the false
placement rate and relayed the
information to a potential student. In
this example, the potential student
received the information indirectly but
the information could still have the
capacity, likelihood, or tendency to
deceive or confuse.
In an effort to give the field more
guidance on what the Department
means by misrepresentation, we
propose to provide more detail in the
definition. Because the definition of
misrepresentation turns on the meaning
of the term a ‘‘statement’’, we would
clarify that a misleading statement
includes any statement (which is any
communication made in writing,
visually, orally, or through other means)
that has the capacity, likelihood, or
tendency to deceive or confuse. We
believe that fleshing out the definition
of misrepresentation would help
institutions determine whether
statements they (or their representatives
or any ineligible institution,
organization, or person with whom they
have an agreement) make constitute a
misrepresentation under subpart F of
part 668. Moreover, by providing more
detail in the definition of
misrepresentation, we believe that the
regulations would be clearer as to the
difference between misrepresentations,
on the one hand, and substantial
misrepresentations, on the other. This
subpart would prohibit substantial
misrepresentations only and those
would continue to be defined as any
misrepresentation on which the person
to whom it was made could reasonably
be expected to rely, or has reasonably
relied, to that person’s detriment.
Finally, we would add language to the
definition of misrepresentation
regarding the dissemination of a student
endorsement or testimonial that a
student gives because the institution
required the student to make such an
endorsement or testimonial to
participate in a program. We propose to
add this language because we are
concerned about the potential of such
testimonials to mislead students or
prospective students.
Nature of Educational Program
(§ 668.72)
Current regulations: Current § 668.72
describes the types of false, erroneous,
or misleading statements about an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
institution’s educational program that
would be prohibited as
misrepresentations under subpart F of
part 668.
Proposed Regulations: Proposed
§ 668.72 would retain the list of the
types of misrepresentation regarding the
nature of an institution’s educational
program that is included in current
§ 668.72, but would expand this list.
First, in proposed § 668.72(a), we would
expand the types of programmatic false
statements that would be prohibited as
misrepresentations under this section.
Specifically, false, erroneous, or
misleading statements about
programmatic and specialized
accreditation—not only institutional
accreditation—would be expressly
covered as misrepresentations.
Second, in proposed § 668.72(b)(2),
we propose to add language on the
conditions under which an institution
will accept credits earned at another
institution.
Third, in proposed § 668.72(c), we
would revise the language regarding
misrepresentations about whether
successful completion of a course of
instruction qualifies a student to receive
a local, State, or Federal license or a
non-governmental certification required
as a precondition for employment, or to
perform the functions required of an
employee in the occupation for which
the program is represented to prepare
students. We would broaden this
language to clarify that a prohibited
misrepresentation includes false,
erroneous, or misleading statements
regarding whether completion of a given
course of study will qualify a student ‘‘to
apply to take or to take an examination
required to receive’’ a needed license or
certification as a precondition of
employment in an occupation for which
the program is represented to prepare its
students (rather than only qualifying a
student to receive such a license or
certification).
In addition, we would refine the
language in § 668.72(c)(2) to clarify that
institutions must not make false,
erroneous, or misleading statements
regarding whether completion of a given
course of study will qualify a student to
perform certain functions in the State in
which the program or institution is
located, or to meet additional conditions
that the institution knows, or reasonably
should know, are generally needed to
secure employment in a recognized
occupation for which the program is
represented to prepare students.
Finally, we would add to the list of
the types of misrepresentations
regarding the nature of an institution’s
educational program, any
misrepresentation regarding:
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34835
• The requirements for successfully
completing the course of study or
program and the circumstances that
would constitute grounds for
terminating the student’s enrollment
(see proposed § 668.72(d)).
• Whether the institution’s courses
have been the subject of unsolicited
testimonials or endorsements by
vocational counselors, high schools,
colleges, educational organizations,
employment agencies, members of a
particular industry, students, former
students, or others; or governmental
officials for governmental employment
(see proposed § 668.72(e)).
• The subject matter, content of the
course of study, or any other fact related
to the degree, diploma, certificate of
completion, or any similar document
that the student is to be, or is, awarded
upon completion of the course of study
(see proposed § 668.72(m)).
• Whether the academic,
professional, or occupational degree that
the institution will confer upon
completion of the course of study has
been authorized by the appropriate State
educational agency. This type of
misrepresentation includes, in the case
of a degree that has not been authorized
by the appropriate State educational
agency, any failure by an eligible
institution to disclose this fact in any
advertising or promotional materials
that reference such degree (see proposed
§ 668.72(n)).
Reasons: The Department believes it
is critical that potential students have a
clear understanding about any
educational program in which they may
enroll. Each institution has a
responsibility to provide complete and
accurate information about the programs
it offers. For this reason, we are
proposing numerous changes to
§ 668.72. Many of these proposed
changes are based on discussions during
the negotiated rulemaking sessions and
the concerns raised by non-Federal
negotiators during those discussions.
Several non-Federal negotiators
believed that institutions should make
potential or current students aware of
institutional accreditation or any
specific programs at the institution that
have accreditation before students
enroll in the program. Some negotiators
also argued that an institution’s failure
to disclose a lack of accreditation
should constitute misrepresentation
under § 668.72. The Department agrees
that students need accurate information
about the types, sources, nature, and
extent of institutional, programmatic or
specialized accreditation an institution
or program has. Proposed § 668.72(a)
would expressly prohibit institutions
from making false, erroneous, or
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34836
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
misleading statements concerning these
matters.
Some non-Federal negotiators
expressed concern that students should
understand the conditions under which
their transfer credits would count
towards a degree program before they
left another program or institution. The
Department agrees and proposes to add
§ 668.72(b)(2) to expressly prohibit
misrepresentations about the conditions
under which an institution will accept
credits earned at another institution.
Some non-Federal negotiators
expressed concern about the extent of
information that institutions
‘‘reasonably’’ should know. For example,
they argued that it is unrealistic to
expect institutions to have knowledge
about each State’s licensure
requirements.
The Department agrees. Proposed
§ 668.72(c)(2), therefore, would
specifically refer to licensure and
certification information for the State in
which the program or institution is
located, as well as conditions generally
needed to secure employment in a
particular occupation.
We would add proposed § 668.72(d),
regarding misrepresentations
concerning the requirements for
successfully completing the course of
instruction and the circumstances that
would constitute grounds for
terminating the student’s enrollment,
because potential and current students
need to be able to make informed
decisions regarding course completion
and situations that may lead to their
inability to complete the program of
instruction they choose to pursue.
In proposed § 668.72(e), we would
expressly include as prohibited any
misrepresentations regarding whether
an institution’s courses have been the
subject of unsolicited testimonials or
endorsements because potential and
current students should not be mislead
into pursuing a particular program of
instruction based upon purported (but
not actual) recommendations and
endorsements.
We would add proposed § 668.72(m)
and (n), regarding misrepresentations
concerning any fact related to the
degree, diploma, certificate of
completion, or similar document to be
awarded to a student upon course
completion, as well as whether the
academic, professional, or occupational
degree that the institution confers upon
completion has been authorized by the
appropriate State educational agency.
We propose adding these provisions
because potential and current students
need to know the truth regarding the
credential they will receive before
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
committing to attend a particular
postsecondary institution.
Nature of Financial Charges (§ 668.73)
Current regulations: Current § 668.73
describes prohibited false, erroneous, or
misleading statements related to the cost
of the program and financial aid that is
available to potential and current
students.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.73 would retain the list of the
types of misrepresentation regarding the
nature of an institution’s financial
charges that are in current § 668.73, but
also would add the following:
• Misrepresentation regarding the
cost of the program and the institution’s
refund policy if the student does not
complete the program (see proposed
§ 668.73(c)).
• Misrepresentation regarding the
availability or nature of any financial
assistance offered to students, including
a student’s loan repayment
responsibility, regardless of program
completion or subsequent employment
(see proposed § 668.73(d)).
• Misrepresentation regarding a
student’s right to apply for or reject any
particular type of financial aid or other
assistance (see proposed § 668.73(e)).
Reasons: Several non-Federal
negotiators expressed concern about
whether students clearly understand the
cost of their educational program. Other
non-Federal negotiators emphasized the
difficulty of estimating program costs
and cautioned the Department against
making the regulations too specific in
this regard. The Department agrees it is
a serious problem if students who enroll
in a program do not have the necessary
information about the cost of the
program or the institution’s refund
policy. For this reason, the Department
proposes to add proposed § 668.73(c) to
highlight that misrepresentations about
the cost of an institution’s program or its
refund policy are prohibited.
In addition, some non-Federal
negotiators pointed out as a significant
problem the fact that some students do
not understand the financial aid options
available to them when they enroll in a
program. Others expressed concern that
students may feel pressure to apply for
credit financing to pay for the cost of
their educational program.
The Department strongly believes that
students, potential students, and parents
must have relevant information to make
informed decisions about the type of
financial aid that is available to the
student. By prohibiting institutions from
making misrepresentations regarding
the availability or nature of the financial
aid offered to students, as well as a
student’s right to reject any particular
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
type of financial aid (see proposed
§ 668.73(d) and (e), respectively), the
Department seeks to ensure that
students are provided with the accurate
information they need to make informed
choices about the type of financial aid
they use to fund their education.
Employability of Graduates (§ 668.74)
Current regulations: Current § 668.74
lists what constitutes misrepresentation
by an institution regarding the
employability of its graduates.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.74 would retain the list of the
types of misrepresentation regarding the
employability of graduates that is in
current § 668.74. In addition to the types
of misrepresentations already included
in the regulations, we would add the
following:
• Misrepresentations relating to the
institution’s knowledge about the
current or likely future conditions,
compensation, or employment
opportunities for its graduates (see
proposed § 668.74(c)).
• Misrepresentations relating to
whether employment is being offered by
the institution or that a talent hunt or
contest is being conducted (see
proposed § 668.74(d)).
• Misrepresentations relating to other
requirements that are generally needed
in order to be employed in certain fields
(see proposed § 668.74(f)).
Reasons: During the negotiated
rulemaking sessions, the non-Federal
negotiators appeared to be in agreement
that students should be fully informed
about their likely employment options
once they complete a course of study.
Several non-Federal negotiators,
however, expressed concern about how
best to address this issue in the
regulations. In particular, given the
uncertainty of the economic climate,
they were concerned about the
possibility of having an enforcement
action brought against them even in
instances when they provided students
and the public with the best available
information about likely employment
options, which, in retrospect, were
overly optimistic. The Department
believes that proposed § 668.74
appropriately highlights the types of
information about employability that
institutions need to monitor carefully
when advertising or otherwise
promoting their educational programs.
Institutions must disclose clear
information about the employability of
graduates from a program, including
likely compensation, and other
requirements necessary to perform the
job for which the educational program
prepares students, to help give students
the knowledge they need to make
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
informed decisions about potential
career paths.
Relationship With the Department of
Education (§ 668.75)
Current regulations: Current § 668.75
describes the Department’s procedures
for reviewing allegations or complaints
regarding misrepresentation claims.
Proposed regulations: We are
proposing to delete current § 668.75
(Procedures) and replace it with new
§ 668.75 (Relationship with the
Department of Education). Proposed
§ 668.75 would prohibit an institution,
its representatives, or any ineligible
institution, organization, or person with
whom the eligible institution has an
agreement from making statements that
suggest the U.S. Department of
Education approves or endorses the
quality of an institution’s educational
program simply because the institution
is eligible to participate in the title IV,
HEA programs.
Reasons: We propose to remove
current § 668.75 because these
procedures have not been used to take
enforcement actions against institutions
for making substantial
misrepresentations. Instead, when the
Department determines that there has
been a misrepresentation by an
institution, its representatives, or any
ineligible institution, organization, or
person with whom the eligible
institution has an agreement, the
Department has used its other
administrative remedies to take the
appropriate actions against the
institution without relying upon the
procedures described in current
§ 668.75. Proposed § 668.71(a) addresses
the types of actions the Department
anticipates it may take in response to a
violation of subpart F of part 668.
We propose to add new § 668.75
because the Secretary has been made
aware of instances where institutions
have misled the public by mentioning
the U.S. Department of Education in
their advertising in a manner that
implies that the Department endorses
the quality of these institutions’
educational programs. The Department
does not approve of this behavior and
considers it to be a misrepresentation.
For this reason, the proposed
regulations would expressly forbid this
type of activity.
Ability To Benefit (668.32 and Subpart
J of Part 668)
Statute: Section 484(d) of the HEA
describes the circumstances under
which a student who does not have a
high school diploma or the equivalent
may establish eligibility for title IV,
HEA program funds. Under this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
provision, a student who does not have
a high school diploma or the equivalent
may establish eligibility for title IV,
HEA program funds by: (1) Taking an
ability to benefit (ATB) test approved by
the Secretary; (2) being enrolled in an
institution that participates in an
approved State process; or (3) by
completing a secondary school
education in a home school setting that
is treated as a home school or private
school under State law. In 2008, this
section of the HEA was amended by
adding section 484(d)(4), which
provides that a student shall be
determined by an institution of higher
education as having the ability to
benefit from the education or training
offered by the institution of higher
education upon satisfactory completion
of six credit hours or the equivalent
coursework that are applicable toward a
degree or certificate offered by the
institution.
Student Eligibility (§ 668.32(e))
Current Regulations: Paragraph (e) of
current § 668.32 provides that, in order
to be eligible for title IV, HEA program
funds, a student must: (1) Have a high
school diploma or its recognized
equivalent; (2) have obtained a passing
score on an ATB test administered in
accordance with subpart J of part 668;
(3) have been enrolled in an eligible
institution that participates in a State
process approved by the Secretary
under subpart J of part 668; or (4) have
been home-schooled and have obtained
a secondary school completion
credential for home school or, if State
law does not require a home-schooled
student to obtain such a credential, have
completed a secondary school education
in a home school setting that qualifies
as an exemption from compulsory
attendance requirements under State
law.
Proposed Regulations: We propose to
revise § 668.32(e) by adding new
paragraph (e)(4) to provide that a
student is eligible to receive title IV,
HEA program assistance if the student
has been determined by the institution
to have the ability to benefit from the
education or training offered by the
institution based on the satisfactory
completion of 6 semester hours, 6
trimester hours, 6 quarter hours, or 225
clock hours that are applicable toward
a degree or certificate offered by the
institution.
Reasons: We propose to add new
paragraph (e)(4) to § 668.32 to
incorporate the new method for
students to show that they have the
ability to benefit, which was added to
the section 484(d) of the HEA in 2008.
Under this new statutory provision,
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34837
students who satisfactorily complete six
credits of college work, or the
equivalent amounts of coursework, that
are applicable to a degree or certificate
offered by the school qualify to receive
title IV, HEA program funds. In
proposing regulations to implement this
statutory change, the Department took
into consideration extensive discussions
at the negotiated rulemaking sessions.
The Department explained during
negotiated rulemaking that its proposal
was based on the statutory language that
students would need to earn six credit
hours or the equivalent. The statute
does not distinguish among semester,
trimester or quarter hours, nor does it
suggest an equivalent number of clock
hours. Under the proposed regulations
and the statute, all credit hour students,
whether earning semester, trimester, or
quarter hours would need to be enrolled
for six hours—the number of hours that
would be equivalent to enrollment on a
half-time basis for one term. A student
who completed 6 semester hours, 6
trimester hours, or 225 clock hours
would be completing one quarter of an
academic year. The Federal negotiator
noted the apparent inconsistency
between the statutory language
regarding the new ATB provision,
which requires satisfactory completion
of six credit hours or the equivalent
coursework, and the definition of an
‘‘academic year’’, which is defined as a
period of time during which a full-time
undergraduate student is expected to
complete 24 semester or trimester hours,
36 quarter hours, or 900 clock hours.
Several non-Federal negotiators
expressed their belief that completion of
six hours of program leading to a
certificate or degree was a much better
indicator of an individual’s ability to
benefit from a program than passing an
ATB test.
Some of the discussion at the
negotiated rulemaking sessions focused
on whether a student should be required
to complete the specified credit hours or
clock hours in the program in which the
student planned to enroll and for which
the student applied to receive title IV,
HEA program funds. The Department
noted that the provision was based on
an experimental site program which
tested and established the effectiveness
of permitting students to display the
ability to benefit based on successful
completion of six semester hours in any
program leading to a degree or
certificate. One non-Federal negotiator
expressed concern that unless the hours
completed were in the intended
program, the coursework might not be
rigorous enough, and the provision
would not be effective as a means of
demonstrating the student’s ability to
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34838
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
benefit from the program in which they
intend to enroll. Several non-Federal
negotiators voiced their view that the
statutory language did not impose that
kind of limitation. They pointed out that
students often start a program and
change their mind; therefore, the
simplest approach to the provision
would be the best. The Department
agrees, but expects that the credit hours
completed would be part of an eligible
program offered by the institution and
would show that the student has the
ability to benefit from the postsecondary
educational program in which the
student is enrolled or intends to enroll.
One non-Federal negotiator expressed
concern that some institutions might
reduce or waive tuition for the portion
of the program required to demonstrate
the ability to benefit, while not
requiring the student to complete
coursework at a sufficiently challenging
level, thereby nullifying the impact of
the provision and setting a student up
for failure. Other non-Federal
negotiators pointed out that if an
institution did not waive or reduce
tuition, a student who did not yet
qualify for aid might be forced to take
out a high interest private loan to pay
for the initial 6 credit hours or 225 clock
hours needed to establish student
eligibility.
In response to a question regarding
whether the option to demonstrate the
ability to benefit from the educational or
training program by passing an
approved test or successfully
completing six credit hours or the
equivalent was at the discretion of the
student or the institution, the
Department noted that the provision
relates to establishing eligibility for
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs. It is a financial aid
requirement, not an admissions
requirement. An institution may have a
policy that it does not admit any
students who do not have a high school
diploma or the equivalent. There is no
requirement that an institution
determine a student’s eligibility for title
IV, HEA program funds on the basis of
either passing an ATB test or
successfully completing coursework.
There was considerable discussion
during the negotiated rulemaking
sessions regarding whether a student
who established student eligibility
under one of the ATB provisions could
be paid for the payment period in which
eligibility was established. The
Department’s position is that a student
who establishes eligibility for title IV,
HEA program funds by passing an ATB
test during a payment period may be
paid for the entire payment period.
However, if a student establishes title
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
IV, HEA eligibility by completing six
credit hours, or the equivalent,
eligibility is not established until after
the end of the payment period, and the
student may not be paid for the payment
period during which the student took
the requisite coursework. Furthermore,
to establish eligibility under the new
ATB provision, a student in a credit
hour program must earn six credit
hours; a student who enrolls in six
credit hours but receives a failing grade
for one or more of those credits has not
successfully completed six credit hours.
Similarly, a student in a clock hour
program must have attended 225 clock
hours and been graded on those 225
clock hours to establish eligibility.
Scope (§ 668.141)
Current Regulations: Current
§ 668.141 describes the scope of subpart
J of part 668 of the current regulations.
Current subpart J sets forth: (1) The
provisions under which a student who
does not have a high school diploma or
the equivalent may establish eligibility
for title IV, HEA program funds either
by taking an ATB test approved by the
Secretary or by being enrolled in an
institution that participates in an
approved State process; and (2) the
criteria and procedures for approval of
ATB tests, the requirements for
independent administration of approved
tests, the requirements for maintaining
the Secretary’s approval of ATB tests,
and the procedures for the Secretary’s
approval of alternate State processes.
Proposed Regulations: Section
668.141 would be revised to reference
the new requirements that we propose
to add to subpart J of part 668.
Specifically, we would redesignate
current paragraph (b)(4) of § 668.141 as
paragraph (b)(6) and add new
paragraphs (b)(4) and (b)(5). Proposed
§ 668.141(b)(4) would reference the
information on test anomaly studies that
the test publishers and States must
submit as part of their test submission,
and proposed § 668.141(b)(5) would
reference the proposed requirements
that test publishers and States have a
process to identify and follow up on test
score irregularities, take corrective
action when irregularities have
occurred, and report the names of
decertified test administrators to the
Secretary.
Reason: These proposed changes to
§ 668.141 would align the description of
the subpart’s scope with the substantive
changes the Department proposes to
make to this subpart. These proposed
changes are discussed in more detail in
the following sections.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Special Definitions (§ 668.142)
Definition of Assessment Center
Current regulations: Current § 668.142
contains a definition of the term
assessment center.
Proposed regulations: The proposed
definition of assessment center would
largely track the current definition of
that term. We propose only to clarify in
the definition that an assessment center
uses test administrators who, by
definition, have been certified by the
test publisher or State to administer
ATB tests approved by the Secretary
under this subpart.
Reasons: We propose to require, as
part of this definition, that the
individuals who administer ATB tests
in assessment centers be certified by the
test publisher, or the State, as
appropriate. Test publishers have
indicated that they have encountered
situations at assessment centers where
there has been high staff turnover, and
individuals giving tests are not familiar
with the requirements and procedures.
The Department solicits comments on
whether it would be appropriate or
advisable to permit specified test
administrators in the assessment center
to train other individuals at that
assessment center to administer ATB
tests.
Definition of Independent Test
Administrator
Current regulations: None.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
add a definition of the term independent
test administrator to § 668.142. Under
this proposed definition, an
independent test administrator would
be a test administrator who administers
tests at a location other than an
assessment center and who—
(1) Has no current or prior financial
or ownership interest in the institution,
its affiliates, or its parent corporation,
other than the interest obtained through
its agreement to administer the test, and
has no controlling interest in any other
institution;
(2) Is not a current or former
employee of or consultant to the
institution, its affiliates, or its parent
corporation, a person in control of
another institution, or a member of the
family of any of these individuals;
(3) Is not a current or former member
of the board of directors, a current or
former employee of or a consultant to a
member of the board of directors, chief
executive officer, chief financial officer
of the institution, its affiliates, or its
parent corporation or of any other
institution, or a member of the family of
any of these individuals; and
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(4) Is not a current or former student
of the institution.
This definition would be based
largely on the description of prohibited
relationships of independent test
administrators contained in current
§ 668.151(b)(2).
Reasons: The proposed regulations
would distinguish between ‘‘test
administrators,’’ defined in § 668.142,
and ‘‘independent test administrators.’’
For this reason, the Department
proposes to add a definition of the term
independent test administrator and, as
discussed later in this preamble, to
revise the current definition of test
administrator.
The concept of an independent test
administrator is not new. Current
§ 668.151(b)(2) describes the
circumstances under which a test given
by a test administrator is considered to
be ‘‘independently administered’’. We
used much of this language in crafting
the definition of the term independent
test administrator.
During the negotiated rulemaking
discussions, some of the non-Federal
negotiators expressed confusion about
the difference between test
administrators and independent test
administrators. They suggested adding
language to make it clear that an
independent test administrator is a test
administrator who ‘‘administers tests at
a location other than an assessment
center’’ in addition to meeting the other
requirements. We agreed with this
recommendation. Therefore, the
proposed regulations would specify, as
part of the definition of independent test
administrator, that an independent test
administrator is a test administrator
who administers tests at a location other
than at an assessment center.
Definition of Individual With a
Disability
Current regulations: Current § 668.142
contains a definition of the term
disabled student.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.142 would replace the term
‘‘disabled student’’ with the term
‘‘individual with a disability.’’ We
would largely retain the current
definition, except we would make clear
that the term refers to a person (not only
a student) who has a physical or mental
impairment which substantially limits
one or more major life activities, has a
record of such an impairment, or is
regarded as having such an impairment.
Reasons: The Department proposes to
use the term individual with a disability,
rather than disabled student, because
that is the term more commonly used in
the disability community and is
consistent with the usage of the term by
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
34839
other programs administered by the
Department. In addition, this proposed
revision would clarify that the defined
term applies to individuals who are not
yet students as well as to individuals
who are already enrolled in institutions
participating in the title IV, HEA
programs.
results secure from improper disclosure
or release. The proposed definition
would also clarify that a test
administrator may not be compensated
on the basis of test outcomes. The nonFederal negotiators were generally in
favor of including this additional clarity
in the definition.
Definition of Test
Current regulations: None.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
add a definition of the term test to
§ 668.142. Under this proposed
definition, a test would be a
standardized test, assessment or
instrument that has formal protocols
regarding the administration of the test
that include the use of parallel, equated
forms, testing conditions, time allowed
for the test, and standardized scoring.
The definition also would clarify that
tests are not limited to traditional paper
and pencil (or computer-administered)
instruments for which forms are
constructed prior to administration to
examinees and that tests may include
adaptive instruments that use
computerized algorithms for selecting
and administering items in real time
provided that, for such instruments, the
size of the item pool and the method of
item selection ensures negligible
overlap in items across retests.
Reasons: We propose to add a
definition of the term test to § 668.142
because, as one non-Federal negotiator
pointed out during our discussions, our
current ATB regulations define the
terms test item, test administrator and
test publisher, but do not define the
term test. The proposed definition is
based on the definition of test in 34 CFR
462.4 of the Department’s Measuring
Educational Gain in the National
Reporting System for Adult Education
regulations.
Definition of Test Publisher
Current regulations: Current § 668.142
defines a test publisher as an individual,
organization, or agency that owns a
registered copyright of a test, or is
licensed by the copyright holder to sell
or distribute a test.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
revise the definition of a test publisher
by providing that a test publisher may
be authorized by the copyright holder to
represent the copyright holder’s interest
regarding the test, rather than specifying
that the individual or organization must
be licensed the right to sell or distribute
the test by the copyright holder.
Reasons: One non-Federal negotiator
recommended making this revision to
the definition of test publisher. This
non-Federal negotiator explained that
this definitional change is appropriate
because the term test publisher should
include agencies or organizations that
may represent the copyright holder’s
interest in the test, but may not be
licensed by the copyright holder. The
Department agrees.
Definition of Test Administrator
Current regulations: Current § 668.142
defines a test administrator as an
individual who may give tests under
subpart J of part 668.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
revise the definition of the term test
administrator to mean an individual
who (1) is certified by the test publisher
or the State to administer tests approved
under subpart J of part 668 and to
protect the test and test results from
improper disclosure or release, and (2)
is not compensated on the basis of test
outcomes.
Reasons: We propose to revise this
definition to clarify that a test
administrator must be certified by the
test publisher or the State, and that a
test administrator is responsible for
keeping both the tests and the test
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Approval of State Tests or Assessments
(§ 668.143)
Current regulations: Current § 668.143
describes the procedures for the
Secretary’s approval of State tests or
assessments.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
move the requirements governing the
submission of tests by States in current
§ 668.143 to proposed § 668.144
(Application for test approval). With
this change, we would reserve § 668.143
for future use.
Reason: We propose to combine the
requirements from current §§ 668.143
and 668.144 into a single section
because the test publisher and State
submission processes have common
elements. To the extent we propose to
make changes to the submission
requirements for States (and test
publishers), we discuss those changes in
the discussion relating to proposed
§ 668.144.
Application for Test Approval
(§ 668.144)
Current regulations: Current § 668.144
describes the approval process for tests
submitted by test publishers. The
current regulations do not require test
publishers to describe their process for
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34840
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
certifying test administrators, their test
anomaly analysis, or the types of
accommodations available for
individuals with disabilities. In current
regulations, the requirements for
approval of State tests or assessments
are contained in a separate section,
§ 668.143.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
clarify and expand the requirements in
current §§ 668.143 and 668.144 and
include all of the requirements for test
approval in one section, proposed
§ 668.144. Paragraphs (a) and (b) of
proposed § 668.144 would describe the
general requirement for test publishers
and States to submit to the Secretary
any test they wish to have approved
under subpart J of part 668. Paragraph
(c) of proposed § 668.144 would
describe the information that a test
publisher must include with its
application for approval of a test.
Paragraph (d) of proposed § 668.144
would describe the information a State
must include with its application when
it submits a test to the Secretary for
approval.
In proposed § 668.144(c), we would
largely retain the test publisher
application requirements contained in
current § 668.144(c). In addition to
making some minor technical changes
to these requirements, we would revise
paragraphs (c)(8) and (c)(11)(iv)(B).
Under proposed paragraph (c)(8), test
publishers would be required to provide
documentation of periodic reviews of
the content and specifications of all
tests submitted to the Secretary for
approval (not just tests first published
five years before submission), to ensure
that the tests reflect secondary school
level verbal and quantitative skills.
Under the revisions reflected in
proposed § 668.144(c)(11)(iv)(B), a test
publisher would be required to include,
in its technical manual, evidence that
the test was normed using a
contemporary sample that is
representative of the population of
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States instead of
a contemporary population
representative of persons who are
beyond the usual age of compulsory
school attendance in the United States.
We would remove paragraph (c)(14),
which required a test publisher to
include, for performance-based tests or
tests containing performance-based
sections, a description of the training or
certification required of test
administrators and scorers by the test
publishers.
We would then redesignate
paragraphs (c)(15) and (c)(16) of
§ 668.144 as proposed paragraphs (c)(14)
and (c)(15) and add new proposed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
paragraphs (c)(16) through (c)(18).
Proposed § 668.144(c)(16) would require
test publishers to include in their
applications a description of their test
administrator certification process. In
proposed § 668.144(c)(17), we would
require test publishers to include in
their applications a description of the
test anomaly analysis the test publisher
will conduct and submit to the
Secretary. Finally, proposed
§ 668.144(c)(18) would require test
publishers to include in their
applications a description of the types
of accommodations available for
individuals with disabilities, including
a description of the process used to
identify and report when
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided.
Proposed § 668.144(d) would be
added to describe what States must
include in their test submissions to the
Secretary. While this provision would
replace the content in current § 668.143,
its language would be revised to be
parallel, where appropriate, to the test
publisher submission requirements in
current § 668.144. In addition to
paralleling most of the current
requirements for test publisher test
submissions, proposed § 668.144(d)
would also include the new
requirements proposed to be added to
the test publisher submissions. A
description of those new provisions
follows:
Both test publishers and States would
be required to submit a description of
their test administrator certification
process that indicates how the test
publisher or State, as applicable, will
determine that a test administrator has
the necessary training, knowledge,
skills, and integrity to test students in
accordance with the test publisher’s
requirements and how the test publisher
or the State will determine that the test
administrator has the ability and
facilities to keep its test secure against
disclosure or release (see proposed
§ 668.144(c)(16) (test publishers) and
§ 668.144(d)(7) (States)).
The proposed regulations would
require both test publishers and States
to submit a description of the test
anomaly analysis they will conduct.
This analysis would need to include a
description of how they will identify
potential test irregularities and make a
determination that test irregularities
have occurred; an explanation of
corrective action to be taken in the event
of test irregularities; and information on
when and how the Secretary, test
administrator, and institutions will be
notified if a test administrator is
decertified (see proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 668.144(c)(17) (test publishers) and
§ 668.144(d)(8) (States)).
Under proposed § 668.144(c)(18) and
(d)(9) respectively, both test publishers
and States would be required to
describe any accessible technologies
that are available to individuals with
disabilities, and the process for a test
administrator to identify and report to
the test publisher when
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided.
Reasons: Because many of the
requirements for approval of tests,
whether submitted by test publishers or
States, are parallel, the non-Federal
negotiators suggested, and the
Department agreed, that it would be
appropriate to combine State
submission requirements, currently
addressed in § 668.143, and the test
publisher submission requirements,
currently addressed in § 668.144 in a
single regulatory provision. For this
reason, we combined and, where
appropriate, standardized the language
for the submission requirements for
both States and test publishers in
proposed § 668.144.
We propose to make a number of
changes to the test publisher submission
requirements, reflected in § 668.144(c).
First, we propose to revise
§ 668.144(c)(8) because we believe it is
important for test publishers to
periodically review the content and
specifications of all tests (not only those
tests first published five years before
submission) to ensure that they reflect
secondary school level verbal and
quantitative skills. In addition, we
propose to revise § 668.144(c)(11)(iv)(B)
to require that a test publisher’s
technical manual, which must be
submitted as part of its test submission,
include evidence demonstrating that the
test was normed using a sample that is
representative of the population of
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States. We
propose this change because the
purpose of this subpart is to implement
the statutory provisions that provide an
alternative means for students who do
not have a high school diploma or the
equivalent to establish eligibility for the
title IV, HEA programs. To determine
the ability of such students to benefit
from a postsecondary education or
training program, passing scores on ATB
tests should be based only on the scores
of test takers who have a high school
diploma, not the scores of test takers
who are beyond the age of compulsory
attendance but who may not have
completed high school.
We also propose to delete the
requirements relating to performancebased tests or tests containing
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
performance-based sections, reflected in
current § 668.144(c)(14), because no
performance-based tests have ever been
submitted to the Secretary for approval
and, therefore, we believe the provision
is unnecessary.
Finally, we are proposing to add three
requirements to both the test publisher
and State test submission requirements.
First, we propose to include, in
proposed § 668.144(c)(16) and (d)(7), a
requirement that test publishers and
States, respectively, describe their test
administrator certification process,
including how they will determine that
a test administrator has the necessary
training, knowledge, skills, and integrity
to test students. We believe that it is
important for test publishers and States
to provide this information with their
test submissions to demonstrate that
adequate screening procedures are used.
Throughout the negotiated rulemaking
discussions on the ATB provisions, one
of the non-Federal negotiators voiced
the belief that test publishers should be
required to determine the ‘‘integrity’’ of
the test administrators they certify.
Other non-Federal negotiators
questioned how test publishers or States
would evaluate a test administrator’s
integrity and expressed concern that if
such a requirement were in the
regulations, it would be too prescriptive.
We have included in proposed
§ 668.144(c)(16)(i) and (d)(7)(i) a
requirement that test publishers and
States describe how they will determine
that a test administrator has the integrity
necessary to administer tests. The
Department does not intend to impose
unnecessary or ill-defined burdens;
therefore, we are specifically soliciting
feedback on the proposal to require test
publishers and States to describe how
they will determine that test
administrators have integrity, in
addition to the training, skills, and
knowledge necessary to administer
tests.
Second, we propose to include, in
proposed § 668.144(c)(17) and (d)(8), a
requirement that test publishers and
States submit a description of the test
anomaly analysis they will conduct and
how they will identify potential test
irregularities and make a determination
that test irregularities have occurred. We
propose these requirements to promote
some transparency in the screening
process that is being used.
Third, we propose to include, in
proposed § 668.144(c)(18) and (d)(9), a
requirement that test publishers and
States describe the types of
accommodations available for
individuals with disabilities and the
process for identifying and reporting to
the test publisher or the State when
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided. This
additional information is necessary for
scoring and norming purposes.
Test Approval Procedures (§ 668.145)
Current regulations: Current § 668.145
describes both procedures for the review
of tests submitted by test publishers and
the circumstances under which the
Secretary’s approval may be withdrawn.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
revise § 668.145 to extend the test
approval procedures to tests submitted
by States. We would make a number of
non-substantive technical changes to
this section as well.
Proposed § 668.145(c)(1) would
specify that the approval of a test begins
five years from the date the notice of
approval for the test is published in the
Federal Register. Under proposed
§ 668.145(d)(1), test approval could be
revoked if a test publisher or State
violated any terms of the agreement
described in § 668.150 or if the test
publisher or State substantially changed
the test and did not resubmit the test, as
revised, for approval. Proposed
§ 668.145(d)(2) would provide that
revocation would become effective 120
days from the date the notice of
revocation was published in the Federal
Register or an earlier date specified by
the Secretary in a notice published in
the Federal Register.
Reasons: Consistent with the changes
reflected in proposed § 668.144, we
would amend § 668.145 to make the test
approval procedures applicable to States
as well as to test publishers, where
appropriate. In proposed § 668.144(c)(1),
we would specify that the approval
period, not to exceed five years, would
start on the date the notice of approval
is published in the Federal Register. We
propose to provide that the approval
period commences on this date, rather
than on the date the Secretary provides
written notice to the test publisher of
approval, because the public will be
able to determine the effective date from
the notice and that might be relevant
information for institutions.
One of the non-Federal negotiators
suggested expanding the reasons for
revocation to include substantially
changing a test without resubmitting it
to the Department. The Department
agreed. For this reason, we would add
language to proposed § 668.145(d)(1) to
provide that test approval could be
revoked if a test publisher or State
substantially changed the test and did
not resubmit the test, as revised, for
approval.
Finally, in proposed § 668.145(d)(2),
we would provide that a revocation of
test approval would become effective
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34841
120 days after the date the notice of
revocation is published in the Federal
Register or an earlier date specified by
the Secretary in a notice published in
the Federal Register. We propose this
change to ensure that the public has
access to this information.
Criteria for Approving Tests (§ 668.146)
Current regulations: Current § 668.146
sets forth the criteria the Secretary uses
to evaluate and approve tests submitted
under subpart J of part 668. Under this
provision, in order for a test to be
approved, a test publisher must provide
specified information and norm the test
with groups of sufficient size to produce
defensible standard errors of the mean,
with groups not composed
disproportionately of any race or
gender, and with a contemporary
population representative of persons
who are beyond the usual age of
compulsory school attendance in the
United States.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
revise § 668.146 to provide that the
criteria for approving tests apply to tests
submitted by States as well as test
publishers. In addition, we propose to
make a number of small technical and
conforming changes to this section.
Finally, in proposed § 668.146(c)(4)(ii),
we require that States and test
publishers norm their tests with a
contemporary sample that is
representative of the population of
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States.
Reasons: Consistent with the changes
we propose to make to § 668.144, we
propose to amend § 668.145 to ensure
that the criteria for approving tests
apply to States as well as to test
publishers, where appropriate.
We propose to amend
§ 668.146(c)(4)(ii) to ensure that tests are
being normed with a contemporary
sample of persons who have earned a
high school diploma in the United
States, rather than persons who are
beyond the usual age of compulsory
school attendance in the United States.
The purpose of this subpart is to
implement the statutory provisions that
provide an alternative means for
students who do not have a high school
diploma or the equivalent to establish
eligibility for the title IV, HEA
programs. Therefore, to determine the
ability of such students to benefit from
a postsecondary education or training
program, pass scores should be based
only on the scores of test takers who
have a high school diploma, not the
scores of test takers who are beyond the
age of compulsory attendance but who
may not have completed high school.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34842
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Passing Scores (§ 668.147)
Current regulations: Under current
§ 668.147, the Secretary specifies that
the passing score on each approved test
is one standard deviation below the
mean for students with high school
diplomas who have taken the test
within three years before the test was
submitted for approval.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.147 would specify that passing
scores are based on the mean score of
a sample of individuals who have taken
the test during the three years before it
was submitted. The sample would need
to be representative of the population of
high school graduates in the United
States.
Reasons: The proposed changes to
§ 668.147 would specify that the passing
score is based on the mean score of a
sample of high school graduates who
have taken the test. This change would
make it clear that a sample of test takers
would be used, and that the test takers
whose scores are used need not be
students.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Additional Criteria for the Approval of
Certain Tests (§ 668.148)
Current regulations: Current § 668.148
specifies additional criteria for approval
of tests that are performance-based,
developed for non-native speakers of
English, modified for use for persons
with disabilities, and computer-based.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.148 would largely track current
§ 668.148. In addition to making
technical updates and conforming
changes (e.g., updating references to
documents incorporated by reference
and updating defined terms to use those
terms proposed in this document), we
propose to remove the criteria for
approval of performance-based tests,
reflected in current § 668.148(a)(1). We
also propose to revise the regulatory
provision relating to tests developed for
non-native speakers of English who are
enrolled in a program that is taught in
their native language to provide that if
the test is in a language other than
Spanish, it must be accompanied by a
recommendation for a provisional
passing score based upon performance
of a sample of test takers representative
of non-English speaking individuals
who speak a language other than
Spanish and who have a high school
diploma. The sample upon which the
recommended provisional passing score
would be based would need to be large
enough to produce stable norms. In
addition, we would provide, in
proposed § 668.148(b)(2), that the
recommended passing scores for tests
designed solely to measure the English
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
language competence of non-native
speakers of English would need to be
based on the mean score of test takers
beyond the age of compulsory school
attendance who completed (rather than
entered) specified programs.
Reasons: We propose to remove the
regulatory provision related to
performance-based tests because, as
mentioned earlier in this preamble
discussion, no performance-based tests
have ever been submitted to the
Secretary for approval.
The change proposed in the
regulatory provision relating to tests
developed for non-native speakers of
English who are enrolled in a program
that is taught in their native language
(other than Spanish) is intended to
provide that the provisional passing
scores are based on a sample of test
takers whose native language is not
Spanish and who have a high school
diploma. This is parallel to the
proposed change in
§ 668.144(c)(11)(iv)(B).
Finally, the change reflected in
proposed § 668.148(b)(2), which would
require basing recommendations for
passing scores for tests to measure
English language competence on scores
of test takers that have completed, rather
than entered, specified educational and
training programs, is designed to be
consistent with changes throughout
these proposed regulations. The
Department specifically seeks input on
the possible impact of this change due
to the potential for unintended
consequences.
Special Provisions for the Approval of
Assessment Procedures for Individuals
With Disabilities (§ 668.149)
Current regulations: Current § 668.149
(Special provisions for the approval of
assessment procedures for special
populations for whom no tests are
reasonably available) describes the
special procedures that apply when
testing persons with disabilities and
students whose native language is not
English and who are not fluent in
English under subpart J of part 668.
Proposed regulations: We propose to
restructure § 668.149 to focus only on
the special provisions for the approval
of assessment procedures for
individuals with disabilities. We would
remove current § 668.149(b), which
describes the procedures for automatic
test approval for tests provided in a
student’s native language for students
whose native language is not English.
Reasons: We propose to revise
§ 668.149 to make clear the respective
responsibilities of test publishers (or
States, where appropriate) and test
administrators when using special
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
assessment procedures for individuals
with disabilities.
We expect test administrators who
administer tests under this section to
ensure there is documentation of the
test-taker’s need for a modified test and
to comply with the provisions of
§ 668.149(c)(2). We would encourage a
test administrator to coordinate with the
institution’s disability support services
center, or other institutional or State
staff who have knowledge of an
individual’s need for a modified test to
ensure that an appropriate test is given.
We propose to remove the regulatory
language concerning the use of foreign
language tests, because historically there
have been no submissions of foreign
language tests for approval. Moreover,
pursuant to the current regulations,
because there are no currently approved
foreign language tests, any foreign
language test that has not been rejected
by the Secretary is considered
automatically to be approved even if it
has not been submitted to the Secretary
for approval. Under the current
regulatory framework, therefore, test
publishers and States lack an incentive
to submit tests in foreign languages for
the Secretary’s approval. Continuing
under the current regulations in
§ 668.149(b) would allow test publishers
and States to circumvent the ATB test
approval process; therefore, we propose
its removal. With the removal of
‘‘Students whose native language is not
English’’ from § 668.149(b), foreign
language tests would be required to be
submitted through the established test
approval procedures in §§ 668.145 and
668.148.
During the negotiated rulemaking
discussions, some of the non-Federal
negotiators thought it might be
advisable to have a transition period
before removing the special provisions
in current § 668.149(b). In light of this
suggestion, the Department is soliciting
comments on whether a transition
period is necessary and, if one is
necessary, how long should it be.
Agreement Between the Secretary and a
Test Publisher or a State (§ 668.150)
Current regulations: The current
regulations require test publishers to
enter into an agreement with the
Secretary before an institution may use
the test publisher’s test to determine a
student’s eligibility for title IV, HEA
program funds. Current § 668.150(b)
describes the specific provisions that
must be included in the agreement.
Current § 668.150(c) contains the
regulations governing the Secretary’s
termination of an agreement.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.150 would provide that States, as
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
well as test publishers, must enter into
agreements with the Secretary in order
to have their tests approved.
We would also revise this section to
require both test publishers and States
to comply with a number of new
requirements that would be added to the
agreement with the Secretary. These
requirements would include:
• Requiring the test administrators
that they certify to provide them with
certain information about whether they
have been decertified (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(2)).
• Certifying only test administrators
who have not been decertified within
the last three years (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(3)(iii)).
• Re-evaluating the qualifications of a
test administrator who has been
decertified by another test publisher or
State (see proposed § 668.150(b)(5)).
• Immediately notifying the test
administrator, the Secretary, and
institutions when the test administrator
is decertified (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(6)).
• Reviewing test results of tests
administered by a decertified test
administrator and immediately
notifying affected institutions and
students (see proposed § 668.150(b)(7)).
• Providing copies of test anomaly
analysis every 18 months instead of
every 3 years (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(13)).
• Providing access to test records or
other documents related to an audit,
investigation, or program review of an
institution, the test publisher, or a test
administrator (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(14)).
• Reporting to the Secretary any
credible information indicating that a
test has been compromised (see
proposed § 668.150(b)(15)).
• Reporting to the Office of Inspector
General of the Department of Education
any credible information indicating that
a test administrator or institution may
have engaged in fraud or other criminal
misconduct (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(16)).
• Requiring a test administrator who
provides a test to an individual with a
disability who requires an
accommodation in the test’s
administration to report to the test
publisher or the State the nature of the
disability and the accommodations that
were provided (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(17)).
Reasons: Many of the requirements
we propose to add to the required
provisions in agreements between the
Secretary and test publishers (and,
under the proposed regulations, States)
are based on recommendations the
Department received from the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
Government Accountability Office
(GAO). GAO issued a report in August
2009 that cited the Department for weak
oversight of the ATB test requirements;
in its report, GAO provided
recommendations to the Department to
strengthen controls over the ATB testing
process and to amend the ATB
regulations. Specifically, the GAO
identified the following problems with
the current regulations:
• Current regulations require test
publishers to conduct test score
analyses only every three years. This
means it is possible for test
administrators who are administering
tests improperly to go undetected for up
to three years.
• While the current regulations
require that test publishers decertify test
administrators who fail to administer
tests properly, they do not require test
publishers to report to the Department
on implementation of their
decertification process.
• Current regulations do not
specifically require test publishers to
follow up on test score irregularities or
report any corrective actions to the
Department. Therefore, the Department
has no way of knowing whether actual
violations occurred or how the test
publishers dealt with any violations
they identified.
In response to the first problem
identified by GAO, we propose to
require, in proposed § 668.150(b)(13),
that test publishers conduct test score
analyses every 18 months, instead of
every 3 years. This change would
reduce the possibility that test
administrators who are administering
tests improperly would go undetected.
The Department initially proposed that
test anomaly analysis be submitted 18
months after test approval, then
annually thereafter. However, after
hearing the discussion of the benefits
and drawbacks of more frequent
analysis, the Department agrees that
receiving test score analyses every 18
months after approval would address its
concerns.
The second problem identified by
GAO was that current regulations do not
require test publishers to report to the
Department on implementation of their
decertification process. The Department
seeks to address this problem in
proposed § 668.150(b)(6), which would
require test publishers and States to
immediately notify the test
administrator, the Secretary, and the
institutions where the test administrator
previously administered approved tests,
when the test publisher or the State
decertifies a test administrator.
The decertification of test
administrators and the draft regulatory
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34843
language the Department offered to
address this problem generated a
considerable amount of discussion
during the negotiated rulemaking
sessions. The Department initially
proposed draft regulatory language that
would require test publishers and States
to review the tests results of the tests
administered by a decertified test
administrator and determine which tests
were invalid. During the discussion at
negotiated rulemaking, it became clear
that the focus of the proposed
regulations should be on a
determination of whether the tests were
administered improperly, rather than on
a determination of whether the tests
were invalid. For this reason, proposed
§ 668.150(b)(7)(i) would require test
publishers and States to review the test
results of tests administered by
decertified test administrators to
determine which tests may have been
administered improperly. Proposed
§ 668.150(b)(7)(ii) would require that
test publishers and States immediately
notify the affected institutions and
students when they determine that tests
were improperly administered. The
Department is committed to providing
guidance to test publishers, States, and
institutions regarding how to handle
situations where tests have been
determined to be improperly
administered and to working with the
test publishers and the States on
notification letters to institutions and
students.
Some non-Federal negotiators said it
was important for all students who had
been given an ATB test by a decertified
test administrator to be notified. Other
non-Federal negotiators believed this
was not necessary. The Department
solicits comments on whether
notification to all potentially affected
institutions, students, or prospective
students should take place when a test
administrator is decertified, regardless
of whether there has been a
determination that the tests given to
those students or prospective students
were improperly administered.
Some non-Federal negotiators
expressed the opinion that once a test
administrator was decertified, he or she
should not be able to be recertified, and
that the Department should keep a list
of decertified test administrators. The
discussion of this topic at negotiated
rulemaking caused the Department to
examine options for the appropriate
length of time for decertification, the
impact of a decertification by one test
publisher or State on the certification of
that test administrator by other test
publishers or States, and the extent of
notifications.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34844
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
The Department’s position is that the
decertification process should not be
any more complicated than necessary.
As there is no provision for a third party
to appeal a decertification, we do not
believe it is appropriate for a test
administrator who is decertified by one
test publisher to be decertified forever—
without the ability to be certified by any
test publisher again.
Therefore, we propose a number of
regulatory changes to ensure that States
and test publishers have rigorous
certification and decertification
processes. Specifically, we would
require, at the front end of the
certification process, that a test
publisher (or State) obtain a statement
from potential test administrators
indicating that they are not currently
decertified and agreeing that they will
notify the test publisher or State if they
become decertified by another entity
(see proposed § 668.150(b)(2)). We
would then provide, under proposed
§ 668.150(b)(3)(iii), that a decertified test
administrator would not be able to get
a new certification again until three
years after his or her decertification. We
believe that these provisions would
address the potential problem of having
a decertified test administrator obtain
certification from another test publisher
and getting certified.
In the case of a test administrator who
has been certified by more than one test
publisher (or State) but then is
decertified by one test publisher (or
State), we would not require the
immediate and automatic decertification
of the test administrator by other test
publishers (or States). Instead, as
reflected in proposed § 668.150(b)(5),
we would require that other test
publishers re-evaluate the qualifications
of the test administrator to determine
whether it is appropriate to continue the
test administrator’s certification.
The Department is proposing this
approach to avoid the problem of one
entity’s actions having an inappropriate
negative impact on another entity. It is
conceivable that the cause for
decertification by one test publisher or
State would be unlikely to arise at a
different test publisher or State because
of different procedures. Also, in the
context of test publishers, this approach
would avoid the potential for one test
publisher being able to affect the
services of a competitor.
The third problem identified by GAO
(i.e., the fact that the current regulations
do not require any follow-up on test
score irregularities or corrective action)
is addressed by a number of proposed
provisions. In addition to proposed
§ 668.150(b)(7), which we discussed
earlier, § 668.150(b)(15) would require
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
that a test publisher or State
immediately report to the Secretary any
credible information indicating that a
test has been compromised. Proposed
paragraph (b)(16) of § 668.150 would
require that test publishers and States
immediately report to the Department’s
Office of Inspector General any credible
information indicating that a test
administrator or institution may have
engaged in fraud or other criminal
misconduct.
Finally, in proposed § 668.150(b)(17),
we would require that test
administrators notify test publishers
(and States) if they provide any
accommodations to individuals with
disabilities. We believe that adding this
requirement is appropriate because it
would allow test publishers and States
to take this information into account
when norming tests in the future.
Administration of Tests (§ 668.151)
Current regulations: Current § 668.151
requires institutions to select a test
administrator to give approved tests and
to use results from an approved test
publisher or assessment center. This
provision also describes the conditions
under which a test is considered to be
independently administered.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.151(a) would largely mirror the
language in current § 668.151(a), except
that, in paragraph (a)(1), we would
remove the reference to tests approved
under § 668.143 and we would refer to
‘‘test administrator’’, rather than
‘‘certified test administrator.’’ As
discussed elsewhere in this preamble,
we have moved much of the language
from current § 668.151(b) to the
definition of the term independent test
administrator in proposed § 668.142. As
revised, proposed § 668.151(b)(1) would
retain the current provision that the
Secretary considers a test to be
independently administered if it is
given at an assessment center by a test
administrator who is an employee of the
center. In proposed § 668.151(b)(2), we
would add language to provide that the
Secretary also considers a test to be
independently administered if it is
given by an independent test
administrator (defined in § 668.142)
who maintains tests at a secure location
and submits the test for scoring by the
test publisher or the State or, for a
computer-based test, a record of the test
scores, within two business days of
administering the test.
Proposed § 668.151(c) and (d) would
largely track current § 668.151(c) and (d)
except that we would update these
paragraphs so that they would apply to
both States and test publishers. In
addition, we would revise proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 668.151(d)(3) to ensure that it is
consistent with the changes reflected in
proposed § 668.151(b)(2) and
§ 668.152(b)(2). We are proposing to
remove § 668.152(d)(6) because the
requirement is covered in proposed
§ 668.150(b)(14).
Finally, in proposed § 668.151(g)(4),
we would require institutions to keep a
record of each individual who took an
ATB test and the name and address of
the test administrator who administered
the test and any identifier assigned to
the test administrator by the test
publisher or the State. If the individual
who took the test has a disability and is
unable to be evaluated by the use of an
approved ATB test, or requested or
required a testing accommodation, the
institution would be required, under
proposed § 668.151(g)(5), to maintain
documentation of the individual’s
disability and of the testing
arrangements provided.
We would also make minor technical
and conforming changes throughout this
section.
Reasons: The minor changes reflected
in proposed § 668.151(a) would be made
to make the provision consistent with
other changes in the proposed
regulations. Specifically, we remove the
reference to § 668.143 because we are
not including that provision in the
proposed regulations, and we refer to
‘‘test administrator’’ because, by
definition, a test administrator must be
certified (see proposed definition of test
administrator in § 668.142).
In proposed § 668.151(b)(2), we would
add a requirement to address the need
to maintain tests in a secure location.
This topic generated a great deal of
discussion during the negotiated
rulemaking sessions. After the second
negotiated rulemaking session, the
Department proposed draft language
that would have required test publishers
to maintain tests at a secure location,
somewhere other than at the institution
at which the tests are being
administered.
Those non-Federal negotiators who
had expressed the belief that tests
should not be kept at an institution,
unless the institution had an assessment
center, were supportive of this proposal.
Some of the other non-Federal
negotiators identified a number of
potential problems with this proposal.
For example, they explained that it is
common practice for test publishers to
ship cartons of tests to the institutions
where the tests will be administered,
whether the tests are being administered
at a test assessment center or by an
independent test administrator. In
addition, we were informed that many,
if not most tests approved for ATB are
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
used for placement and other purposes
and not used solely for the
determination of individuals’ eligibility
for title IV, HEA programs. Some nonFederal negotiators noted that, in fact, it
is also possible that tests may be far
more secure if they are located at an
institution where the facilities are
monitored. Independent test
administrators may not have access to
secure locations apart from the
institutions at which they give tests. For
this reason, some non-Federal
negotiators urged the Department not to
require that tests be maintained in a
secure location other than the
institution at which they would be
administered.
The language in proposed
§ 668.151(b)(2) is consistent with the
Department’s position that all ATB tests
must be kept at a secure location.
However, we also understand that if
some of the tests are used for multiple
purposes, it is difficult to prohibit the
delivery of these tests to an institution.
Therefore, the Department is
specifically soliciting comments
regarding proposed § 668.151(b)(2) and
on other ways the Department can
ensure that tests can be kept secure.
Specifically, what does it mean to keep
tests at a secure location? Does it mean
a locked facility to which only the test
administrator has a key? Should the
focus be on maintaining a chain of
custody, with adequate safeguards,
rather than on the location itself? Is
there a way to maintain inventory that
would address the test security issue?
As test publishers have a vested interest
in keeping their tests secure, the
Department is particularly interested in
recommendations regarding how best to
address the security issue in regulations.
With regard to the changes reflected
in proposed § 668.151(g), we would be
adding to the information that an
institution must record. The added
information that the institution would
be required to maintain for each
individual who took an ATB test would
include: (1) the name and address of the
test administrator who administered the
test and any identifier assigned to the
test administrator by the test publisher
or the State; and (2) if the individual
who took the test has a disability and is
unable to be evaluated by the use of an
approved ATB test or the individual
requested or required a testing
accommodation, documentation of the
individual’s disability and of the testing
arrangements that is provided in
accordance with § 668.153(b). This
proposed provision is intended to
encompass documentation of
accommodations provided through the
use of accessible technologies, as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
described in § 668.144(c)(18) and(d)(9),
as well as other accommodations
requested or required by the individual
with a disability in accordance with
§ 668.153(b). Requiring the name,
address and any assigned identifier for
each test administered would enable the
test publisher or State to identify all
tests administered by a test
administrator and facilitate the
notification of test takers should the test
publisher or the State determine that the
test was improperly administered.
Requiring documentation of disabilities
that necessitate testing accommodation,
and of the testing arrangements
provided, would provide important
information for two reasons. First,
collection of the information would
help emphasize that testing
accommodations may be provided only
to individuals with documentation of a
disability who require testing
accommodations. We would encourage
test administrators to work with an
institution’s disability support services
center, or other institutional or State
staff who have knowledge and
experience in providing appropriate
testing accommodations to individuals
with disabilities to ensure that
appropriate testing accommodations are
provided and are appropriately
documented. Second, providing such
information to the test publisher or State
would let those entities know that
testing accommodations were provided,
so that entity can make a determination
regarding whether to include the score
with scores of other test takers, for
whom no testing accommodations were
provided, for evaluative or norming
purposes in the future.
Administration of Tests by Assessment
Centers (§ 668.152)
Current regulations: Under current
§ 668.152(a), assessment centers are
required to follow the requirements for
administering tests specified in
§ 668.151(d). If the assessment center
scores tests, it must send copies of
completed tests, or a report listing all
test-takers’ scores, to the test publisher
on an annual basis (see current
§ 668.152(b)).
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.152(a) would clarify that
assessment centers are also required to
comply with the provisions of § 688.153
(Administration of tests for individuals
whose native language is not English or
for individuals with disabilities), if
applicable.
Under proposed § 668.152(b)(2),
assessment centers that score tests
would be required to provide copies of
completed tests or lists of test-takers’
scores to the test publisher or the State,
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34845
as applicable, on a weekly basis. Under
proposed § 668.152(b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii),
copies of completed tests or reports
listing test-takers’ scores would be
required to include the name and
address of the test administrator who
administered the test and any identifier
assigned to the test administrator by the
test publisher or the State.
Reasons: In proposed § 668.152(a), we
would clarify that assessment centers
are also required to comply with the
provisions of § 668.153. With respect to
individuals whose native language is
not English, the test assessment center
would be required to use the
appropriate test, depending on the type
of program in which an individual plans
to enroll, and whether the classes are
conducted in English or in the
individual’s native language. With
respect to individuals with disabilities,
the assessment center would be required
to maintain documentation of an
individual’s disability, and would be
required to ensure that there is
documentation that an individual with
a disability requires accommodations,
such as extra time or a quiet room, for
taking an approved test. Under current
regulations, the presumption is that
assessment centers comply with the
provisions of § 668.153, but the
proposed regulations would make the
requirement explicit so there is no
misunderstanding.
In proposed § 668.152(b)(2), we would
require assessment centers that score
tests to provide on a weekly basis
(rather than an annual basis) the test
publisher, or the State, as applicable,
with all copies of the completed tests
and a report listing, among other things,
all test-takers’ scores and institutions to
which the scores were sent. We would
also revise this section to require
assessment centers to record the name
and address of the test administrator
who administered the test and any
identifier assigned to the test
administrator by the test publisher and
to maintain this information in the
copies of the completed tests or a report
listing all test-takers’ scores and
institutions to which the scores were
sent. These changes would enable the
test publisher or State to identify all
tests administered by a test
administrator and to facilitate the
notification of test takers should the test
publisher or the State determine that the
test was improperly administered.
We also propose minor technical and
conforming changes throughout this
section.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34846
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Administration of Tests for Individuals
Whose Native Language Is Not English
or for Individuals With Disabilities
(§ 668.153)
Current regulations: Current § 668.153
describes the requirements governing
the administration of tests for students
whose native language is not English or
for persons with disabilities.
Current § 668.153(a) specifies the
requirements that apply to the tests that
must be used for students whose native
language is not English and those
requirements differ depending on
whether the student is enrolled in (1) a
program conducted entirely in his or her
native language, (2) a program that is
taught in English with an English as a
Second Language (ESL) component; or
(3) a program that is taught in English
without an ESL component, or the
student does not enroll in the ESL
component if the institution offers such
a component.
Current § 668.153(b) specifies the
requirements that apply to the tests that
must be used for students with a
documented impairment. Under this
provision, an institution must use a test
described in § 668.148(a)(3) or
§ 668.149(a) for students with a
documented impairment. The
institution must document that a
student is disabled and unable to be
evaluated by the use of a conventional
test.
Proposed regulations: In addition to
reflecting a number of technical and
conforming changes, proposed § 668.153
would clarify that this section applies to
individuals whose native language is
not English or individuals with
disabilities who are enrolled or who
plan to enroll at an institution (i.e., not
only students).
Proposed § 668.153(a)(1) and (a)(3)
would remain largely unchanged from
the current regulations. Under proposed
§ 668.153(a)(2), an individual whose
native language is not English who is
enrolled or plans to enroll in a program
taught in English with an ESL
component would now be required to
take an English language proficiency
assessment approved under § 668.148(b)
and, before beginning the portion of the
program taught in English, a test
approved under § 668.146.
Proposed § 668.153(b) would be
revised by removing references to an
individual’s impairment and, in its
place, using the term individual with a
disability, which would be defined in
proposed § 668.142. The substantive
changes reflected in paragraph (b) of
proposed § 668.153 relate to the
documentation necessary to support the
determination that an individual has a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
disability and requires accommodations
for taking an approved test. If an
individual with a disability requires
accommodations—such as extra time or
a quiet room—for taking an approved
test, or is unable to be evaluated by the
use of an approved ATB test, the test
administrator would be required to
ensure that there is documentation to
support the alternative arrangements.
Proposed § 668.153(b)(4), which lists
potential sources of such
documentation, would be expanded to
include a record of the disability from
a local or State educational agency, or
other government agency, such as the
Social Security Administration or a
vocational rehabilitation agency that
identifies the disability and may include
a diagnosis as well as recommended
testing accommodations.
Reasons: We propose to refer to
‘‘individuals who are enrolled, or who
plan to enroll’’, instead of ‘‘students who
are enrolled’’, throughout this section
because it is common for individuals to
take ATB tests prior to enrollment.
We propose to make the changes
reflected in proposed § 668.153(a)(2) to
address a problem with the current
regulations, which require non-native
English speakers who enroll in a
program that is taught in English and
that has an ESL component to take
either an ESL test or an ATB test in the
student’s native language. Testing such
an individual in his or her native
language does not demonstrate that the
individual has the ability to benefit from
a program taught in English. Rather, for
these individuals, it is necessary first to
determine how proficient they are in
English. Therefore, proposed
§ 668.153(a)(2) would require
individuals who wish to enroll in such
a program to first take an English
language proficiency assessment to
determine appropriate placement in the
ESL component. Before such students
could begin a program taught in English,
they would be required to take a regular
ATB test in English.
Finally, we would revise
§ 668.153(b)(3) to require that test
administrators ensure that there is
adequate documentation to support
determinations that a test-taker is an
individual with a disability and requires
accommodations for taking an approved
test or is unable to be evaluated by the
use of an approved ATB test. The
examples of documentation that would
be added to § 668.153(b)(4) are provided
to assist institutions in understanding
what kinds of documentation are
appropriate for supporting a
determination that an individual has a
disability and requires accommodations
for taking an approved test.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Institutional Accountability (§ 668.154)
Current regulations: Current § 668.154
limits institutional liability for title IV,
HEA program funds disbursed to a
student whose eligibility is determined
under subpart J of part 668 only if the
institution used a test administrator
who: (1) was not independent of the
institution at the time the test was
given, (2) compromised the testing
process, or (3) was unable to
demonstrate that the student received a
passing score on an approved test.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.154 would largely track current
§ 668.154, except that it would provide
for institutional liability if institutions
used a test that was not administered
independently in accordance with
§ 668.151(b). In addition, in proposed
§ 668.154(b), we would clarify that an
institution would be liable if it or an
employee of the institution
compromised the test in any way.
Reasons: We propose to amend
§ 668.154(a) to provide that an
institution would be liable if the
institution used a test that was not
administered independently, in
accordance with § 668.151(b). In making
this change, we would clarify that ATB
tests must be administered
independently, whether in an
assessment center or by an independent
test administrator in order to preserve
the integrity of the testing process.
In addition, we propose to provide
that an institution would be held
responsible if either the institution or an
employee of the institution
compromises the testing process to
promote accountability.
Transitional Rule for the 1996–97
Award Year (§ 668.155)
Current regulations: Current § 668.155
contains a transitional rule for the 1996–
97 award year.
Proposed regulations: The proposed
regulations would remove current
§ 668.155 and reserve that section for
future use.
Reason: We propose to remove the
transitional rule for 1996–97 because it
is outdated.
Approved State Process (§ 668.156)
Current regulations: Current § 668.156
provides the requirements for the
Department’s approval of a State process
that serves as an alternative to the
requirement for passage of a test
approved under subpart J of part 668.
Proposed regulations: Proposed
§ 668.156 would remain largely
unchanged from current § 668.156. The
one change, in proposed § 668.156(e),
would specify that an approved State
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
process would become effective on the
date the Secretary approves the process
or six months after the State submits the
process for approval if the Secretary
neither approves nor disapproves the
process.
Reason: The change clarifies that the
effective date of a State process is the
date the process has been deemed to be
approved. We made this change to
clarify what the effective date of a
process is when the Secretary
affirmatively approves it.
Disbursements (§§ 668.164(i),
685.102(b), 685.301(e), 686.2(b), and
686.37(b))
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Provisions for Books and Supplies
Statute: Section 401(e) of the HEA
provides that an institution may credit
a student’s account with Federal Pell
Grant funds to pay for the cost of tuition
and fees, and for institutionally owned
housing, room, and board. For other
goods and services provided by the
institution, the student may elect to
have his or her account credited with
Federal Pell Grant funds to pay those
costs. In all other respects, section
401(e) provides that payments of
Federal Pell Grant funds are made in
accordance with regulations
promulgated by the Secretary. The HEA
does not address the issue of crediting
student accounts for the other title IV,
HEA programs.
Current regulations: Section
668.164(b) provides that an institution
must disburse title IV, HEA program
funds (except for FWS funds) on a
payment period basis. Section
668.164(d) reflects the statutory
requirements for crediting a student’s
account with Federal Pell Grant funds,
but provides that those requirements
also apply to ACG, National SMART
Grant, TEACH Grant, FSEOG, Federal
Perkins Loan, Direct Loan, and FFEL
program funds. In addition,
§§ 686.33(a), 690.76(a), and 691.76(a),
provide that for each payment period,
an institution may pay Federal Pell
Grants, ACGs, National SMART Grants,
and TEACH Grants to a student in a
time and manner that best meets the
student’s needs.
Proposed regulations: Under
proposed § 668.164(i), an institution
would provide a way for a Federal Pell
Grant eligible student to obtain or
purchase required books and supplies
by the seventh day of a payment period
under certain conditions. An institution
would have to comply with this
requirement only if, 10 days before the
beginning of the payment period, the
institution could disburse the title IV,
HEA program funds for which the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
student is eligible, and presuming that
those funds were disbursed, the student
would have a credit balance under
§ 668.164(e). The amount the institution
would provide to the student for books
and supplies would be the lesser of the
presumed credit balance or the amount
needed by the student, as determined by
the institution. In determining the
amount needed by the student, the
institution may use the actual costs of
books and supplies or the allowance for
books and supplies used in the student’s
cost of attendance for the payment
period.
Reasons: Although the current
regulations permit institutions to
disburse Federal Pell Grant and other
title IV, HEA program funds in a manner
that best meets the needs of students,
we have identified situations where
low-cost institutions delay disbursing
funds for an extended time, or make
partial disbursements to cover costs for
only tuition and fees. As a result of
these practices, students either have to
pay for books and supplies that would
otherwise be paid by title IV, HEA
program funds by obtaining loans, or do
without the books and supplies needed
at the beginning of the term or
enrollment period until the institution
makes the funds available. The
proposed regulations would reduce
these disbursement delays at some
institutions and enable students to
obtain their books and supplies in a
timely manner.
During the negotiated rulemaking
sessions, some of the non-Federal
negotiators stated that many institutions
advance funds (institutional funds or
title IV, HEA program funds) or issue
vouchers, or other credit vehicles, that
students use to obtain books and
supplies. The negotiators noted that if a
student to whom the institution
provided the advance or voucher does
not begin classes, the institution risks
losing the amount advanced. For
example, if the institution advanced
Federal Pell Grant funds to a student,
e.g., made a disbursement directly to the
student, and the institution could not
show that the student began attendance
in the payment period, under
§ 668.21(a)(1) the institution would be
liable and would have to return those
funds. For this reason, some of the nonFederal negotiators argued that in
exchange for requiring an institution to
advance funds or issue vouchers early
in the payment period, and before the
institution could establish that the
student began attendance, the student
should be liable under § 668.21 for
returning the funds.
In response to these concerns and
suggestions, the Department put forward
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34847
draft proposed regulations shifting the
liability to students, but that draft was
rejected by other non-Federal
negotiators for two reasons. First, these
negotiators believed that a student
should not be responsible for repaying
a debt under the title IV, HEA programs
because a student could be precluded
from enrolling again at a postsecondary
institution if the student did not repay
the debt or make satisfactory
arrangements to repay it. Second, some
of the non-Federal negotiators were
aware of predatory practices at some
institutions where students were
promised an advance of funds simply
for enrolling in programs at those
institutions, and these negotiators
believed that shifting the liability to
students would exacerbate these
practices.
Some of the non-Federal negotiators
noted that some public institutions must
request funds from a State office (unlike
other institutions that have direct
control of funds) and cautioned against
adopting any regulations that would
make it administratively difficult, if not
impossible, for these institutions to
comply with disbursement timelines.
These non-Federal negotiators suggested
that an advance or voucher for books
and supplies could be issued early in
the payment period only if the
institution determined that the student
was eligible and otherwise qualified for
title IV, HEA program funds before the
beginning of the payment period, and
this suggestion is reflected in the
proposed regulation.
The committee agreed to adopt
proposed § 668.164(i), believing it
provided an appropriate balance
between the need for students to be able
to purchase or obtain books and
supplies early in the payment period
and the administrative needs of
institutions.
Reporting Disbursements, Adjustments,
and Cancellations
Statute: None.
Current regulations: Sections
685.301(e) and 686.37(a) require an
institution to submit a record to the
Department for the initial disbursement
of a Direct Loan or TEACH Grant no
later than 30 days following the date of
that disbursement. In addition, an
institution must submit subsequent
records for disbursements, adjustments,
and cancellations of these program
funds no later than 30 days following
the date of those actions. However,
§ 690.83(a)(2) of the Federal Pell Grant
regulations provides that an institution
submits Payment Data in accordance
with procedures established by the
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34848
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Secretary through publication in the
Federal Register.
Proposed regulations: The proposed
regulations in §§ 685.301(e) and
686.37(b) would adopt the current
Federal Pell Grant reporting
requirements. Also, the definition of the
term ‘‘Payment Data’’ would be added to
the Direct Loan and TEACH Grant
program regulations in §§ 685.102(b)
and 686.2(b), respectively.
Reasons: The proposed regulations
would harmonize the reporting
requirements for the Federal Pell Grant,
TEACH Grant, and Direct Loan
programs and provide flexibility to the
Secretary to modify the requirements to
take advantage of changing technology
and improved business processes.
Executive Order 12866
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Regulatory Impact Analysis
Under Executive Order 12866, the
Secretary must determine whether the
regulatory action is ‘‘significant’’ and
therefore subject to the requirements of
the Executive Order and subject to
review by the OMB. Section 3(f) of
Executive Order 12866 defines a
‘‘significant regulatory action’’ as an
action likely to result in a rule that may
(1) have an annual effect on the
economy of $100 million or more, or
adversely affect a sector of the economy,
productivity, competition, jobs, the
environment, public health or safety, or
State, local or tribal governments or
communities in a material way (also
referred to as an ‘‘economically
significant’’ rule); (2) create serious
inconsistency or otherwise interfere
with an action taken or planned by
another agency; (3) materially alter the
budgetary impacts of entitlement grants,
user fees, or loan programs or the rights
and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) raise novel legal or policy issues
arising out of legal mandates, the
President’s priorities, or the principles
set forth in the Executive order.
Pursuant to the terms of the Executive
order, we have determined this
proposed regulatory action will have an
annual effect on the economy of more
than $100 million. Therefore, this action
is ‘‘economically significant’’ and subject
to OMB review under section 3(f)(1) of
Executive Order 12866.
Notwithstanding this determination, we
have assessed the potential costs and
benefits—both quantitative and
qualitative—of this regulatory action
and have determined that the benefits
justify the costs.
Need for Federal Regulatory Action
These proposed regulations are
needed to implement provisions of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
HEA, as amended by the HEOA,
particularly related to programs that
prepare students for gainful
employment, incentive compensation,
satisfactory academic progress policies,
and verification of information on
student aid applications which require
the development of new or revised
policies and disclosures for institutions
participating in Federal student
assistance programs. These regulations
also would implement changes made by
the HEOA to provisions related to
ability to benefit options.
Many regulatory provisions were
included in this NPRM because of the
length of time since they had been
updated or the provisions’ relationship
to significant developments, such as the
Department’s FAFSA simplification
initiative. In the following areas, the
Secretary has exercised limited
discretion in including topics in these
proposed regulations:
Definition of High School Diploma
(§ 668.16(p)): The proposed regulations
would require institutions to
demonstrate the capability to adequately
administer the program by developing
and following procedures to evaluate
the validity of a student’s high school
completion. A high school diploma is
an essential factor in determining an
institution’s participation in or a
student’s eligibility for assistance under
the title IV, HEA programs, but the term
is not defined anywhere in the HEA or
its implementing regulations. Under
proposed § 668.16(p), institutions would
have to verify a student’s high school
completion if the institution or the
Secretary has reason to believe a
student’s diploma is not valid or is not
from an entity that provides secondary
school education. This proposed
provision is not intended to create a
requirement to collect high school
diplomas from all students. Rather, it
allows operational flexibility so
institutions can choose the best
approach to make inquiries when
warranted. To assist in this process, the
Department is working to implement
changes in the FAFSA. Specifically,
beginning in 2011–2012, students will
be required to list the name of their
secondary school and the State that
issued their diploma when completing
their FAFSA. In addition, the
Department plans to issue guidance to
institutions on developing and
following procedures for evaluating the
validity of high school diplomas
through the Federal Student Aid
Handbook or other means.
Ability to Benefit (§§ 668.32 and
668.141 through 668.156): Students
without a high school diploma or its
equivalent may become eligible for title
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
IV, HEA program funds if they can
prove their ability to benefit from the
planned education by taking
Department-approved ability to benefit
tests or completing college coursework.
The current regulations specify the
criteria and procedures for approval of
ATB tests, the requirements for
independent administration of approved
tests, the requirements for maintaining
the Secretary’s approval of ATB tests,
and the procedures for the Secretary’s
approval of alternate State processes.
As discussed in the ability to benefit
section of this NPRM, the proposed
regulations would update the
procedures and requirements related to
the administration and suitability of
ability to benefit tests to ensure the
security of the test, perform an analysis
of test irregularities, take corrective
action when test irregularities occur,
report the names of decertified test
administrators to the Secretary, and to
handle testing of non-native speakers of
English and individuals with
disabilities. Several defined terms
would be modified or added to clarify
the regulations, including the terms
assessment center, independent test
administrator, test, test administrator,
and test publisher.
The proposed regulations related to
application for test approval would
consolidate requirements for test
publishers and States submitting tests
for approval because the processes have
common elements. Under the proposed
regulations, test publishers and States
would be required to show that their
tests are normed using a contemporary
sample that is representative of people
with a high school diploma instead of
people beyond the age of compulsory
school attendance. They would be
required to submit a description of their
test administrator certification process
that indicates how they will determine
that a test administrator has the
necessary training, knowledge, skills,
and integrity to test students in
accordance with requirements. Finally,
they would be required to describe how
they will determine that the test
administrator has the ability and
facilities to keep their tests secure
against disclosure or release.
In addition, the proposed regulations
would implement a new ability to
benefit option added by the HEOA that
allows students to satisfactorily
complete six credit hours or 225 clock
hours of college work applicable to a
degree or certificate offered by the
institution to prove ability to benefit. As
described in the Reasons section related
to this provision, the Department took
into consideration extensive discussions
at the negotiated rulemaking sessions in
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
developing this proposed regulatory
provision. One issue discussed was
whether the hours needed to be earned
need to be within the program in which
the student planned to enroll and for
which the student applied to receive
title IV, HEA program funds. Some
negotiators believed that, if the
coursework were not earned in the
program the student planned to enroll,
it might not be rigorous enough, and the
provision would not be effective as a
means of demonstrating the student’s
ability to benefit from the program in
which they intend to enroll. The
Department agreed with other nonFederal negotiators, who contended that
the statutory language did not impose
this kind of limitation and that students
often change their mind as to the
specific program of enrollment so the
simplest approach to the provision
would be best. The Department also
noted that the proposed provision
would be a financial aid requirement,
not an admissions criterion, and that an
institution could have a policy that it
does not admit any students who do not
have a high school diploma or the
equivalent.
Finally, the negotiators questioned
whether a student who established
student eligibility under one of the ATB
provisions could be paid for the
payment period in which eligibility was
established. The Department’s position
is that a student who establishes
eligibility by passing an ATB test during
a payment period may be paid for the
entire payment period, but that a
student who establishes eligibility
through coursework may not be paid for
the payment period during which the
student took the requisite coursework
because eligibility would not be
established until the payment period
was over.
Misrepresentation of Information to
Students and Prospective Students
(§§ 668.71 through 668.75): The
Secretary recognizes that choosing a
college or job training program is an
increasingly important and high-stakes
decision for students, and the
availability of accurate information
about institutions is crucial. Section 487
of the HEA and current regulations
prohibit any substantial
misrepresentation made by an
institution regarding the nature of its
educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its
graduates.
The Department proposes to
strengthen regulatory enforcement
authority against eligible institutions
that engage in substantial
misrepresentations. The proposed
regulations would restructure § 668.71
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
so that paragraph (a) describes the
actions the Secretary may take if the
Secretary determines that an eligible
institution has engaged in substantial
misrepresentation. These actions would
include revocation of the participation
agreement, limitations on title IV, HEA
participation, denial of participation
applications, or initiation of
proceedings against the institution.
The proposed regulations would
provide additional guidance to
institutions to ensure that marketing
materials and statements are an accurate
representation of the institution. The
proposed definition of
misrepresentation would restate the
current definition of the term (i.e., that
misrepresentation is any false,
erroneous, or misleading statement
made not only by the eligible
institution), but it would also clarify
that the term includes any false,
erroneous, or misleading statement
made by one of its representatives, or
any ineligible institution, organization,
or person with whom the eligible
institution has an agreement. Moreover,
we would clarify in the definition of
misrepresentation that it may be made
directly or indirectly to a student or a
member of the public in written, oral,
visual, or other form.
The proposed amendments in subpart
F of part 668 would add further detail
to the categories of misrepresentation
described in the current regulations
prohibiting misrepresentation. In
proposed § 668.72, which describe the
types of false, erroneous, or misleading
statements about an institution’s
educational program that would be
prohibited as misrepresentations, we
would expand the list of prohibited
misrepresentations to include false,
erroneous, or misleading statements
relating to the following: Institutional,
programmatic, or specialized
accreditation; conditions for acceptance
of transfer credits; whether completion
of a course of instruction qualifies
students to take licensing examinations
or meet other additional conditions
required for employment in the field for
which the program is represented to
prepare students; requirements to
complete the course of study and
conditions that would lead to
termination of enrollment; the
availability of unsolicited testimonials
or endorsements; the subject matter,
content of the course of study, and facts
about the degree, certificate, or other
completion document; and whether the
degree to be given has been authorized
by the appropriate State educational
agency.
Current § 668.73 describes prohibited
false, erroneous, or misleading
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34849
statements related to the cost of the
program and financial aid that is
available to students. Proposed § 668.73
would expand the categories to include
the cost of the program and the
institution’s refund policy if a student
does not complete the program; the
availability of any financial assistance
offered to students, including a
student’s loan repayment responsibility
regardless of program completion or
subsequent employment; and the
student’s right to apply for or reject any
particular type of financial aid or other
assistance. The Department agreed with
non-Federal negotiators that students
who enroll in a program should have
specific knowledge of the cost of the
program, its refund policy, and financial
aid options.
Current § 668.73 describes what
constitutes misrepresentation related to
the employability of an institution’s
graduates and these prohibitions would
be retained. Proposed § 668.73 would
prohibit false statements regarding an
institution’s knowledge of current or
likely future conditions, compensation,
or employment opportunities for its
graduates. Misrepresentations relating to
whether employment is being offered by
the institution or that a talent hunt or
contest is being conducted would also
be prohibited. In addition, institutions
would be prohibited from making false
statements about other requirements
that are generally needed in order to be
employed in certain fields. Negotiators
acknowledged that students need to be
informed about employment prospects
when considering postsecondary
program options, but were concerned
about the ability to provide accurate
information given the economic
environment and timeframes involved.
Current § 668.75 describes the
Department’s procedures for reviewing
allegations or complaints regarding
misrepresentation claims. The
Department proposes removing § 668.75
as these procedures have not been used
to take enforcement actions against
institutions for making substantial
misrepresentations. The Department has
used its other administrative remedies
to take the appropriate actions against
institutions found to have engaged in
misrepresentation. The proposed
regulations would create a new § 668.75
that would prohibit an institution from
suggesting that its participation in title
IV, HEA programs represents a
Departmental endorsement of the
quality of its educational programs.
Incentive Compensation (§ 668.14(b)):
Section 487(a)(20) of the HEA requires
that the title IV, HEA program
participation agreement prohibit an
institution from making any
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34850
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payments based directly or indirectly on
success in securing enrollments or
financial aid to any persons or entities
involved in student recruiting or
admissions activities, or in making
decisions about the award of student
financial assistance. This statutory
prohibition does not apply to the
recruitment of foreign students residing
in foreign countries who are not eligible
to receive Federal financial assistance.
Current regulations to implement HEA
Section 487(a)(20) specify twelve types
of activities and arrangements that do
not violate the prohibition on incentive
payments to an institution’s employees
based on success in securing
enrollments. The first safe harbor
explains the conditions under which an
institution may adjust compensation
without that compensation being
considered an incentive payment. The
twelve safe harbors describe the
conditions under which payments that
could potentially be construed as based
upon securing enrollments or financial
aid are nonetheless not covered by the
statutory prohibition. As described in
greater detail in the Reasons section
related to this provision, the safe
harbors under the existing regulations
dealt with adjustments to employee
compensation, enrollments in programs
not eligible for title IV, HEA program
funds, contracts to provide training,
profit-sharing bonus plans,
compensation based upon program
completion, pre-enrollment activities,
managerial and supervisory employees,
token gifts, profit distributions, Internetbased activities, and payments to third
parties.
The proposed regulations would
eliminate these safe harbors in response
to student and advisor complaints about
aggressive sales tactics from some
institutions, institutions’ concerns that a
lack of clear guidance made it difficult
to be confident of compliance, and the
Department’s experience that
unscrupulous actors routinely rely on
the safe harbors to circumvent the intent
of section 487(a)(20) of the HEA. The
regulations proposed by the Department
would eliminate the safe harbors and
prohibit incentive compensation linked
to enrollments for employees engaged in
recruitment, admissions, or financial aid
activities. Institutions would be able to
make merit-based adjustments that are
not based on securing enrollments or
the award of financial aid. The
clarifying remarks about the current safe
harbors in the preamble to this NPRM
describe the potential for non-compliant
conduct to be protected by the safe
harbors. The proposed regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
would require institutions to focus on
two questions when evaluating
employee bonus or incentive payments:
(1) Whether the payment is based on
success in securing enrollments; and (2)
whether the payment is an award of a
sum of money. If the answer to each
question is yes, the incentive or bonus
payment would not be permitted. NonFederal negotiators who agreed with the
Department supported the elimination
of the safe harbors as a way to reduce
non-compliance and to make the
regulations more consistent with the
statute. Other non-Federal negotiators
objected that the safe harbors were
needed to explain an unclear law and to
provide boundaries so institutions do
not unintentionally run afoul of the
regulations. As discussed in the
Regulatory Alternatives Considered
section below, negotiations about
incentive compensation and safe
harbors did not lead to agreement.
State Authorization as a Component
of Institutional Eligibility (§§ 600.4(a)(3),
600.5(a)(4), 600.6(a)(3), and 600.9): To
participate in the title IV, HEA student
aid programs, an institution must be
legally authorized to provide a
postsecondary educational program
within the State in which it is located.
Current regulations do not define or
describe the statutory requirement that
an institution must be legally authorized
in a State. State legal authorization can
be granted through a charter, license, or
other written document issued by an
appropriate agency or State official and
may be provided by a licensing board or
educational agency. Some States have
deferred approval of educational
institutions to accrediting agencies or
have exempted from State authorization
requirements a subset of institutions.
Since accrediting agencies generally
require that an institution be legally
operating in the State, the Department
was concerned that the checks and
balances provided by the separate
processes of accreditation and State
legal authorization were being
undermined. The different requirements
for authorization as an educational
institution allow some institutions to
move from State to State for less
oversight. There was also concern over
the Department’s existing policy that an
institution was authorized by a State by
virtue of the State’s decision not to have
any oversight over the institution. As
discussed in the Reasons section related
to this provision, the recent lapse in the
existence of California’s Bureau for
Private Postsecondary and Vocational
Education exemplified the weakness of
this policy in ensuring appropriate
oversight of Federal programs.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The proposed regulations would
clarify what constitutes State
authorization for participation in title
IV, HEA programs. According to the
Department’s proposal, legal
authorization is represented by a
charter, license, or other document from
a State agency or State entity that
specifically grants the authority to
operate postsecondary educational
programs, including those leading to a
degree or certificate. The State
authorization must be subject to adverse
action by the State and the State must
have a process to review and act on
complaints about an institution. An
institution would also be considered
legally authorized in a State if the
institution were authorized to offer
programs beyond secondary education
by the Federal Government or an Indian
Tribe as that term is described in 25
U.S.C. 1802(2) or if it were exempt from
State authorization as a religious
institution under the State constitution.
The proposed regulations also would
require a State to notify students of the
contact information for filing
complaints with an institution’s
accreditor and State licensing agency.
Gainful Employment (§§ 600.2, 600.4,
600.5, 600.6, 668.6, and 668.8): The
Department intends to begin collecting
information on completers of programs
that, by law, must lead to gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation. The proposed new
requirement would enable the
Department to further evaluate and
monitor the outcomes of these
programs.
Under proposed § 668.6(a), an
institution would annually submit
information about students who
complete a program that leads to gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation. That information would
include, at a minimum, identifying
information about each student who
completed a program, the CIP code for
that program, the date the student
completed the program, and the
amounts the student received from
private educational loans and
institutional financing plans. In
addition, under proposed § 668.6(b), an
institution would be required to
disclose on its Web site information
about (1) the occupations that its
programs prepare students to enter,
along with links to occupational profiles
on O*NET, (2) the on-time graduation
rate of students entering a program, (3)
the cost of each program, including
costs for tuition and fees, room and
board, and other institutional costs
typically incurred by students enrolling
in the program, such as books and
supplies, (4) beginning no later than
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
June 30, 2013, the placement rate for
students completing each of those
programs, as determined under
§ 668.8(g) or a State-sponsored
workforce data system; and (5) the
median loan debt incurred by students
who completed each program in the
preceding three years, identified
separately as title IV, HEA loan debt and
debt from private educational loans and
institutional financing plans.
Definition of a Credit Hour (§§ 600.2,
602.24, 603.24, and 668.8): Credit hours
are used to measure degree completion
and award title IV, HEA aid, but under
current regulations there is no
commonly accepted definition of a
credit hour. The increased availability
of weekend, evening, and distance
education programs complicates the
measurement of credit hours by seat
time in the definitions and conversion
formulas existing under current
regulations. In current § 668.8(k) and (l),
the regulations provide the formula that
certain undergraduate programs must
use to convert the number of clock
hours offered to the appropriate number
of credit hours, with each semester or
trimester hour requiring at least 30 clock
hours of instruction, and each quarter
hour requiring at least 20 hours of
instruction. An institution must use the
formula to determine if a program is
eligible for title IV, HEA purposes
unless (1) the institution offers an
undergraduate program in credit hours
that is at least two academic years in
length and leads to an associate degree,
a bachelor’s degree, or a professional
degree or (2) each course within the
program is acceptable for full credit
toward an associate degree, bachelor’s
degree, or professional degree offered by
the institution, and the degree offered
by the institution requires at least two
academic years of study.
The proposed regulations would add
a definition of a credit hour, amend
accrediting agency procedures for
reviewing the assignment of credit
hours, and revise the clock-to-credit
hour conversion formulas. Under the
proposed regulations, a credit hour is
defined as a unit measuring the amount
of work consisting of one hour of
classroom or direct faculty instruction
and at least two hours of student work
outside the classroom over a set period
of time. The required time period is
fifteen weeks for a semester or trimester
credit hour, ten to twelve weeks for a
quarter hour of credit, and the
equivalent amount of work for a
different amount of time. For other
activities that grant credit such as
internships, studio work, and laboratory
work, the institution must require at
least a comparable amount of work to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
award credit hours. For programs for
which the provisions above are not
appropriate, the institution must
establish reasonable equivalencies as
represented by learning outcomes for
the amount of work required in the
definition of a credit hour.
The credit hour was developed as part
of a process to establish a standard
measure of faculty workloads, costs of
instruction, and rates of educational
efficiencies as well as a measure of
student work for transfer students. A
standard measure will provide
increased assurance that a credit hour
has the necessary educational content to
support the amounts of Federal funds
that are awarded to participants in
Federal funding programs and that
students at different institutions are
treated equitably in the awarding of
those funds. During the negotiated
rulemaking sessions, a few of the nonFederal negotiators were opposed to any
proposal to define a credit hour because
they believed that a definition would
impinge upon an institution’s ability to
create innovative courses and teaching
methods. Other non-Federal negotiators
agreed with the Department that the
proposed definition of a credit hour
would provide sufficient flexibilities for
institutions and supported keeping it in
the proposed regulations. In response to
these concerns, the proposed
regulations were changed to allow
institutions to establish reasonable
equivalent measures of a credit hour in
accordance with its accrediting agency’s
requirements and adopt alternative
measures of student work. The proposed
definition of a credit hour does not
change the policy providing funding
based only on credit hours that are the
direct result of postsecondary student
work and not Advanced Placement (AP)
or International Baccalaureate (IB)
programs, tests or testing out, life
experience, or similar competency
measures. No agreement was reached on
this issue due to the belief of some nonFederal negotiators that a definition
would limit an institution’s ability to
use alternative measures of student
work.
In addition, the proposed regulations
require accrediting agencies to review
an institution’s assignment of credit
hours and determine that they comply
with accepted practice in higher
education. Accrediting agencies may
use sampling or other methods in
reviews of programs at institutions. The
accrediting agency must take actions to
address deficiencies identified in such a
review and must inform the Secretary if
it finds systemic noncompliance or
significant noncompliance in one or
more programs at an institution.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34851
Finally, the proposed regulations
would revise the clock-to-credit hour
conversion process. Proposed
§ 668.8(l)(1) would modify existing
clock hour to credit hour conversion
formulas so a semester or trimester
credit hour must include at least 37.5
clock hours of instruction and a quarter
hour must include at least 25 clock
hours of instruction. If an institution’s
process for determining credit hours has
not been found deficient by the
accrediting or State licensing agency,
then the minimum clock hours of
instruction can be reduced to 30 for
semester and trimester programs and 20
for quarter programs as long as the
combined instruction and work outside
the class meets the longer requirements
described above. With respect to the
definition of an eligible program in
§ 668.8, the proposed regulations
require that institutions demonstrate
that students enroll in and graduate
from the degree program. The proposed
regulations also require a program to use
clock hours when accrediting agencies
determine that an institution’s policies
and procedures about credit hours are
deficient or when completing clock
hours is required for graduates to apply
for a license or authorization to practice
their intended occupation.
Written Agreements between
Institutions of Higher Education
(§§ 668.5 and 668.43): Under current
regulations, two or more institutions
may enter into agreements for students
to continue receiving title IV, HEA
funds when studying away from their
‘‘home’’ institution. These agreements fit
into three categories: (1) consortium
agreements between eligible
institutions; (2) contractual agreements
between an eligible institution and an
ineligible institution; and (3) study
abroad arrangements, which may
involve a consortium or contractual
agreement between two or more
institutions. There is no requirement in
either § 668.5 or 668.43 of the current
regulations that institutions provide
information on written arrangements to
enrolled or prospective students.
The proposed regulations would
address issues related to written
agreements between institutions with
common ownership, restrict agreements
with ineligible institutions, and expand
student notification requirements
related to written agreements. The
proposed regulations would redefine the
home institution from the one that
enrolls the student to the one that grants
the degree or certificate. Proposed
§ 668.5(a)(2) would specify that if the
institutions involved in a written
agreement are controlled by the same
individual, partnership, or corporation,
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34852
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
the institution that grants the degree
must provide more than 50 percent of
the educational program. This would
address concerns that such agreements
could be used to circumvent regulations
governing cohort default rates and ‘‘90–
10’’ provisions. For contractual
agreements between an eligible
institution and an ineligible institution,
the proposed regulations would add a
restriction that the ineligible institution
has not had its certification to
participate in title IV, HEA programs
revoked or had its application for recertification denied. The proposed
regulations also would limit the portion
of the education program that the
ineligible institution could provide to
less than 50 percent. The proposed
regulations would also require
institutions to provide information
about written agreements to students.
This information would need to include
the portion of the program the home
institution is not providing, estimated
additional costs that would be incurred,
the method of delivery for the portion
of education outside the home
institution, and the name and locations
of the other institutions. During
negotiations, the Department explained
that the proposed disclosure
requirements would apply to blanket,
existing arrangements between or
among institutions and not to
individual, student-initiated written
arrangements, or internships and
externships.
Verification of Information Included
on Student Aid Applications (§§ 668.52
through 668.61): Under current
regulations, institutions are required to
verify the application information of up
to 30 percent of Federal financial aid
applicants selected by the Secretary in
a given award year. Institutions have
expressed concern that this verification
process is overly complicated and
invasive for applicants’ families.
Current subpart E of part 668 governs
the verification and updating of the
FAFSA information used to calculate an
applicant’s expected family contribution
(EFC) as part of the determination of an
applicant’s need for student financial
assistance. These proposed regulations
would implement statutory changes to
Part F of the HEA made by the HEOA
and further align these regulations with
enhancements that have been made to
the application processing system.
Based on the Department’s review of
current policies and procedures, the
changes reflected in these proposed
regulations would remove obsolete
definitions, procedures, and references
to programs and would include: (1)
Describing institutional and applicant
responsibilities for updating FAFSA
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
information; (2) removing and refining
definitions related to the FAFSA
application; (3) codifying current policy
that an institution must complete
verification before exercising any
authority under professional judgment;
(4) removing the 30 percent cap on the
number of applicants selected by the
Secretary that an institution must verify
in order to move towards a more
targeted verification system; (5)
restructuring the exclusions from
verification section; (6) requiring any
changes to a student’s dependency
status be updated throughout the award
year, including changes in marital
status; (7) replacing the five items that
an institution currently verifies with a
targeted verification process that is
specific to each applicant selected as
described in a Federal Register notice
published annually by the Secretary; (8)
codifying the Department’s IRS Data
Retrieval Process, which allows an
applicant to import income and other
data from the IRS into an online FAFSA;
(9) updating the IRS deadline granted
for extension filers; (10) clarifying when
an institution is required to reverify the
AGI and taxes paid by an applicant and
his or her spouse or parents for
individuals with an IRS tax filing
extension; (11) expanding the
information a tax preparer must provide
on the copy of the filer’s return that has
been signed by the preparer; (12)
describing in an annual Federal
Register notice other documentation
that an applicant must provide for the
information that is selected for
verification; (13) allowing interim
disbursements when changes to an
applicant’s FAFSA information would
not change the amount the applicant
would receive under a title IV, HEA;
(14) requiring all corrections to be
submitted to the Secretary for
reprocessing; (15) removing all
allowable tolerances; (16) applying the
cash management procedures for
proceeds received from a Subsidized
Stafford Loan or Direct Subsidized Loan
on behalf of an applicant; and (17)
describing the liability of an institution
that disburses title IV, HEA aid to an
applicant without receiving a corrected
SAR or ISIR within an established
deadline.
The proposed verification regulations
would align the verification process
with the effort to simplify the FAFSA
and make it flexible enough to
accommodate future changes while still
ensuring that students who receive
Federal aid funds are eligible.
Institutions would be required to
establish procedures that are consistent
with these provisions. For example, an
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
institution would be required to
complete an applicant’s verification
before it could exercise its authority to
change the applicant’s cost of
attendance or data items to calculate the
expected family contribution.
Applicants may be excluded from
verification if they do not receive aid
under title IV, HEA programs for
reasons outside of verification
questions, only receive unsubsidized
aid, or transfer from another institution
where verification was already
performed as proven by a letter with
ISIR number from that institution. The
specific items to be verified under the
proposed regulations would be
published by the Secretary in the
Federal Register for each award year.
The regulations would also allow for
information to be verified as having
come from the IRS instead of requiring
an applicant’s tax form.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
(§§ 668.16(e), 668.32(f), 668.34): To be
eligible for Federal financial aid under
title IV of the HEA, students must make
satisfactory academic progress (‘‘SAP’’)
and institutions must have a published
policy to monitor that progress. As
detailed in the Satisfactory Academic
Progress section of this preamble, the
SAP policy must include grade-based
and time-related standards, must apply
consistently to students within
categories, must be as strict for title IV,
HEA aid recipients as for non-recipients
in the same educational program, must
describe the circumstances under which
a student may appeal a determination
that the student is not making
satisfactory academic progress, and
must require an institution to review a
student’s academic progress at the end
of each year, at a minimum. The
proposed regulations would restructure
the satisfactory academic progress
requirements so that § 668.16(e) would
be revised to include only the
requirement that an institution
establish, publish, and apply
satisfactory academic progress
standards. The remainder of § 668.16(e)
would be moved to proposed § 668.34
so that that provision would contain all
of the required elements of a satisfactory
academic progress policy as well as how
an institution would implement such a
policy.
All of the policy elements in the
current regulations under §§ 668.16(e)
and 668.34 would be combined in
proposed § 668.34. The timing
provisions would maintain the
maximum timeframe of 150 percent of
the published length of the educational
program whether measured in credit
hours or clock hours (reflected in
current § 668.16(e)(2)(ii)(A)). SAP
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
policies would need to describe how the
institution treats withdrawals, course
repetitions, and transfers from another
institution. For educational programs
greater than two academic years,
students must have a GPA of ‘‘C’’ or its
equivalent at the end of the second year
or have academic standing that is
consistent with the institution’s
graduation requirements. The proposed
regulations would not require
institutions to permit students to
appeal. An institution that permits
appeals, however, would be required to
describe the appeals process in its
satisfactory academic progress policy.
Under proposed § 668.34(a)(9)(ii), a
student would be permitted to file an
appeal based on the death of a relative,
an injury or illness of the student, or
other special circumstances. Under
proposed § 668.34(a)(9)(iii), a student
would be required to submit, as part of
the appeal, information regarding why
the student failed to make satisfactory
academic progress, and what has
changed in the student’s situation that
would allow the student to demonstrate
satisfactory academic progress at the
next evaluation. If an institution does
not permit appeals, the satisfactory
academic policy must describe how a
student may regain eligibility for
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs. Proposed § 668.34(a)(11)
would require that an institution’s
policy provide for notification to
students of the results of an evaluation
that impacts the student’s eligibility for
title IV, HEA program funds.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(8) would require
institutions that use ‘‘financial aid
warning’’ and ‘‘financial aid probation’’
statuses in connection with satisfactory
academic progress evaluations to
describe these statuses and how they are
used in their satisfactory academic
progress policies. The term financial aid
warning would be defined as a status
conferred automatically and without
action by a student, while the term
financial aid probation would be
defined as a status conferred after a
student has submitted an appeal that
has been granted. In order to encourage
institutions to provide additional
support to students in a timely manner,
the proposed regulations would permit
institutions that review student progress
at the end of each payment period to
place students on financial aid warning
for one payment period. Proposed
§ 668.34(a)(8)(ii) would make clear that
an institution with a satisfactory
academic progress policy that includes
the use of the financial aid probation
status could require that a student on
financial aid probation fulfill specific
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
terms and conditions, such as taking a
reduced course load or enrolling in
specific courses.
Recent questions from institutions
and reviews of institutional satisfactory
academic progress policies have
suggested that it is possible for an
institution to have a policy that meets
all of the current regulatory criteria, but
due to use of automatic probationary
periods, permits students to receive aid
for as long as 24 months even though
they are not meeting the institution’s
satisfactory progress standards. The
proposed regulations are designed to
implement a more structured,
comprehensive, and consistent
approach to development and
implementation of institutional
satisfactory progress policies.
Retaking Coursework (§ 668.2): The
proposed regulations would amend the
definition of ‘‘full-time student’’ in
§ 668.2 to allow repeated coursework to
count towards a student’s enrollment
status in term-based programs.
Currently, students in term-based credit
hour programs may get paid for retaking
courses as long as the credits are in
addition to and not a replacement for
previously earned credits, and the
student meets the institution’s overall
satisfactory academic progress
standards. Non-Federal negotiators
expressed concern that institutions were
unable to track this information without
a burdensome program audit of each
individual student. The Department
agreed and proposed to amend the
definition of full-time to allow such
credits to count toward enrollment
status and eligibility for payment under
the title IV, HEA programs. Tentative
agreement was reached on this issue.
Return of Title IV, HEA Program
Funds: Term-based Programs with
Modules or Compressed Courses
(§ 668.22(a) and (f)): Current regulations
related to the return of title IV, HEA
program funds when a student
withdraws do not address the issue of
student withdrawals from programs
with courses in modules or compressed
courses. Under current regulations,
when a student withdraws from an
institution, the institution must
determine the amount of title IV, HEA
aid the student has earned for the period
the student attended. For term based
programs with several courses offered
concurrently for the length of the term,
the student may remain in one course
and not be considered as withdrawn.
Department policy equates the
completion of one course or module,
within a term in which a student is
expected to continue attendance in
additional coursework, to the
completion of one traditional course in
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34853
a program with courses taken
concurrently over the full term. As a
result of this policy, a student who
attends a week or two of a fifteen week
term and completes a module will not
be determined to have withdrawn, so
the student or the institution can keep
aid intended to cover fifteen weeks.
The proposed regulations offer an
opportunity to review this policy. Under
the proposed regulations, students
would be considered withdrawn as
follows: In programs measured in credit
hours, if the student does not complete
all the days in the payment period or
period of enrollment that the student
was scheduled to complete prior to
withdrawing. For credit hour programs,
the calculation of the percentage of the
payment period or period of enrollment
completed would take into account the
total number of calendar days that the
student was scheduled to complete
prior to withdrawing without regard to
any course completed by the student
that is less than the length of the term.
In the case of a program that is
measured in clock hours, the student
would be considered to have withdrawn
if he or she does not complete all of the
clock hours in the payment period or
period of enrollment that the student
was scheduled to complete prior to
withdrawing.
Return of Title IV, HEA Program
Funds: Taking Attendance (§ 668.22(b)):
In order to implement provisions related
to the return of funds when a student
withdraws, institutions must be able to
determine the date a student is
considered to have withdrawn. Current
regulations specify distinctions between
institutions required to take attendance
by an outside agency and those
institutions that are not required to take
attendance. For institutions required to
take attendance, the date of withdrawal
is determined from attendance records.
For other institutions, the date of
withdrawal may be the date the student
initiated the withdrawal process, the
date the student provided official notice
of intent to withdraw, the midpoint of
the payment period if the student gave
no notice of withdrawal, or, in lieu of
the above, the last day of the student’s
attendance at an academically-related
activity. The lack of precision for a
withdrawal date for these institutions
potentially allows the abuse of Federal
funds.
The proposed regulations would
require that if an institution has
attendance records, as required by an
outside entity or the institution itself,
the attendance records should be used
for the withdrawal date. Current
nonregulatory guidance regarding an
institution that is required to take
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34854
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
attendance, or requires that attendance
be taken, for a limited period of time,
such as for the first two weeks of
courses or up until a ‘‘census date’’
would be incorporated. These proposed
provisions would specify that an
institution must use its attendance
records to determine a withdrawal date
for a student who withdraws during that
limited period, and a student who
subsequently stops attending during the
payment period would be treated as a
student for whom the institution was
not required to take attendance. The
proposed regulations would also
incorporate current guidance that if an
institution is required to take
attendance, or requires that attendance
be taken, on a specified date to meet a
census reporting requirement, the
institution is not considered to take
attendance.
Non-Federal negotiators pointed out
that having to determine a more exact
date of withdrawal, as opposed to
assuming a 50 percent point, would be
more burdensome. They also noted that
attendance does not necessarily
accurately reflect academic activity, and
also stated that they cannot ensure that
faculty members will keep accurate and
up-to-date attendance records. The
Department recognizes these concerns,
but maintains that the best date
available should be used to determine
the amount of time that a student was
in attendance to support the fair
treatment of students and avoid the
potential for fraud and abuse of Federal
funds.
Disbursements of Title IV, HEA
Program Funds (§ 668.164(i)): As
described in the preamble to this NPRM,
current regulations provide that an
institution must disburse title IV, HEA
program funds (except for FWS funds)
on a payment period basis and establish
requirements for crediting a student’s
account with Federal Pell Grant funds.
Those requirements also apply to ACG,
National SMART Grant, TEACH Grant,
FSEOG, Federal Perkins Loan, Direct
Loan, and FFEL program funds. Current
regulations permit institutions to
disburse Pell Grants in a manner that
best meets the needs of the student, and
the proposed regulations would add
provisions to specifically limit delays in
disbursements.
Students who do not receive Pell
Grants in a timely manner may resort to
taking loans or using personal funds, go
without needed items such as books, or
withdraw from school for financial
reasons. The proposed regulations will
require institutions to provide a way for
a Federal Pell Grant eligible student to
obtain or purchase required books and
supplies by the seventh day of a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
payment period under certain
conditions. The proposed regulations
would limit the required early payment
of anticipated credit balances to Federal
Pell Grant-eligible students who have
met all disbursement requirements 10
days before the first day of class for the
payment period, and apply only if the
student will have a title IV, HEA credit
balance. The proposed language gives
institutions the flexibility to determine
the method by which they provide
funds to students, which can include a
book voucher or crediting books to the
student’s institutional account. The
proposed regulations would not change
existing liability if the student never
begins attendance in any classes,
leaving it with the institutions and not
the students.
The following section addresses the
alternatives that the Secretary
considered in developing these
proposed regulations. These alternatives
are also discussed in more detail in the
Reasons sections of this preamble
related to the specific regulatory
provisions.
Regulatory Alternatives Considered
Definition of High School Diploma
(§ 668.16(p)): Initially, the Secretary
proposed regulatory language that that
would have required institutions to
maintain three listings of secondary
schools (schools that are acceptable,
schools that are unacceptable, and
schools that require further evaluation)
based on regulatory criteria for
determining the acceptability of their
credential for title IV, HEA program
purposes. Non-Federal negotiators
objected that K–12 issues should be
handled at the State level and that
requiring institutions to maintain such
lists was too great an administrative
burden. Based on these concerns, the
Department agreed to assume
responsibility for establishing and
maintaining a list of valid secondary
schools, and tentative agreement was
reached on this provision.
Incentive Compensation (§ 668.14(b)):
As discussed in the Incentive
Compensation section of the preamble,
non-Federal negotiators proposed and
counter-proposed draft regulatory
language related to incentive
compensation for the Department to
consider. In turn, the Department
addressed some of the isues raised in
the negotiations. For example, the
Department made clear that any
individuals who are engaged in any
student recruitment or admissions
activity or in making decisions about
the award of student financial aid—
including those in supervisory
positions—would be impacted by these
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposed provisions. Moreover, the
Department clarified that the following
activities would not necessarily be
prohibited under the proposed
regulations: the use of volume-driven
shared services, contracts for financial
aid services based on a headcount basis,
third party Internet marketing activities
paid based on clicks and not
enrollments, and token gifts for contacts
not linked to enrollments.
The Department agreed to include a
definition of the term commission,
bonus, or other incentive payment in the
proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(iii)(A) that is
unambiguous in prohibiting payment of
any money or item of value on the basis
of direct or indirect success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid.
Several negotiators were concerned
that under the proposed regulations,
institutions would be prohibited from
paying merit-based increases to their
financial aid or admissions personnel.
The Department contends that an
institution could use a variety of
standard evaluative factors as the basis
for such an increase; however, it would
not be permitted to consider the
employee’s success in securing student
enrollments or the award of financial
aid or related institutional goals based
on that success among those factors.
One negotiator felt strongly that it was
critical to use the word ‘‘solely,’’ or some
other modifier, to limit the prohibition
in proposed § 668.14(b)(22)(i). This
negotiator said that the use of the word
solely, or some other modifier, would be
consistent with the use of that term
solely in the first safe harbor reflected
in current § 668.14(b)(22)(ii)(A). As
discussed earlier in this preamble, given
the Department’s experience with how
the first safe harbor in current
§ 668.14(b)(22) has been abused, the
Department does not believe that such
a construction is warranted. In addition,
some negotiators advocated strongly for
an institution’s ability to pay bonuses
on the basis of students who complete
their program. The Department believes
that these regulations must clearly
reinforce the statutory provision and
exclude the possibility of basing any
portion of an adjustment on success in
securing student enrollments or
financial aid awards. No agreement was
reached on incentive compensation.
State Authorization as a Component
of Institutional Eligibility (§§ 600.4(a)(3),
600.5(a)(4), 600.6(a)(3), and 600.9): The
Department clarified aspects of this
provision in response to concerns
expressed by non-Federal negotiators.
Federal or Indian Tribe authorization
was included, and the ability of State
entities other than State Agencies such
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
as State legislatures and State
Constitutions to grant authorization was
made explicit. Provisions concerning
monitoring the quality of educational
programs and financial responsibility
were removed as unnecessarily
duplicative of Federal or accrediting
agency actions. The Reasons section of
the preamble details the development of
this provision. Some negotiators
remained concerned that these proposed
regulations would allow States to
continue to rely on an institution’s
status with an outside entity for State
legal authorization and that there would
no longer be a requirement that a State
review an institution’s fiscal viability.
No agreement was reached on this
provision.
Written Agreements between
Institutions of Higher Education
(§§ 668.5 and 668.43): During negotiated
rulemaking, the Department’s initial
proposal was to require accrediting or
State agency review of written
agreements between institutions of
higher education if the portion of an
educational program provided under the
written arrangement with another
eligible institution, or with a consortium
of eligible institutions, were more than
50 percent. Subsequently, several nonFederal negotiators explained that,
contrary to the Department’s initial
understanding, it was not common
practice for accrediting agencies to
review a significant portion of written
arrangements, even those between or
among eligible institutions. After
hearing concerns about increased
workloads and impeded development of
innovative programs, the Department
agreed to reconsider its draft regulatory
language and to focus the proposed
changes more narrowly on the types of
institutions and situations where
problems had been identified. The
Department subsequently proposed
limiting the portion of an educational
program that could be provided under a
written arrangement between two
eligible for-profit institutions under
common ownership or control to 25
percent. After negotiations about the
appropriate percentage and the
institutions to which it should apply,
the Department agreed to revise the
proposed language to refer to eligible
institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same individual, partnership or
corporation and to specify that the
institution that grants the degree or
certificate must provide 50 percent or
more of the educational program. When
presenting this draft regulatory language
to the negotiated rulemaking committee,
the Federal negotiator explained that it
is not the Department’s intention for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
either public or private, non-profit
institutions to be covered by the
proposed language as such institutions
are not owned or controlled by other
entities and generally act autonomously.
Return of Title IV, HEA Program
Funds: Term-based Programs with
Modules or Compressed Courses
(§ 668.22(a) and (f)): During the
negotiation sessions, non-Federal
negotiators expressed concern that the
proposed regulations would penalize
students and burden institutions with a
significant increase in the number of
return to title IV, HEA funds
calculations. The non-Federal
negotiators presented three options to
address their concerns. The first option
was to exclude students who completed
the same enrollment status for which
they were originally paid title IV, HEA
aid. The second option was to exclude
students who completed 50 percent of
the credits that were awarded and 50
percent of the projected enrollment
time. The third option was to only apply
the proposed regulations to compressed
coursework that was shorter than a ‘‘tobe-determined’’ percent of the payment
period; the non-Federal negotiators did
not reach agreement as to what the
appropriate percentage should be. The
Department appreciates the concerns
expressed by the non-Federal
negotiators, but continues to believe that
the proposed changes are necessary to
ensure the equitable application of these
provisions for all students, regardless of
the academic calendar of the programs
that students are attending.
Disbursements of Title IV, HEA
Program Funds (§ 668.164(i)): Some
non-Federal negotiators stated that
many institutions advance funds or
issue vouchers that students use to
obtain books and supplies, and that
under current regulations, the
institution risks losing the amount
advanced if the student does not begin
classes. For this reason, these nonFederal negotiators argued that in
exchange for requiring an institution to
advance funds or issue vouchers early
in the payment period before the
institution could establish student
attendance, the student should be liable
for returning the funds. In response to
this concern, the Department drafted
regulatory language to shift liability for
this debt to students, but the proposal
was rejected. Other negotiators objected
that student liability for this debt might
preclude reenrollment or exacerbate
predatory practices at some institutions
where students were promised an
advance of funds simply for enrolling in
programs. As a result of these
negotiations, the proposed regulations
keep liability at the institutional level.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34855
Benefits
Benefits provided in these proposed
regulations include updated
administrative procedures for the
Federal student aid programs; a
definition and process to determine the
validity of a student’s high school
diploma; enhanced reliability and
security of ATB tests; an additional
option for students to prove ability to
benefit by successfully completing
college coursework; increased clarity
about incentive compensation for
employees at institutions of higher
education; reporting of information on
program completers for programs
leading to gainful employment,
including costs, debt levels, graduation
rates, and placement rates; the
establishment of minimum standards for
credit hours; greater transparency for
borrowers participating in the programs
offered under written agreements
between institutions; greater detail
about misrepresentation in marketing
and recruitment materials; a more
structured and consistent approach to
the development and implementation of
satisfactory academic progress policies;
updated and simplified procedures for
verifying FAFSA applicant information;
updated regulations related to the return
of title IV, HEA funds when a student
withdraws; harmonization of Direct
Loan and Teach Grant disbursement
procedures with other title IV, HEA
programs; and revised disbursement
requirements to ensure Federal Pell
Grant recipients can access funds in a
timely manner. It is difficult to quantify
benefits related to the new institutional
and other third-party requirements, as
there is little specific data available on
the effect of the provisions on
borrowers, institutions, or the Federal
taxpayer. The Department is interested
in receiving comments or data that
would support a more rigorous analysis
of the impact of these provisions.
As discussed in greater detail under
Net Budget Impacts, these proposed
provisions result in net costs to the
government of $0.0 million over 2011–
2015.
Costs
Several of the proposed regulations
would require regulated entities to
develop new disclosures and other
materials, as well as accompanying
dissemination processes. Institutions
would also be required to update
existing policies and procedures related
to satisfactory academic progress. Other
proposed regulations generally would
require discrete changes in specific
parameters associated with existing
requirements—such as changes to title
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34856
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
IV, HEA disbursement procedures,
updated processes for verification of
FAFSA application information, clearer
standards for the return of title IV, HEA
program funds following a student’s
withdrawal, and updated definitions
and processes for confirming the
validity of a high school diploma
—rather than wholly new requirements.
Accordingly, entities wishing to
continue to participate in the title IV,
HEA programs have already absorbed
many of the administrative costs related
to implementing these proposed
regulations. Marginal costs over this
baseline are primarily due to new
procedures that, while possibly
significant in some cases, are an
unavoidable cost of continued program
participation.
The Department would welcome
comment on the analysis presented
here. We also welcome analyses that
others have done on this proposal
which we will consider as we assess the
impact of the proposed regulation as we
prepare to publish it in final form later
this year.
In assessing the potential impact of
these proposed regulations, the
Department recognizes that certain
provisions are likely to increase
workload for some program
participants. This additional workload
is discussed in more detail under the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
section of this preamble. Additional
workload would normally be expected
to result in estimated costs associated
with either the hiring of additional
employees or opportunity costs related
to the reassignment of existing staff from
other activities. In total, these proposed
changes are estimated to increase
burden on entities participating in the
Federal Student Assistance programs by
5,756,506 hours. Of this increased
burden, 3,596,111 hours are associated
with institutions, 9,454 hours with ATB
test publishers and ATB test
administrators. An additional 2,150,941
hours are associated with borrowers,
generally reflecting the time required to
read new disclosures or submit required
information.
As detailed in the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 section of this
NPRM, the additional paperwork
burden is attributable to several
provisions, with the greatest additional
burden coming from the revised FAFSA
verification process. Of the 3.6 million
hours of additional burden associated
with institutions, 1.8 million relate to
FAFSA verification. While the average
number of items to be verified is
expected to decrease, the growth in the
number of applicants and the
requirement to submit all changes to the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
Department is estimated to increase
overall burden. Other paperwork burden
increases include 729,725 hours related
to academic reviews and development
of academic plans under proposed
§ 668.34, 425,075 hours related to
calculation of unearned amounts when
a student withdraws under proposed
§ 668.22, 289,005 hours associated with
updating marital and dependency status
under proposed § 668.55, 105,377 hours
related to the gainful employment
reporting and disclosure provisions in
proposed § 668.6, 48,391 hours related
to ATB test administration and
reporting under proposed §§ 668.151
and 668.152, 67,870 hours associated
with disclosure of information about an
institution’s written agreements in
proposed § 668.43, 54,337 hours related
to disbursement of funds to Pell Grant
recipients for books and supplies under
proposed § 668.164, 21,982 hours
related to the development of a high
school diploma validation process and
the validation of questionable diplomas
under proposed § 668.16, and 18,349
hours related to clock hour to credit
hour conversion and the inclusion of
outside work for program eligibility
under proposed § 668.8. For ATB test
publishers and administrators, the
increased burden of 9,454 hours comes
from the reporting, recordkeeping, test
anomaly analysis and other
requirements in proposed §§ 668.144,
668.150, and 668.151. The increased
burden on students is concentrated in
the FAFSA verification and status
updating processes with 1,604,800
hours under proposed §§ 668.55, 668.56,
and 668.59, with additional burden
associated with the withdrawal process
under § 668.22 and satisfactory
academic progress policies under
§ 668.34.
Thus, for the specific information
collections listed in the Paperwork
Reduction Act section of this notice, the
total cost estimates are as follows: For
Information Collection 1845–0041, the
total cost will be $65,913,938, for
Information Collection 1845–NEW2, the
total cost attributable to these regulatory
changes will be $18,750,120, for
Information Collection 1845–0022, the
total cost will be $13,900,328, for
Information Collection 1845–NEW1, the
total cost attributable to the regulatory
changes will be $2,182,885, for
Information Collection 1845–0049, the
total cost will be $1,097,588, and for
Information Collection 1845–NEW3, the
total cost attributable to these regulatory
changes will be $1,012,461.
The monetized cost of this additional
burden, using wage data developed
using Bureau of Labor Statistics
available at https://www.bls.gov/ncs/ect/
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
sp/ecsuphst.pdf, is $102,677,320, of
which $67.23 million is associated with
institutions, $0.18 million with ATB test
publishers and administrators, and
$35.28 million with borrowers. For
institutions, test publishers, and test
administrators, an hourly rate of $18.63
was used to monetize the burden of
these provisions. This was a blended
rate based on wages of $15.51 for office
and administrative staff and $36.33 for
managers, assuming that office staff
would perform 85 percent of the work
affected by these regulations. For the
gainful employment provision, an
hourly rate of $20.71 was used to reflect
increased management time to establish
new data collection procedures
associated with that provision. For
students, the first quarter 2010 median
weekly earnings for full-time wage and
salary workers were used. This was
weighted to reflect the age profile of the
student loan portfolio, with half at the
$457 per week of the 20 to 24 age
bracket and half at the $691 per week
of the 25 to 34 year old bracket. This
resulted in a $16.40 hourly wage rate to
use in monetizing the burden on
students.
Given the limited data available, the
Department is particularly interested in
comments and supporting information
related to possible burden stemming
from any additional workload expected
under the proposed regulations.
Estimates included in this NPRM will
be reevaluated based on any information
received during the public comment
period.
Net Budget Impacts
The proposed regulations are
estimated to have a net budget impact
of $0.0 million over FY 2011–2015.
Consistent with the requirements of the
Credit Reform Act of 1990, budget cost
estimates for the student loan programs
reflect the estimated net present value of
all future non-administrative Federal
costs associated with a cohort of loans.
(A cohort reflects all loans originated in
a given fiscal year.)
These estimates were developed using
the Office of Management and Budget’s
(OMB) Credit Subsidy Calculator. (This
calculator will also be used for reestimates of prior-year costs, which will
be performed each year beginning in FY
2009). The OMB calculator takes
projected future cash flows from the
Department’s student loan cost
estimation model and produces
discounted subsidy rates reflecting the
net present value of all future Federal
costs associated with awards made in a
given fiscal year. Values are calculated
using a ‘‘basket of zeros’’ methodology
under which each cash flow is
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
discounted using the interest rate of a
zero-coupon Treasury bond with the
same maturity as that cash flow. To
ensure comparability across programs,
this methodology is incorporated into
the calculator and used governmentwide to develop estimates of the Federal
cost of credit programs. Accordingly,
the Department believes it is the
appropriate methodology to use in
developing estimates for these proposed
regulations. That said, however, in
developing the following Accounting
Statement, the Department consulted
with OMB on how to integrate our
discounting methodology with the
discounting methodology traditionally
used in developing regulatory impact
analyses.
Absent evidence on the impact of
these proposed regulations on student
behavior, budget cost estimates were
based on behavior as reflected in
various Department data sets and
longitudinal surveys listed under
Assumptions, Limitations, and Data
Sources. Program cost estimates were
generated by running projected cash
flows related to each provision through
the Department’s student loan cost
estimation model. Student loan cost
estimates are developed across five risk
categories: Two-year proprietary
institutions, two-year public and private
not-for-profit institutions, freshman and
sophomores at four-year institutions,
juniors and seniors at four-year
institutions, and graduate students. Risk
categories have separate assumptions
based on the historical pattern of
behavior—for example, the likelihood of
default or the likelihood to use statutory
deferment or discharge benefits—of
borrowers in each category.
The Department estimates no
budgetary impact for most of the
proposed regulations included in this
NPRM as there is no data indicating that
the provisions will have any impact on
the volume or composition of Federal
student aid programs.
In developing these estimates, a wide
range of data sources were used,
including data from the National
Student Loan Data System; operational
and financial data from Department of
Education systems, including especially
the Fiscal Operations Report and
Application to Participate (FISAP); and
data from a range of surveys conducted
by the National Center for Education
Statistics such as the 2008 National
Postsecondary Student Aid Survey, the
1994 National Education Longitudinal
Study, and the 1996 Beginning
Postsecondary Student Survey. Data
from other sources, such as the U.S.
Census Bureau, were also used. Data on
administrative burden at participating
schools, accreditors, test administrators,
and third-party servicers are extremely
limited; accordingly, as noted earlier in
this discussion, the Department is
particularly interested in receiving
comments in this area.
Elsewhere in this SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section we identify and
explain burdens specifically associated
with information collection
requirements. See the heading
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Assumptions, Limitations, and Data
Sources
Impact estimates provided in the
preceding section reflect a baseline in
which the changes implemented in
these proposed regulations do not exist.
Costs have been quantified for five
years. In general, these estimates should
be considered preliminary; they will be
reevaluated in light of any comments or
information received by the Department
prior to the publication of the final
regulations. The final regulations will
incorporate this information in a revised
analysis.
[In millions]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
Accounting Statement
As required by OMB Circular A–4
(available at https://
www.Whitehouse.gov/omb/Circulars/
a004/a-4.pdf), in Table 2, we have
prepared an accounting statement
showing the classification of the
expenditures associated with the
provisions of these proposed
regulations. This table provides our best
estimate of the changes in Federal
student aid payments as a result of these
proposed regulations. Expenditures are
classified as transfers from the Federal
government to student loan borrowers.
TABLE 2—ACCOUNTING STATEMENT:
CLASSIFICATION OF ESTIMATED EXPENDITURES
Category
Annualized Monetized
Transfers
From Whom To
Whom?
Transfers
$0
Federal Government
to Student Loan
Borrowers.
Clarity of the Regulations
Executive Order 12866 and the
Presidential memorandum on ‘‘Plain
Language in Government Writing’’
require each agency to write regulations
that are easy to understand.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34857
The Secretary invites comments on
how to make these proposed regulations
easier to understand, including answers
to questions such as the following:
• Are the requirements in the
proposed regulations clearly stated?
• Do the proposed regulations contain
technical terms or other wording that
interferes with their clarity?
• Does the format of the proposed
regulations (grouping and order of
sections, use of headings, paragraphing,
etc.) aid or reduce their clarity?
• Would the proposed regulations be
easier to understand if we divided them
into more (but shorter) sections? (A
‘‘section’’ is preceded by the symbol ‘‘§ ’’
and a numbered heading; for example,
§ 601.30.)
• Could the description of the
proposed regulations in the
‘‘Supplementary Information’’ section of
this preamble be more helpful in
making the proposed regulations easier
to understand? If so, how?
• What else could we do to make the
proposed regulations easier to
understand?
To send any comments that concern
how the Department could make these
proposed regulations easier to
understand, see the instructions in the
ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification
The Secretary certifies that these
proposed regulations would not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
These proposed regulations would affect
institutions that participate in title IV,
HEA programs, ATB test publishers, and
individual students and loan borrowers.
The U.S. Small Business Administration
Size Standards define for-profit
institutions as ‘‘small businesses’’ if they
are independently owned and operated
and not dominant in their field of
operation with total annual revenue
below $7,000,000, and defines nonprofit institutions as small organizations
if they are independently owned and
operated and not dominant in their field
of operation, or as small entities if they
are institutions controlled by
governmental entities with populations
below 50,000.
Data from the Integrated
Postsecondary Education Data System
(IPEDS) indicate that roughly 4,379
institutions participating in the Federal
student assistance programs meet the
definition of ‘‘small entities.’’ The
following table provides the distribution
of institutions and students by revenue
category and institutional control.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34858
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Public
Revenue category
No. of schools
Private NFP
No. of
students
No. of schools
Proprietary
No. of
students
No. of schools
Tribal
No. of
students
No. of schools
No. of
students
$0 to $500,000 ..................
$500,000 to $1 million .......
$1 million to $3 million ......
$3 million to $5 million ......
$5 million to $7 million ......
$7 million to $10 million ....
$10 million and above .......
43
44
98
75
49
78
1,585
2,124
7,182
29,332
65,442
73,798
129,079
18,480,000
103
81
243
138
99
110
1,067
13,208
9,806
65,614
60,923
62,776
84,659
4,312,010
510
438
745
303
224
228
383
38,774
61,906
217,715
182,362
185,705
235,888
1,793,951
........................
1
3
........................
5
9
14
........................
137
555
........................
2,525
4,935
18,065
Total ...........................
1,972
18,786,957
1,841
4,608,996
2,831
2,716,301
32
26,217
Approximately two-thirds of these
institutions are for-profit schools subject
to the disclosure and reporting
requirements related to programs
leading to gainful employment
described in this NPRM. Other affected
small institutions include small
community colleges and tribally
controlled schools. For these
institutions, the new disclosure and
administrative requirements imposed
under the proposed regulations could
impose some new costs as described
below. The impact of the proposed
regulations on individuals is not subject
to the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
As discussed in the preamble to this
NPRM, the proposed program integrity
regulations are being developed to
update administrative procedures for
the Federal student aid programs and to
ensure that funds are provided to
students at eligible programs and
institutions. Many of the provisions
Reg. section
addressed in this NPRM modify existing
regulations and requirements. For
example, the proposed regulations on
FAFSA verification would change the
number of items to be verified but
would not require the creation of a new
process. The following table
summarizes the estimated total hours,
costs, and requirements applicable to
small entities from these provisions.
OMB Control
No.
Hours
Costs
668.6
Annual submission of private loan, CIP, and identifying data for
completers by program ..........................................................................
Report CIP codes for all attendees ...........................................................
Disclose occupational information, graduation rates, program placement
rates, and program costs .......................................................................
Determine if program is affected, evaluate amount of outside student
work that should be included, and perform credit to clock hour conversion ....................................................................................................
Develop a high school diploma validity process .......................................
Verify questionable diplomas .....................................................................
Establish withdrawal date and calculate percentage of payment period
or period of enrollment completed .........................................................
Review proposed regulations and implement changes to ensure compliance ........................................................................................................
Perform academic reviews at the end of each payment period ...............
Develop academic plan for students who do not achieve satisfactory
academic progress when reviewed at end of payment period ..............
Perform academic reviews at institutions that do so annually ..................
Develop academic plan for students who do not achieve satisfactory
academic progress when reviewed annually .........................................
Disclose information about written agreements ........................................
Make contact information for filing complaints to accreditor and State
approval or licensing agency available to enrolled and prospective
students ..................................................................................................
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Update household size throughout award year ........................................
Update marrital status throughout award year ..........................................
Review verification responses for acceptable documentation ..................
Removes tolerances and requires institutions to report all changes to
applicants’ FAFSA information resulting from verification .....................
Recalculate applicant’s EFC if information changes from verification ......
Keep records of individuals who take ATB tests and details about the
administrator ...........................................................................................
Keep documentation of individual’s disability and testing arrangements
provided ..................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
1845–NEW1
82,637
1,711,818
668.6(a)
..............................
........................
........................
34,999
37,138
725,001
769,317
668.6(b)
668.8
........................
1845–0022
10,500
12,035
217,500
224,250
..............................
668.16
668.16(p)
668.16(p)
668.22
........................
1845–0022
........................
........................
1845–0022
........................
14,418
13,106
1,312
278,807
........................
268,650
244,208
24,443
5,195,005
..............................
668.34
........................
1845–NEW2
........................
478,627
........................
8,918,250
668.34(a)
668.34(c)
........................
........................
11,234
137,282
209,316
2,557,972
668.34(c)
668.34(d)
........................
........................
120,123
111,994
2,238,249
2,086,777
668.34(d)
668.43
..............................
........................
1845–NEW2
........................
97,995
44,516
43,930
1,825,936
829,465
818,552
668.43(b)
668.55
..............................
..............................
668.57
..............................
668.59
........................
1845–0041
........................
........................
1845–0041
........................
1845–0041
586
189,558
170,603
18,956
401,411
........................
802,822
10,914
3,532,041
3,178,843
353,198
7,479,487
........................
14,958,975
..............................
..............................
668.151
........................
........................
1845–0049
........................
........................
28,313
........................
........................
527,548
668.151(g)(4)
........................
25,279
471,024
668.151(g)(5)
........................
3,034
56,524
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34859
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
OMB Control
No.
Reg. section
Hours
Costs
668.152
Maintain the scored ATB tests and collect and submit copies of completed ATB tests or a listing to the test publisher or State weekly .......
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Provide a way for Pell Grant recipients to obtain or purchase required
books and supplies by the 7th day of a payment period under certain
conditions ...............................................................................................
To assess overall burden imposed on
institutions meeting the definition of
small entities, the Department
developed a methodology using IPEDS
data and the percentage of institutions
with revenues below $7 million and all
non-profit institutions, allocating
approximately 66 percent of the
paperwork burden to small institutions.
Using this methodology, the Department
estimates that the proposed regulations
would increase total burden hours for
these schools by 2.37 million, or
roughly 541 hours per institution.
Monetized using salary data from the
Bureau of Labor Statistics, this burden
is $44.4 million and $10,133,
respectively. If calculated using the
distribution of students from 2007–08,
the share of the burden allocated to
small institutions would be much lower
at approximately 21 percent, resulting
in an estimated burden of 186 hours and
$3,510 per institution. Even the more
conservative estimate of $10,133
represents 1 percent or less of the
midpoint revenue for all but the lowest
revenue category, for which it is 4
percent of midpoint revenue.
For institutions, an hourly rate of
$18.63 was used to monetize the burden
of these provisions. This was a blended
rate based on wages of $15.51 for office
and administrative staff and $36.33 for
managers, assuming that office staff
would perform 85 percent of the work
affected by these regulations. For the
gainful employment provision, an
hourly rate of $20.71 was used to reflect
increased management time to establish
new data collection procedures
associated with that provision. These
rates are the same as those used for all
institutions in the costs section of this
analysis, reflecting the fact that the
primary cost of meeting the paperwork
burden is in additional labor and wages
at small institutions should not be
systematically higher than those at all
institutions. The Department welcomes
comments from institutions regarding
the costs of meeting the additional
burdens described in the Paperwork
Reduction Act section of this NPRM.
Where possible, the Department has
allowed institutions flexibility to
establish processes to comply that fit the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
1845–0049
3,427
63,857
..............................
668.164
........................
1845–NEW3
........................
35,640
........................
664,073
..............................
........................
........................
........................
institution’s administrative capabilities.
For example, the requirement to
distribute funds to Pell Grant recipients
for books and supplies within 7 days of
the start of the payment period allows
institutions to use book vouchers or a
credit to the student’s account. The
Department has also tried to allow more
time to establish procedures for new
data collections, such as the placement
rate information required in the data
collection related to gainful
employment. While these timing
provisions are available to all
institutions, they should help small
institutions have time for the necessary
adjustments. Granting such extensions
to all institutions is simpler to
administer and provides additional
certainty to institutions that will not
have to anticipate if their revenues will
fall below the small business threshold
to get more time for compliance.
Approximately 60 percent of the
paperwork burden associated with these
regulations comes in OMB 1845–0041
from updating FAFSA application
information and reporting all changes
resulting from verification. These
updated requirements will help ensure
eligible students receive aid. As detailed
in the Paperwork Reduction Act section
of this NPRM, the increase in burden
associated with the FAFSA acceptable
documentation provision is largely
driven by the increase in student
applicants since the burden was last
calculated. The number of verifications
is estimated to have increased from 3.0
million in 2002–03 to 5.1 million in
2008–09. Without the regulatory change
estimated to reduce the number of items
to be verified, the paperwork burden on
small institutions in OMB 1845–0041
would increase by an additional 267,607
hours. Based on these estimates, the
Department believes the proposed new
requirements do not impose significant
new costs on these institutions.
No alternative provisions were
considered that would target small
institutions with exemptions or
additional time for compliance.
Additional time or flexibility was
granted to all institutions based on the
nature of the provision and the data
requested. The Secretary invites
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
comments from small institutions and
other affected entities as to whether they
believe the proposed changes would
have a significant economic impact on
them and, if so, requests evidence to
support that belief.
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
Sections 668.6, 668.8, 668.16, 668.22,
668.34, 668.43, 668.55, 668.56, 668.57,
668.59, 668.144, 668.150, 668.151,
668.152, and 668.164 contain
information collection requirements.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of
1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)), the
Department has submitted a copy of
these sections to OMB for its review.
Section 668.6—Gainful Employment
The proposed regulations would
impose new requirements on certain
programs that by law must, for purposes
of the title IV, HEA programs, prepare
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation. For public and
private nonprofit institutions, a program
that does not lead to a degree would be
subject to the eligibility requirement
that the program lead to gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation, while a program leading to
a degree, including a two-academic-year
program fully transferrable to a
baccalaureate degree, would not be
subject to this eligibility requirement.
For proprietary institutions, all eligible
degree and nondegree programs would
be required to lead to gainful
employment in a recognized
occupation, except for a liberal arts
baccalaureate program under section
102(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the HEA.
The institution would be required
under proposed § 668.6(a) to submit
annually, information that would
include, at a minimum, identifying
information about each student who
completed a program, the CIP code for
that program, the date the student
completed the program, and the
amounts the student received from
private educational loans and
institutional financing plans. We
estimate that it will take the affected
2,086 proprietary institutions, on
average, 10 hours to meet these
reporting requirements for their
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34860
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
occupational training programs for a
total estimated increase in burden of
20,860 hours. We estimate that it will
take the affected 238 private non-profit
institutions, on average, 10 hours to
meet these reporting requirements for
their occupational training programs for
a total estimated increase in burden of
2,380 hours. We estimate that it will
take the affected 2,139 public
institutions, on average, 10 hours to
meet these reporting requirements for
their occupational training programs for
a total estimated increase in burden of
21,390 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
for institutions to meet these proposed
reporting requirements in accordance
with procedures established by the
Secretary would increase by 44,630
hours in OMB Control Number 1845–
NEW1.
We estimate that over the first threeyear reporting period that there would
be 591,966 graduates from these
occupational training programs. We
estimate that the proposed reporting for
an estimated 278,224 graduates from
proprietary institutions would average 5
minutes (.08 hours) per graduate,
increasing burden by 22,258 hours. We
estimate that the proposed reporting for
the estimated 29,598 graduates from
private non-profit institutions would
average 5 minutes (.08 hours) per
graduate, increasing burden by 2,368
hours. We estimate that the proposed
reporting for 284,144 graduates from
public institutions would average 5
minutes (.08 hours) per graduate,
increasing burden by 22,732 hours.
Collectively, burden associated with
the proposed disclosures (including the
reporting of Department provided
median loan debt information) for each
graduate would increase for institutions
by 47,358 hours in OMB Control
Number 1845–NEW1.
Finally, under proposed § 668.6(b) an
institution would be required to
disclose on its Web site information
about (1) the occupations that its
programs prepare students to enter,
along with links to occupational profiles
on O*NET, (2) the on-time graduation
rate of students entering a program, (3)
the cost of each program, including
costs for tuition and fees, room and
board; other institutional costs typically
incurred by students enrolling in the
program, such as books and supplies, (4)
beginning no later than June 30, 2013,
the placement rate for students
completing each of these programs, as
determined under § 668.8(g) or a Statesponsored workforce data system, and
(5) the median loan debt incurred by
students who completed each program
in the preceding three years, identified
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
separately as title IV, HEA loan debt and
debt from private educational loans and
institutional financing plans.
We estimate that, on average,
institutions would take 3 hours per
institution to obtain the required
disclosure information and to provide
that information on the institution’s
Web sites. We estimate that 2,086
proprietary institutions would take 3
hours per institution to collect and post
the proposed disclosures which would
increase burden by 6,258 hours. We
estimate that 238 private non-profit
institutions would take 3 hours per
institution to collect and post the
proposed disclosures which would
increase burden by 714 hours. We
estimate that 2,139 public institutions
would take 3 hours per institution to
collect and post the proposed
disclosures which would increase
burden by 6,417 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that these
proposed disclosures would result in an
increase in burden to institutions by
13,389 hours in OMB Control Number
1845–NEW1.
In total, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.6 would
increase burden by a total of 105,377
hours in OMB Control Number 1845–
NEW1.
Section 668.8—Eligible Program
Under proposed § 668.8(l)(1), we
would revise the method of converting
clock hours to credit hours to use a ratio
of the minimum clock hours in an
academic year to the minimum credit
hours in an academic year, i.e., 900
clock hours to 24 semester or trimester
hours or 36 quarter hours. Thus, a
semester or trimester hour would be
based on at least 37.5 clock hours, and
a quarter hour would be based on at
least 25 clock hours. Proposed
§ 668.8(l)(2) would create an exception
to the conversion ratio in proposed
§ 668.8(l)(1) if neither an institution’s
designated accrediting agency nor the
relevant State licensing authority for
participation in the title IV, HEA
programs determines there are any
deficiencies in the institution’s policies,
procedures, and practices for
establishing the credit hours that the
institution awards for programs and
courses, as defined in proposed § 600.2.
Under the exception provided by
proposed § 668.8(l)(2), an institution
would be permitted to combine
students’ work outside of class with the
clock-hours of instruction in order to
meet or exceed the numeric
requirements established in proposed
§ 668.8(l)(1). However, under proposed
§ 668.8(l)(2), the institution would need
to use at least 30 clock hours for a
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
semester or trimester hour or 20 clock
hours for a quarter hour.
In determining whether there is
outside work that a student must
perform, the analysis would need to
take into account differences in
coursework and educational activities
within the program. Some portions of a
program may require student work
outside of class that justifies the
application of proposed § 668.8(l)(2). In
addition, the application of proposed
§ 668.8(l)(2) could vary within a
program depending on variances in
required student work outside of class
for different portions of the program.
Other portions of the program may not
have outside work, and proposed
§ 668.8(l)(1) would need to be applied.
Of course, an institution applying only
proposed § 668.8(l)(1) to a program
eligible for conversion from clock hours
to credit hours, without an analysis of
the program’s coursework, would be
considered compliant with the
requirements of proposed § 668.8(l).
Proposed § 668.8(k)(1)(ii) would
modify a provision in current
regulations to provide that a program is
not subject to the conversion formula in
§ 668.8(l) where each course within the
program is acceptable for full credit
toward a degree that is offered by the
institution and that this degree requires
at least two academic years of study.
Additionally, under proposed
§ 668.8(k)(1)(ii), the institution would be
required to demonstrate that students
enroll in, and graduate from, the degree
program.
Proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i) would
provide that a program is considered to
be a clock-hour program if the program
must be measured in clock hours to
receive Federal or State approval or
licensure, or if completing clock hours
is a requirement for graduates to apply
for licensure or the authorization to
practice the occupation that the student
is intending to pursue. Under proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(ii) and (iii), the program
would also be considered to be offered
in clock hours if the credit hours
awarded for the program are not in
compliance with the definition of a
credit hour in proposed § 600.2, or if the
institution does not provide the clock
hours that are the basis for the credit
hours awarded for the program or each
course in the program and, except as
provided in current § 668.4(e), requires
attendance in the clock hours that are
the basis for the credit hours awarded.
The proposed regulations on which
tentative agreement was reached would
not include the provision in proposed
§ 668.8(k)(2)(iii) that, except as provided
in current § 668.4(e), an institution must
require attendance in the clock hours
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
that are the basis for the credit hours
awarded.
Proposed § 668.8(k)(3) would provide
that proposed § 668.8(k)(2)(i) would not
apply if a limited portion of the program
includes a practicum, internship, or
clinical experience component that
must include a minimum number of
clock hours due to a State or Federal
approval or licensure requirement.
We estimate that on average, for each
affected program it would take 30
minutes for an institution to make the
determination of whether the program is
an affected program, to evaluate the
amount of outside student work that
should be included as proposed and to
perform the clock hour to credit hour
conversion. We further estimate that of
the 4,587 institutions of higher
education with less than 2-year
programs, that on average, each
institution has approximately 8 nondegree programs of study for a total of
36,696 affected programs. We estimate
that there are 16,513 affected programs
at proprietary institutions times .5 hours
which would increase burden by 8,257
hours. We estimate that there are 1,835
affected programs at private non-profit
institutions times .5 hours which would
increase burden by 918 hours. We
estimate that there are 18,348 affected
programs at public institutions times .5
hours which would increase burden by
9,174 hours.
Collectively, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.8 would
increase burden by 18,349 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0022.
Section 668.16—Standards of
Administrative Capability
Under the proposed regulations, the
elements of the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress plan would be
moved from current § 668.16(e) to
proposed § 668.34. We would also
update these provisions. As a result, the
estimated burden upon institutions
associated with measuring academic
progress currently in OMB Control
Number 1845–0022 of 21,000 hours
would be administratively removed
from this collection and transferred to
OMB Control Number 1845–NEW2.
Under proposed § 668.16(p), an
institution would be required to develop
and follow procedures to evaluate the
validity of a student’s high school
completion if the institution or the
Secretary has reason to believe that the
high school diploma is not valid or was
not obtained from an entity that
provides secondary school education.
The burden associated with this
proposed requirement would be
mitigated by the fact that many
institutions already have processes in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
place to collect high school diplomas
and make determinations about their
validity.
We estimate that burden would
increase for each institution by 3.5
hours for the development of a high
school diploma validity process. We
estimate that 2,086 proprietary
institutions would on average take 3.5
hours to develop the proposed
procedures to evaluate the validity of
high school completions which would
increase burden by 7,301 hours. We
estimate that 1,731 private non-profit
institutions would on average take 3.5
hours to develop the proposed
procedures to evaluate the validity of
high school completion which would
increase burden by 6,059 hours. We
estimate that 1,892 public institutions
would on average take 3.5 hours to
develop the proposed procedures to
evaluate the validity of high school
completion which would increase
burden by 6,622 hours.
Additionally, we estimate that the
validity of approximately 4,000 high
school diplomas per year would be
questioned and, therefore, require
additional verification that is estimated
to take .5 hours per questionable
diploma. We estimate that proprietary
institutions would have 2,000
questionable diplomas times .5 hours
per diploma equals 1,000 hours of
increased burden. We estimate that
private non-profit institutions would
have 600 questionable diplomas times .5
hours per diploma equals 300 hours of
increased burden. We estimate that
public institutions would have 1,400
questionable diplomas times .5 hours
per diploma equals 700 hours of
increased burden.
Collectively, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.16 would
increase burden by 21,982 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0022.
Section 668.22—Treatment of Title IV,
HEA Program Funds When a Student
Withdraws
The proposed changes to
§ 668.22(a)(2) would clarify when a
student is considered to have
withdrawn from a payment period or
period of enrollment. In the case of a
program that is measured in credit
hours, the student would be considered
to have withdrawn if he or she does not
complete all the days in the payment
period or period of enrollment that the
student was scheduled to complete
prior to withdrawing. In the case of a
program that is measured in clock
hours, the student would be considered
to have withdrawn if he or she does not
complete all of the clock hours in the
payment period or period of enrollment
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34861
that the student was scheduled to
complete prior to withdrawing.
The proposed change to
§ 668.22(f)(2)(i) would clarify that, for
credit hour programs, in calculating the
percentage of the payment period or
period of enrollment completed, it is
necessary to take into account the total
number of calendar days that the
student was scheduled to complete
prior to withdrawing without regard to
any course completed by the student
that is less than the length of the term.
These proposed regulations would
affect all programs with courses that are
less than the length of a term, including,
for example, a semester-based program
that has a summer nonstandard term
with two consecutive six-week sessions
within the term.
We estimate that approximately
425,075 students in term-based
programs with modules or compressed
courses will withdraw prior to
completing more than 60 percent of
their program of study. We estimate that
on average, the burden per individual
student who withdraws prior to the 60
percent point of their term-based
program to be 45 minutes (.75 hours)
per affected individual which would
increase burden for the estimated
425,075 students by 318,806 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0022. Of
these 425,075 withdrawals, we estimate
that 50 percent of the withdrawals
(212,538) would occur at proprietary
institutions and would increase burden
by 1 hour per withdrawal increasing
burden by 212,538 hours. We estimate
that 10 percent of the withdrawals
(42,508) would occur at private nonprofit institutions and would increase
burden by 1 hour per withdrawal
increasing burden by 42,508 hours. We
estimate that 40 percent of the
withdrawals (170,029) would occur at
public institutions and would increase
burden by 1 hour per withdrawal
increasing burden by 170,029 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
will increase by 743,881 hours in OMB
Control Number 1845–0022, of which
318,806 hours is for individuals and
425,075 hours is for institutions.
Section 668.34—Satisfactory Progress
The proposed regulations would
restructure the satisfactory academic
progress requirements. Proposed
§ 668.16(e) (Standards of administrative
capability) would be revised to include
only the requirement that an institution
establish, publish, and apply
satisfactory academic progress standards
that meet the requirements of § 668.34.
The remainder of current § 668.16(e)
would be moved to proposed § 668.34
such that it, alone, would describe all of
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34862
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
the required elements of a satisfactory
academic progress policy as well as how
an institution would implement such a
policy. The references in paragraph
§ 668.32(e) would be updated to
conform the section with the changes
proposed to §§ 668.16(e) and 668.32.
Proposed § 668.34(a) would specify
the elements an institution’s satisfactory
academic policy must contain to be
considered a reasonable policy. Under
the proposed regulations, institutions
would continue to have flexibility in
establishing their own policies;
institutions that choose to measure
satisfactory academic progress more
frequently than at the minimum
required intervals would have
additional flexibility (see proposed
§ 668.34(a)(3)).
All of the policy elements in the
current regulations under § 668.16(e)
and § 668.34 would be combined in
proposed § 668.34. In addition,
proposed § 668.34(a)(5) would make
explicit the requirement that
institutions specify the pace at which a
student must progress through his or her
educational program to ensure that the
student will complete the program
within the maximum timeframe, and
provide for measurement of a student’s
pace at each evaluation. Under
proposed § 668.34(a)(6), institutional
policies would need to describe how a
student’s GPA and pace of completion
are affected by transfers of credit from
other institutions. This provision would
also require institutions to count credit
hours from another institution that are
accepted toward a student’s educational
program as both attempted and
completed hours.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(7) would
provide that, except as permitted in
§ 668.34(c) and (d), the policy requires
that, at the time of each evaluation, if
the student is not making satisfactory
academic progress, the student is no
longer eligible to receive the title IV,
HEA assistance.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(8) would require
institutions that use ‘‘financial aid
warning’’ and ‘‘financial aid probation’’
statuses (concepts that would be defined
in proposed § 668.34(b)) in connection
with satisfactory academic progress
evaluations to describe these statuses
and how they are used in their
satisfactory academic progress policies.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(8)(i) would specify
that a student on financial aid warning
may continue to receive assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs for one
payment period despite a determination
that the student is not making
satisfactory academic progress.
Financial aid warning status may be
assigned without an appeal or other
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
action by the student. Proposed
§ 668.34(a)(8)(ii) would make clear that
an institution with a satisfactory
academic progress policy that includes
the use of the financial aid probation
status could require that a student on
financial aid probation fulfill specific
terms and conditions, such as taking a
reduced course load or enrolling in
specific courses.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(9) would require
an institution that permits a student to
appeal a determination that the student
is not making satisfactory academic
progress to describe the appeal process
in its policy. The policy would need to
contain specified elements. Proposed
§ 668.34(a)(9)(i) would require an
institution to describe how a student
may re-establish his or her eligibility to
receive assistance under the title IV,
HEA programs. Under proposed
§ 668.34(a)(9)(ii), a student would be
permitted to file an appeal based on the
death of a relative, an injury or illness
of the student, or other special
circumstances. Under proposed
§ 668.34(a)(9)(iii), a student would be
required to submit, as part of the appeal,
information regarding why the student
failed to make satisfactory academic
progress, and what has changed in the
student’s situation that would allow the
student to demonstrate satisfactory
academic progress at the next
evaluation.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(10) would
require the satisfactory academic
progress policy of an institution that
does not permit students to appeal a
determination that they are not making
satisfactory academic progress to
describe how a student may regain
eligibility for assistance under the title
IV, HEA programs.
Proposed § 668.34(a)(11) would
require that an institution’s policy
provide for notification to students of
the results of an evaluation that impacts
the student’s eligibility for title IV, HEA
program funds.
We estimate that, on average,
institutions would take 3 hours per
institution to review the proposed
regulations in § 668.34(a) and
implement any proposed changes to
insure compliance. We estimate that
2,086 proprietary institutions would
take 3 hours per institution to review
and implement the proposed regulations
increasing burden by 6,258 hours. We
estimate that 1,731 private non-profit
institutions would take 3 hours per
institution to review and implement the
proposed regulations increasing burden
by 5,193 hours. We estimate that 1,892
public institutions would take 3 hours
per institution to review and implement
the proposed regulations increasing
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
burden by 5,676 hours. Collectively, the
proposed regulatory changes reflected in
§ 668.34(a) would increase burden by
17,127 hours.
Proposed § 668.34(c) and (d) would
specify that an institution’s policy may
provide for disbursement of title IV,
HEA program funds to a student who
has not met an institution’s satisfactory
academic standards in certain
circumstances. Of the 17 million
applicants in 2008–2009, we estimate
that 90 percent (or 15,300,000
individuals) would begin attendance.
We estimate that of the 15,300,000
individuals that begin attendance, that
90 percent (or 13,770,000 individuals)
would persist at least through the end
of the initial payment period and
therefore the institution would evaluate
the student’s satisfactory academic
progress consistent with the provision
of proposed § 668.34. We estimate that
38 percent of the institutions would
evaluate their students at the end of
each payment period under proposed
§ 668.34(c), therefore 13,770,000
individuals times 38 percent equals
5,232,600 individuals that would be
evaluated more than annually. We
estimate that 62 percent of institutions
would evaluate their students once per
academic year under proposed
§ 668.34(d), therefore, 13,770,000
individuals times 62 percent equals
8,537,400 individuals that would be
evaluated annually.
Proposed § 668.34(c) would permit an
institution that measures satisfactory
academic progress at the end of each
payment period to have a policy that
would permit a student who is not
making satisfactory academic progress
to be placed automatically on financial
aid warning, a newly defined term. We
estimate as a result, the burden
associated with an academic progress
measurement at the end of each
payment period, and when required,
developing an academic plan for the
student, would increase burden. We
estimate that proprietary institutions,
which comprise 37 percent of the total
number of institutions of higher
education, times 5,232,600 individuals
equals 1,936,062 individuals at
proprietary institutions that would
require an academic review more than
once per academic year. 1,936,062 times
an average of 2 reviews per academic
year, equals 3,872,124 satisfactory
academic progress reviews. Since these
academic progress reviews are generally
highly automated, we estimate that, on
average, each review will take 1.2
minutes (.02 hours) and will increase
burden by 77,442 hours. We estimate
that private non-profit institutions,
which comprise 30 percent of the total
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
number of institutions of higher
education, times 5,232,600 individuals
equals 1,569,780 individuals at private
non-profit institutions that would
require an academic review. 1,569,780
times an average of 2 reviews per
academic year, equals 3,139,560
satisfactory academic progress reviews.
Since these academic progress reviews
are generally highly automated, we
estimate that, on average, each review
will take 1.2 minutes (.02 hours) and
will increase burden by 62,791 hours.
We estimate that public institutions,
which comprise 33 percent of the total
number of institutions of higher
education, times 5,232,600 individuals
equals 1,726,758 individuals at public
institutions that would require an
academic review. 1,726,758 times an
average of 2 reviews per academic year,
equals 3,453,516 satisfactory academic
progress reviews. Since these academic
progress reviews are generally highly
automated, we estimate that, on average,
each review will take 1.2 minutes (.02
hours) and will increase burden by
69,070 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that the
burden for institutions would increase
by 209,303 hours, in OMB Control
Number 1845–NEW2.
As a result of the proposed
satisfactory academic progress reviews
conducted by the institutions, we
estimate that 7 percent of the 5,232,600
enrolled students (at institutions that
review academic progress more often
than annually) or 366,282 would not
successfully achieve satisfactory
academic progress and therefore the
institution would work with each
student to develop an academic plan
which would increase burden for the
individual and the institutions. We
estimate that under proposed
§ 668.34(c), that 366,282 students
would, on average, take 10 minutes (.17
hours) to establish an academic plan
and re-evaluate the plan a second time
within the academic year (2 times per
academic year), increasing burden to
individuals by 124,536 hours.
We estimate that proprietary
institutions, which comprise 37 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, times 5,232,600
individuals equals 1,936,062
individuals at proprietary institutions
that would require the development of
an academic plan as a result of not
progressing academically. 1,936,062
individuals times 7 percent (we estimate
who would not academically progress),
equals 135,524 individuals who would
need to work with their institutions to
develop an academic plan. We estimate
that each academic plan would take, on
average, 15 minutes (.25 hours) of staff
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
time at two times within the academic
year, increasing burden by 67,762 hours.
We estimate that private non-profit
institutions, which comprise 30 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, times 5,232,600
individuals equals 1,569,780
individuals at private non-profit
institutions that would require the
development of an academic plan as a
result of not progressing academically.
1,569,780 individuals times 7 percent
(we estimate who would not
academically progress), equals 109,885
individuals who would need to work
with their institutions to develop an
academic plan. We estimate that each
academic plan would take, on average,
15 minutes (.25 hours) of staff time at
two times within the academic year,
increasing burden by 54,943 hours.
We estimate that public institutions,
which comprise 33 percent of the total
number of institutions of higher
education, times 5,232,600 individuals
equals 1,726,758 individuals at public
institutions that would require the
development of an academic plan as a
result of not progressing academically.
1,726,758 individuals times 7 percent
(we estimate who would not
academically progress), equals 120,873
individuals who would need to work
with their institutions to develop an
academic plan. We estimate that each
academic plan would take, on average,
15 minutes (.25 hours) of staff time at
two times within the academic year,
increasing burden by 60,437 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that the
burden for institutions would increase
by 183,142 hours, in OMB Control
Number 1845–NEW2.
Under proposed § 668.34(d), at an
institution that measures satisfactory
academic progress annually, or less
frequently than at the end of each
payment period, a student who has been
determined not to be making
satisfactory academic progress would be
able to receive title IV, HEA program
funds only after filing an appeal and
meeting one of two conditions: (1) the
institution has determined that the
student should be able to meet
satisfactory progress standards after the
subsequent payment period, or (2) the
institution develops an academic plan
with the student that, if followed, will
ensure that the student is able to meet
the institution’s satisfactory academic
progress standards by a specific point in
time.
Because the proposed regulations
would transfer the elements of an
institution’s satisfactory academic
policy from § 668.16(e) to § 668.34, we
are transferring the current burden
estimate of 21,000 hours from the
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34863
current OMB Control Number 1845–
0022 to OMB Control Number 1845–
NEW2.
We estimate that proprietary
institutions, which comprise 37 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, times 8,537,400
individuals equals 3,158,838
individuals at proprietary institutions
that would require an academic review.
Since the academic progress reviews are
generally highly automated, we estimate
that, on average, each review will take
1.2 minutes (.02 hours) and will
increase burden by 63,177 hours. We
estimate that private non-profit
institutions, which comprise 30 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, times 8,537,400
individuals equals 2,561,220
individuals at private non-profit
institutions that would require an
academic review. Since the academic
progress reviews are generally highly
automated, we estimate that, on average,
each review will take 1.2 minutes (.02
hours) and will increase burden by
51,224 hours. We estimate that public
institutions, which comprise 33 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, times 8,537,400
individuals equals 2,817,342
individuals at public institutions that
would require an academic review.
Since the academic progress reviews are
generally highly automated, we estimate
that, on average, each review will take
1.2 minutes (.02 hours) and will
increase burden by 56,347 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that the
burden for institutions would increase
by 170,748 hours, in OMB Control
Number 1845–NEW2.
As a result of the proposed
satisfactory academic progress reviews
conducted by the institutions, we
estimate that 7 percent of the 8,537,400
enrolled students (at institutions that
review academic progress annually) or
597,618 would not successfully achieve
satisfactory academic progress and
therefore the institution would work
with each student to develop an
academic plan which would increase
burden for the individual and the
institutions. We estimate that under
proposed § 668.34(d), that 597,618
students would, on average, take 10
minutes (.17 hours) to establish an
academic plan, increasing burden to
individuals by 101,595 hours.
We estimate that proprietary
institutions, which comprise 37 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, times 8,537,400
individuals equals 3,158,838
individuals at proprietary institutions
that would require the development of
an academic plan as a result of not
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34864
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
progressing academically. 3,158,838
individuals times 7 percent (we estimate
who would not academically progress),
equals 211,119 individuals who would
need to work with their institutions to
develop an academic plan. We estimate
that each academic plan would take, on
average, 15 minutes (.25 hours) of staff
time, increasing burden by 55,280
hours.
We estimate that private non-profit
institutions, which comprise 30 percent
of the total number of institutions of
higher education, times 8,537,400
individuals equals 2,561,220
individuals at private non-profit
institutions that would require the
development of an academic plan as a
result of not progressing academically.
2,561,220 individuals times 7 percent
(we estimate who would not
academically progress), equals 179,285
individuals who would need to work
with their institutions to develop an
academic plan. We estimate that each
academic plan would take, on average,
15 minutes (.25 hours) of staff time,
increasing burden by 44,821 hours.
We estimate that public institutions,
which comprise 33 percent of the total
number of institutions of higher
education, times 8,537,400 individuals
equals 2,817,342 individuals at public
institutions that would require the
development of an academic plan as a
result of not progressing academically.
2,817,342 individuals times 7 percent
(we estimate who would not
academically progress), equals 197,214
individuals who would need to work
with their institutions to develop an
academic plan. We estimate that each
academic plan would take, on average,
15 minutes (.25 hours) of staff time,
increasing burden by 49,304 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that the
burden for institutions would increase
by 149,405 hours, in OMB Control
Number 1845–NEW2.
In total, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.34 would
increase burden by a total of 955,855
hours in OMB Control Number 1845–
NEW2; however when the 21,000 hours
of burden currently in OMB 1845–0022
are administratively transferred from
OMB 1845–0022 to OMB 1845–NEW2,
the grand total of burden hours under
this section would increase to 976,855
in OMB 1845–NEW2.
Section 668.43—Institutional
Information
The Department proposes to revise
current § 668.5(a) by revising and
redesignating paragraph (a) as paragraph
(a)(1) and adding a new paragraph (a)(2).
Proposed § 668.5(a)(1) would be based
on the language that is in current
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
paragraph (a), but it would be modified
to make it consistent with the definition
of an ‘‘educational program’’ in 34 CFR
600.2. Proposed new § 668.5(a)(2) would
specify that if a written arrangement is
between two or more eligible
institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same individual, partnership, or
corporation, the institution that grants
the degree or certificate must provide
more than 50 percent of the educational
program. These clarifications are also
intended to ensure that the institution
enrolling the student has all necessary
approvals to offer an educational
program in the format in which it is
being provided, such as through
distance education when the other
institution is providing instruction
under a written agreement using that
method of delivery. Proposed
§ 668.5(c)(1) would expand the list of
conditions that would preclude an
arrangement between an eligible
institution and an ineligible institution.
Proposed §§ 668.5(e) and 668.43 would
require an institution that enters into a
written arrangement to provide a
description of the arrangement to
enrolled and prospective students.
We estimate that 104 proprietary
institutions would enter into an average
of 1 written arrangement per institution
and that, on average, the burden
associated with the proposed collection
of information about written agreements
and its disclosure would take 30
minutes (.5 hours) per arrangement,
increasing burden by 52 hours. We
estimate that 1,731 private non-profit
institutions would enter into an average
of 50 written arrangements per
institution and that, on average, the
burden associated with the proposed
collection of information about written
agreements and its disclosure would
take 30 minutes (.5 hours) per
arrangement, increasing burden by
43,275 hours. We estimate that 1,892
public institutions would enter into an
average of 25 written arrangements per
institution and that, on average, the
burden associated with the proposed
collection of information about written
agreements and its disclosure would
take 30 minutes (.5 hours) per
arrangement, increasing burden by
23,650 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
would increase for institutions in their
reporting of the details of written
agreements by 66,977 hours in OMB
Control Number 1845–0022.
Currently, the Department requires
that an institution must make available
for review to any enrolled or
prospective student upon request, a
copy of the documents describing the
institution’s accreditation and its State,
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Federal, or tribal approval or licensing.
The Department proposes in § 668.43(b)
that the institution must also provide its
students or prospective students with
contact information for filing
complaints with its accreditor and State
approval or licensing entity.
We estimate that of the 2,086
proprietary institutions that 1,919 (or 92
percent) would have to begin providing
contact information for filing
complaints with accreditors, approval or
licensing agencies. We estimate that the
other 8 percent are already providing
this information. We estimate that on
average, this disclosure would take 10
minutes (.17 hours) per disclosure and
increase burden to proprietary
institutions by 326 hours. We estimate
that of the 1,731 private non-profit
institutions that 1,593 (or 92 percent)
would have to begin providing contact
information for filing complaints with
accreditors, approval or licensing
agencies. We estimate that the other 8
percent are already providing this
information. We estimate that on
average, this disclosure would take 10
minutes (.17 hours) per disclosure and
increase burden to private non-profit
institutions by 271 hours. We estimate
that of the 1,892 public institutions that
1,740 (or 92 percent) would have to
begin providing contact information for
filing complaints with accreditors,
approval or licensing agencies. We
estimate that the other 8 percent are
already providing this information. We
estimate that on average, this disclosure
would take 10 minutes (.17 hours) per
disclosure and increase burden to
proprietary institutions by 296 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
would increase for institutions in their
reporting of the contact information for
filing complaints to accreditors and
approval or licensing agencies by 893
hours in OMB Control Number 1845–
0022.
In total, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.43 would
increase burden by 67,870 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0022.
Section 668.55—Updating Information
Proposed § 668.55 would require an
applicant to update all changes in
dependency status that occur
throughout the award year, including
changes in the applicant’s household
size and the number of those household
members attending postsecondary
educational institutions. We estimate
that 1,530,000 individuals would
update their household size or the
number of household members
attending postsecondary educational
institutions and that, on average,
reporting would take 5 minutes (.08
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
hours) per individual, increasing burden
by 122,400 hours.
We estimate that proprietary
institutions would receive updated
household size or the updated number
of household members attending
postsecondary educational institutions
from 566,100 applicants. We estimate
that each updated record would take 10
minutes (.17 hours) to review each
updated record thereby increasing
burden by 96,237 hours. We estimate
that private non-profit institutions
would receive updated household size
or the updated number of household
members attending postsecondary
educational institutions from 459,000
applicants. We estimate that each
updated record would take 10 minutes
(.17 hours) to review each updated
record thereby increasing burden by
78,030 hours. We estimate that public
institutions would receive updated
household size or the updated number
of household members attending
postsecondary educational institutions
from 504,900 applicants. We estimate
that each updated record would take 10
minutes (.17 hours) to review each
updated record thereby increasing
burden by 85,833 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
would increase for individuals and
institutions in their reporting updated
household size and the updated number
of household members attending
postsecondary educational institutions
by 382,500 hours in OMB Control
Number 1845–0041, of which 122,400
hours is for individuals and 260,100
hours is for institutions.
The Department also proposes
changes resulting from a change in the
applicant’s marital status, regardless of
whether the applicant is selected for
verification. We estimate that 170,000
individuals would update their marital
status and that on average that reporting
would take 5 minutes (.08 hours) per
individual, increasing burden by 13,600
hours.
We estimate that proprietary
institutions would receive updated
marital status information from 62,900
applicants. We estimate that each
updated record would take 10 minutes
(.17 hours) to review each updated
record thereby increasing burden by
10,693 hours. We estimate that private
non-profit institutions would receive
updated marital status information from
51,000 applicants. We estimate that
each updated record would take 10
minutes (.17 hours) to review each
updated record thereby increasing
burden by 8,670 hours. We estimate that
public institutions would receive
updated marital status information from
56,100 applicants. We estimate that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
each updated record would take 10
minutes (.17 hours) to review each
updated record thereby increasing
burden by 9,537 hours.
Collectively, we estimate that burden
would increase for individuals and
institutions in their reporting updated
marital status information by 42,500
hours in OMB Control Number 1845–
0041.
Proposed § 668.55 would also include
a number of other changes to remove
language that implements the marital
status exception in the current
regulations, including removing current
§ 668.55(a)(3) and revising § 668.55(b).
In total, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.55 would
increase burden by 425,005 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0041.
Section 668.56—Information To Be
Verified
The Department proposes to eliminate
from the regulations the five items that
an institution currently is required to
verify for all applicants selected for
verification. Instead, pursuant to
proposed § 668.56(a), for each award
year, the Secretary would specify in a
Federal Register notice the FAFSA
information and documentation that an
institution and an applicant may be
required to verify. The Department
would then specify on an individual
student’s SAR and ISIR what
information must be verified for that
applicant.
Currently under OMB Control
Number 1845–0041, there are 1,022,384
hours of burden associated with the
verification regulations of which
1,010,072 hours of burden are a result
of the data gathering and submission by
each individual applicant selected for
verification. This estimate was based
upon the number of applicants in the
2002–2003 award year. Since then, the
number of applicants has grown
significantly to 17.4 million applicants
for the 2008–2009 award year, of which
we would project 5.1 million individual
applicants to be selected for verification.
The projected number of items to be
verified under the proposed regulations
is expected to be reduced from the
current five required data elements to an
average of three items per individual.
This projected reduction in items to be
verified would result in a reduction of
burden per individual applicant. Also,
as a result of collecting information to
verify applicant data on this smaller
average number of data elements (three
items instead of five items), the average
amount of time for the individual
applicant to review verification form
instructions, gather the data, respond on
a form and submit a form and the
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34865
supporting data would decrease from
the current average of 12 minutes (.20
hours) per individual to 7 minutes (.12
hours), thus further reducing burden on
the individual applicant.
For example, when we consider the
estimated 5.1 million 2008–2009
applicants selected for verification at an
average of 12 minutes (.20 hours) to
collect and submit information,
including supporting documentation for
the five required data elements (which
is the estimated amount of time that is
associated with the requirements in
current § 668.56(a)), the requirements in
that section would yield a total burden
of 1,020,000 hours added to OMB
Control Number 1845–0041. However,
under proposed § 668.56(b), where the
number of verification data elements
would be reduced to an average of three,
the estimated 5.1 million individuals
selected for verification multiplied by
the reduced average of 7 minutes (.12
hours) would yield an increase of
612,000 hours in burden. Therefore,
with the proposed changes to this
section, we would expect the burden to
be 408,000 hours less than under the
current regulations.
As a result, for OMB reporting
purposes, we estimate that the
individuals, as a group, would have an
increase in burden by 612,000 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–0041
(rather than 1,020,000 hours).
Section 668.57—Acceptable
Documentation
We propose to make a number of
technical and conforming changes
throughout § 668.57. We also propose to
make the following substantive changes
described in this section.
Proposed § 668.57(a)(2) would allow
an institution to accept, in lieu of an
income tax return or an IRS form that
lists tax account information, the
electronic importation of data obtained
from the IRS into an applicant’s online
FAFSA.
We also propose to amend
§ 668.57(a)(4)(ii)(A) to accurately reflect
that, upon application, the IRS grants a
six-month extension beyond the April
15 deadline rather than the four-month
extension currently stated in the
regulations.
Under proposed § 668.57(a)(5), an
institution may require an applicant
who has been granted an extension to
file his or her income tax return to
provide a copy of that tax return once
it has been filed. If the institution
requires the applicant to submit the tax
return, under this proposed provision, it
would need to re-verify the AGI and
taxes paid of the applicant and his or
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34866
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
her spouse or parents when the
institution receives the return.
Proposed § 668.57(a)(7) would clarify
that an applicant’s income tax return
that is signed by the preparer or
stamped with the preparer’s name and
address must also include the preparer’s
Social Security number, Employer
Identification Number or the Preparer
Tax Identification Number.
Proposed § 668.57(b) and (c) would
remain substantively unchanged.
We would delete current § 668.57(d)
regarding acceptable documentation for
untaxed income and benefits and
replace it with new proposed
§ 668.57(d). This new section would
provide that, if an applicant is selected
to verify other information specified in
an annual Federal Register notice, the
applicant must provide the
documentation specified for that
information in the Federal Register
notice.
Currently under OMB Control
Number 1845–0041, there are 1,022,384
hours of burden associated with the
verification regulations, of which 12,312
hours are attributable to institutions of
higher education to establish their
verification policies and procedures.
Under proposed § 668.57, we estimate
that, on average, institutions will take 7
minutes (.12 hours) per applicant
selected for verification to review and
take appropriate action based upon the
information provided by the applicant,
which in some cases may mean
correcting applicant data or having the
applicant correct his or her data. Under
current § 668.57, when we consider the
significant increase to 17.4 million
applicants in the 2008–2009 award year,
of which 5.1 million would be selected
for verification at an average of 12
minutes (.20 hours) per verification
response received from applicants by
the institutions for review, the total
increase in burden would have been
1,020,000 additional hours. However,
under proposed § 668.57, both the
average number of items to be verified
would be reduced from five items to
three items, as well as the average
amount of time to review would
decrease from 12 minutes (.20 hours) to
7 minutes (.12 hours). Therefore, under
the proposed regulations, the burden to
institutions would be 612,000 burden
hours (that is, 5.1 million multiplied by
7 minutes (.12 hours))—rather than
1,020,000 burden hours (i.e., 5.1 million
applicants multiplied by 12 minutes
(.20 hours)). Thus, as compared to the
burden under the current regulations,
using the number of applicants from
2008–2009—17.4 million—there would
be 408,000 fewer burden hours for
institutions.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
We estimate that for 2,086 proprietary
institutions times 7 minutes (.12 hours)
equals 226,440 hours of increased
burden. We estimate that for 1,731
private non-profit institutions times 7
minutes (.12 hours) equals 183,600
hours of increased burden. We estimate
that for 1,892 public institutions times
7 minutes (.12 hours) equals 201,960
hours of increased burden.
As a result, for OMB reporting
purposes, collectively there would be a
projected increase of 612,000 hours of
burden for institutions in OMB Control
Number 1845–0041.
Section 668.59—Consequences of a
Change in FAFSA Information
We propose to amend § 668.59 by
removing all allowable tolerances and
requiring instead that an institution
submit to the Department all changes to
an applicant’s FAFSA information
resulting from verification for those
applicants receiving assistance under
any of the subsidized student financial
assistance programs (see proposed
§ 668.59(a)).
Under proposed § 668.59(b), for the
Federal Pell Grant program, once the
applicant provides the institution with
the corrected SAR or ISIR, the
institution would be required to
recalculate the applicant’s Federal Pell
Grant and disburse any additional
funds, if additional funds are payable. If
the applicant’s Federal Pell Grant would
be reduced as a result of verification, the
institution would be required to
eliminate any overpayment by adjusting
subsequent disbursements or
reimbursing the program account by
requiring the applicant to return the
overpayment or making restitution from
its own funds (see proposed
§ 668.59(b)(2)(ii)).
Proposed § 668.59(c) would provide
that, for the subsidized student financial
assistance programs, excluding the
Federal Pell Grant Program, if an
applicant’s FAFSA information changes
as a result of verification, the institution
must recalculate the applicant’s EFC
and adjust the applicant’s financial aid
package on the basis of the EFC on the
corrected SAR or ISIR.
With the exception of minor technical
edits, proposed § 668.59(d), which
describes the consequences of a change
in an applicant’s FAFSA information,
would be substantively the same as
current § 668.59(d).
Finally, we would remove current
§ 668.59(e), the provision that requires
an institution to refer to the Department
unresolved disputes over the accuracy
of information provided by the
applicant if the applicant received funds
on the basis of that information.
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
As proposed, both individuals
(students) and institutions would be
making corrections to FAFSA
information as a result of the
verification process. We estimate that 30
percent of the 17,000,000 applicants or
5,100,000 individuals (students) would
be selected for verification. Of those
5,100,000 individuals, students would
submit, on average, 1.4 changes in
FAFSA information as a result of
verification for 7,140,000 changes which
would take an average of 7 minutes (.12
hours) per change, increasing burden to
individuals by 856,800 hours.
We estimate that of the 5,100,000
individuals selected for verification,
that institutions would submit, on
average 2.0 changes per individual in
FAFSA information as a result of
verification for 10,200,000 changes. We
estimate that 3,774,000 changes to
FAFSA information as a result of
verification would occur at proprietary
institutions which would take an
average of 7 minutes (.12 hours) per
change, increasing burden by 452,880
hours. We estimate that 3,060,000
changes to FAFSA information as a
result of verification would occur at
private non-profit institutions which
would take an average of 7 minutes (.12
hours) per change, increasing burden by
367,200 hours. We estimate that
3,366,000 changes to FAFSA
information as a result of verification
would occur at public institutions
which would take an average of 7
minutes (.12 hours) per change,
increasing burden by 403,920 hours.
Collectively, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.59 would
increase for individuals and institutions
by 2,080,800 hours in OMB Control
Number 1845–0041.
Section 668.144—Application for Test
Approval
We propose to clarify and expand the
requirements in current §§ 668.143 and
668.144 and to include all of the
requirements for test approval in one
section, proposed § 668.144. Paragraphs
(a) and (b) of proposed § 668.144 would
describe the general requirement for test
publishers and States to submit to the
Secretary any test they wish to have
approved under subpart J of part 668.
Paragraph (c) of proposed § 668.144
would describe the information that a
test publisher must include with its
application for approval of a test.
Paragraph (d) of proposed § 668.144
would describe the information a State
must include with its application when
it submits a test to the Secretary for
approval.
Proposed § 668.144(c)(16) would
require test publishers to include in
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
their applications a description of their
test administrator certification process.
In proposed § 668.144(c)(17), we would
require test publishers to include in
their applications, a description of the
test anomaly analysis the test publisher
will conduct and submit to the
Secretary. Finally, proposed
§ 668.144(c)(18) would require test
publishers to include in their
applications a description of the types
of accommodations available for
individuals with disabilities, including
a description of the process used to
identify and report when
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided.
Proposed § 668.144(d) would be
added to describe what States must
include in their test submissions to the
Secretary. While this provision would
replace the content in current § 668.143,
its language would be revised to be
parallel, where appropriate, to the test
publisher submission requirements in
current § 668.144. In addition to
paralleling most of the current
requirements for test publisher test
submissions, proposed § 668.144(d)
would also include the new
requirements proposed to be added to
the test publisher submissions. A
description of those new provisions
follows:
Both test publishers and States would
be required to submit a description of
their test administrator certification
process that indicates how the test
publisher or State, as applicable, will
determine that a test administrator has
the necessary training, knowledge,
skills, and integrity to test students in
accordance with requirements and how
the test publisher or the State will
determine that the test administrator has
the ability and facilities to keep its test
secure against disclosure or release (see
proposed § 668.144(c)(16) (test
publishers) and § 668.144(d)(7) (States)).
We estimate that test publishers and
States would, on average, take 2.5 hours
to develop its process to establish that
a test administrator has the necessary
training, knowledge, skills and integrity
to administer ability-to-benefit (ATB)
tests and report that process to the
Secretary. We estimate that the burden
associated with 8 ATB tests would
increase for the proprietary test
publishers by 20 hours.
The proposed regulations would
require both test publishers and States
to submit a description of the test
anomaly analysis they will conduct that
includes how they will identify
potential test irregularities and make a
determination that test irregularities
have occurred; an explanation of
corrective action to be taken in the event
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:25 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
of test irregularities; and information on
when and how the Secretary, test
administrator, and institutions will be
notified if a test administrator is
decertified (see proposed
§ 668.144(c)(17) (test publishers) and
§ 668.144(d)(8) (States)). We estimate
that test publishers and States would,
on average, take 75 hours to develop its
test anomaly process, to establish its test
anomaly analysis (where it explains its
test irregularity detection process
including its decertification of test
administrator process) and to establish
its reporting process to the Secretary.
We estimate that the burden associated
with 8 ATB tests would increase for the
proprietary test publishers by 600 hours.
Under proposed § 668.144(c)(18) and
(d)(9) respectively, both test publishers
and States would be required to
describe the types of accommodations
available for individuals with
disabilities, and the process for a test
administrator to identify and report to
the test publisher when
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided. We estimate
that test publishers and States would,
on average, take 1 hour to develop and
describe to the Secretary the types of
accommodations available to
individuals with disabilities, to describe
the process the test administrator would
use to support the identification of the
disability and to develop the process to
report when accommodations would be
used. We estimate that the burden
associated with 8 ATB tests would
increase for the proprietary test
publishers by 8 hours.
Collectively, the proposed regulatory
changes in § 668.144 would increase
burden for test publishers by 628 hours
in OMB 1845–0049.
Section 668.150—Agreement Between
the Secretary and a Test-Publisher or a
State
Proposed § 668.150 would provide
that States, as well as test publishers,
must enter into agreements with the
Secretary in order to have their tests
approved.
We would also revise this section to
require both test publishers and States
to comply with a number of new
requirements that would be added to the
agreement with the Secretary. These
requirements would include:
• Requiring the test administrators
that they certify to provide them with
certain information about whether they
have been decertified (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(2)). We estimate that 3,774
individuals (test administrators) would
take, on average, 10 minutes (.17 hours)
to access, read, complete and submit the
written certification to a test publisher
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34867
or State, which would increase burden
by 642 hours.
• We estimate that it would take each
test publisher or State 1 hour per test
submission to develop its process to
obtain a certification statement from
each prospective test administrator,
which would increase burden by 8
hours. We estimate that the review of
the submitted written certifications by
the test publishers or States for the
3,774 test administrators would take, on
average, 5 minutes (.08 hours) per
certification form, which would
increase burden by 302 hours.
Immediately notifying the test
administrator, the Secretary, and
institutions when the test administrator
is decertified (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(6)). We estimate that 1
percent of the 3,774 test administrators
would be decertified. We estimate that
it would take test publishers and States,
on average, 1 hour per decertification to
provide all of the proposed
notifications, which would increase
burden for proprietary test publishers by
38 hours. Reviewing test results of tests
administered by a decertified test
administrator and immediately
notifying affected institutions and
students (see proposed § 668.150(b)(7)).
We estimate that 481,763 ATB tests
would be taken for title IV, HEA
purposes annually. Of the annual total
of ATB tests provided, we estimate that
1 percent will be improperly
administered and that 4,818 individuals
would be contacted, which would take,
on average, 15 minutes (.25 hours) per
individual. We estimate that burden
would increase by 1,205 hours. We
estimate that it would take test
publishers and States, on average, 5
hours per ATB test submitted, to
develop the process to determine when
ATB tests have been improperly
administered, which for 8 approved
ATB tests would increase burden by 40
hours. We estimate that test publishers
and States would, on average, take 20
minutes (.33 hours) for each of the 4,818
estimated improperly administered ATB
tests to make the proposed notifications
to institutions, students and prospective
students, which would increase burden
by 1,590 hours. Reporting to the
Secretary if a test publisher or the State
certifies a previously decertified test
administrator after the three-year
decertification period (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(8)). We estimate that of the
3,774 test administrators that 1 percent
or 38 test administrators would be
decertified. Of the 38 decertified test
administrators, we estimate that 2
percent or 1 previously de-certified test
administrator would be re-certified after
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34868
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
a three-year period and therefore
reported to the Secretary. We estimate
the burden for test publishers for this
reporting would be 1 hour. We project
that it will be very rare that a decertified
test administrator will seek recertification after the three-year
decertification period.
• Providing copies of test anomaly
analysis every 18 months instead of
every 3 years (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(13)). We estimate that it
would take test publishers or States, on
average, 75 hours to conduct its test
anomaly analysis and report the results
to the Secretary every 18 months as
proposed. We estimate the burden on
test publishers for the submission of the
8 test anomaly analysis every 18 months
would be 600 hours.
• Reporting to the Secretary any
credible information indicating that a
test has been compromised (see
proposed § 668.150(b)(15)). We estimate
that 481,763 ATB tests for title IV, HEA
purposes would be given on an annual
basis. Of that total number ATB tests
provided, we estimate that 482 ATB
tests will be compromised. On average,
we estimate that test publishers would
take 1 hour per test to collect the
credible information to make the
determination that a test would be
compromised and report it to the
Secretary. We estimate that burden
would increase by 482 hours. Reporting
to the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Education any credible
information indicating that a test
administrator or institution may have
engaged in fraud or other criminal
misconduct (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(16)). We estimate that
481,763 ATB tests for title IV, HEA
purposes would be given on an annual
basis. Of that total number ATB tests
provided, we estimate that 482 ATB
tests will be compromised. On average,
we estimate that test publishers would
take 1 hour per test to collect the
credible information to make the
determination that a test would be
compromised and report it to the U.S.
Department of Education’s Office of the
Inspector General. We estimate that
burden would increase by 482 hours.
• Requiring a test administrator who
provides a test to an individual with a
disability who requires an
accommodation in the test’s
administration to report to the test
publisher or the State the nature of the
disability and the accommodations that
were provided (see proposed
§ 668.150(b)(17)). Census data indicate
that 12 percent of the U.S. population is
severely disabled. We estimate that 12
percent of the ATB test population
(481,763 ATB test takers) or 57,812 of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
the ATB test takers would be
individuals with disabilities that would
need accommodations for the ATB test.
We estimate that it would take 5
minutes (.08 hours) to report the nature
of the disability and any
accommodation that the test
administrator made for the test taker,
increasing burden by 4,625 hours.
We estimate that, on average, test
publishers and States would take 2
hours per ATB test to develop the
process for having test administrators
report the nature of the test taker’s
disability and any accommodations
provided, times 8 tests would increase
burden for proprietary ATB test
publishers by 16 hours.
Collectively, the proposed changes
reflected in § 668.150 would increase
burden by 10,031 hours in OMB Control
Number 1845–0049.
Section 668.151—Administration of
Tests
Proposed § 668.151(g)(4), would
require institutions to keep a record of
each individual who took an ATB test
and the name and address of the test
administrator who administered the test
and any identifier assigned to the test
administrator by the test publisher or
the State.
We estimate that 481,763 ATB tests
for title IV, HEA purposes would be
given on an annual basis. We estimate
that proprietary institutions would
provide 36 percent of those ATB tests or
173,445 tests and that, on average, the
amount of time to record the test takers
name and address as well as the test
administrators identifiers would be 5
minutes (.08 hours) per test, increasing
burden by 13,876 hours. We estimate
that private non-profit institutions
would provide 31 percent of those ATB
tests or 149,347 tests and that, on
average, the amount of time to record
the test takers name and address as well
as the test administrators identifiers
would be 5 minutes (.08 hours) per test,
increasing burden by 11,948 hours. We
estimate that public institutions would
provide 33 percent of those ATB tests or
158,962 tests and that, on average, the
amount of time to record the test takers
name and address as well as the test
administrators identifiers would be 5
minutes (.08 hours) per test, increasing
burden by 12,717 hours.
• If the individual who took the test
has a disability and is unable to be
evaluated by the use of an approved
ATB test, or the individual requested or
required a testing accommodation, the
institution would be required, under
proposed § 668.151(g)(5), to maintain
documentation of the individual’s
disability and of the testing
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
arrangements provided. Census data
indicate that 12 percent of the U.S.
population is severely disabled. We
estimate that 12 percent of the ATB test
population (481,763 ATB test takers) or
57,812 of the ATB test takers would be
individuals with disabilities that would
need accommodations for the ATB test.
We estimate that it would take 5
minutes (.08 hours) to collect and
maintain documentation of the
individual’s disability and of the testing
accommodations provided to the test
taker. We estimate that proprietary
institutions will provide 36 percent or
20,812 tests times 5 minutes (.08 hours),
increasing burden by 1,665 hours. We
estimate that private non-profit
institutions will provide 31 percent or
17,922 tests times 5 minutes (.08 hours),
increasing burden by 1,434 hours. We
estimate that public institutions will
provide 33 percent or 19,078 tests times
5 minutes (.08 hours), increasing burden
by 1,526 hours. Collectively, the
proposed regulatory changes reflected in
§ 668.151 would increase burden by
43,166 hours in OMB Control Number
1845–0049.
Section 668.152—Administration of
Tests by Assessment Centers
Proposed § 668.152(a) would clarify
that assessment centers are also required
to comply with the provisions of
§ 688.153 (Administration of tests for
individuals whose native language is
not English or for individuals with
disabilities), if applicable.
Under proposed § 668.152(b)(2),
assessment centers that score tests
would be required to provide copies of
completed tests or lists of test-takers’
scores to the test publisher or the State,
as applicable, on a weekly basis. Under
proposed § 668.152(b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii),
copies of completed tests or reports
listing test-takers’ scores would be
required to include the name and
address of the test administrator who
administered the test and any identifier
assigned to the test administrator by the
test publisher or the State.
We estimate that of the 3,774 ATB test
administrators approximately one-third
(.3328 times 3,774) or 1,256 of the ATB
test administrators are at test assessment
centers. Of the 1,256 test assessment
centers, we estimate that 18 percent or
226 test assessment centers are at
private non-profit institutions and 82
percent or 1,030 test assessment centers
are at public institutions. We estimate
that 92 percent of the ATB tests
provided at test assessment centers are
scored by the test administrators and
therefore, under the proposed
regulations, the institution would be
required to maintain the scored ATB
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34869
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
tests, to collect and submit copies of the
completed ATB tests or a listing to the
test publisher or State on a weekly basis,
while the other 8 percent will not be
impacted by these proposed regulations.
We estimate that, on average, it would
take 5 minutes (.08 hours) per week for
the test assessment center (institution)
to collect and submit the proposed
information on a weekly basis. For 226
test assessment centers at private nonprofit institutions times 5 minutes (.08
hours) times 52 weeks per year equals
940 hours of increased burden. For the
1,030 test assessment centers at public
institutions times 5 minutes (.08 hours)
times 52 weeks per year equals 4,285
hours of increased burden.
Collectively, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.152 would
increase burden by 5,225 hours in OMB
Control Number 1845–0049.
Section 668.164—Disbursing Funds
Under proposed § 668.164(i), an
institution would provide a way for a
Federal Pell Grant eligible student to
obtain or purchase required books and
supplies by the seventh day of a
payment period under certain
conditions. An institution would have
to comply with this requirement only if,
10 days before the beginning of the
payment period, the institution could
disburse the title IV, HEA program
funds for which the student is eligible,
and presuming that those funds were
disbursed, the student would have a
title IV, HEA credit balance under
§ 668.164(e). The amount the institution
would provide to the student for books
and supplies would be the lesser of the
presumed credit balance or the amount
needed by the student, as determined by
the institution. In determining the
amount needed by the student, the
institution could use the actual costs of
books and supplies or the allowance for
books and supplies used in the student’s
cost of attendance for the payment
period.
We estimate that of the 6,321,678
Federal Pell Grant recipients in the
2008–2009 award year, that
approximately 30 percent or 1,896,503
would have or did have a title IV, HEA
credit balance. Of that number of
Federal Pell Grant recipients, we
estimate that 25 percent or 474,126
Federal Pell Grant recipients would
have a presumed credit balance 10 days
prior to the beginning of the payment
period, and as proposed, that the
institution would have to provide a way
for those recipients to either obtain or
purchase their books and supplies
within 7 days of the beginning of the
payment period. We estimate that the
2,063 proprietary institutions
participating in the Federal Pell Grant
program would take, on average 3 hours
per institution to analyze and make
programming change needed to identify
these recipients with presumed credit
balances, increasing burden by 6,189
hours. Additionally, we estimate that
proprietary institutions would be
required to disburse the presumed
credit balance to 38 percent of the
474,126 at proprietary institutions
(180,168 recipients) which on average,
would take 5 minutes (.08 hours) per
recipient, increasing burden by 14,414
hours. We estimate that the 1,523
private non-profit institutions
participating in the Federal Pell Grant
program would take, on average 3 hours
per institution to analyze and make
programming change needed to identify
these recipients with presumed credit
balances, increasing burden by 4,569
hours. Additionally, we estimate that
private non-profit institutions would be
required to disburse the presumed
credit balance to 28 percent of the
474,126 at proprietary institutions
(132,755 recipients) which on average,
would take 5 minutes (.08 hours) per
recipient, increasing burden by 10,620
hours. We estimate that the 1,883 public
institutions participating in the Federal
Pell Grant program would take, on
average 3 hours per institution to
analyze and make programming change
needed to identify these recipients with
presumed credit balances, increasing
burden by 5,469 hours. Additionally, we
estimate that proprietary institutions
would be required to disburse the
presumed credit balance to 34 percent
of the 474,126 at proprietary institutions
(161,203 recipients) which on average,
would take 5 minutes (.08 hours) per
recipient, increasing burden by 12,896
hours.
Collectively, the proposed regulatory
changes reflected in § 668.164 would
increase burden by 54,337 hours in
OMB Control Number 1845–NEW3.
Collection of Information
Regulatory
section
Information collection
Collection
668.6 ............
This proposed regulatory section would require institutions to submit annually information
that would include identifying information about each student who completed a program
that prepares a student for gainful employment, the CIP code for that program, the date
the student completed the program, and the amounts the student received from private
educational loans and institutional financing programs. Institutions would have to disclose
on their Web site information about the occupations that its programs prepare students
to enter, information from DOL’s O-Net data about the job tasks and expected salaries.
In addition, the institution would also have to report the costs for tuition and fees, room
and board, and other associated institutional costs typically incurred by students enrolling
in these programs; graduation rates; placement rates; and median debt rate information
about title IV, HEA loans and private loan as provided by the Department to the institution.
This proposed regulatory section provides for a new conversion ratio when converting clock
hours to credit hours. As proposed, this section would include an exemption for affected
institutions if the accrediting agency, or the State approval agency finds that there are no
deficiencies in the institutions policies and procedures for these conversions. Under the
exception, the institution would use a lower ratio and could consider student’s outside
work in the total hours being converted to credit hours. Burden would increase for proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions when they measure whether certain programs
when converted from clock hours to credit hours have sufficient credit hours to receive
title VI, HEA funds.
OMB 1845–NEW1. This would be
a new collection. A separate 60day Federal Register notice will
be published to solicit comment.
The
burden
increases
by
105,377 hours.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
668.8 ............
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
OMB 1845–0022. The burden increases by 18,349 hours.
18JNP2
34870
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Regulatory
section
Information collection
Collection
668.16 ..........
This proposed regulatory section would be streamlined by moving most of the elements of
satisfactory academic progress (SAP) from this section to proposed § 668.34. Under this
proposal, the required elements of SAP would be expanded to provide greater institutional flexibility Burden would increase for proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions
to develop a high school diploma validity process and would increase when certain diplomas are verified.
668.22 ..........
This proposed regulatory section would consider a student to have withdrawn if the student
does not complete all the days in the payment period or period of enrollment that the
student was scheduled to complete prior to withdrawing. Burden would increase for individuals, proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions when students in term-based programs with modules or compressed courses withdraw before completing more than 60
percent of the payment period or period of enrollment for which a calculation would be
performed to determine the earned and unearned portions of title IV, HEA program assistance.
This proposed regulatory section would restructure and expand the satisfactory academic
progress requirements by allowing for more frequent measuring of SAP. Burden would
increase for individuals and proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions for institutions
to measure academic progress and when academic plans or alternatives would be provided to students who do not meet the institution’s academic standards.
OMB 1845–0022 and OMB 1845–
NEW2. The burden hours attributable to SAP in OMB 1845–
0022 would be administratively
transferred to OMB 1845–
NEW2. Additionally, the burden
increases by 21,982 hours in
OMB 1845–0022.
OMB 1845–0022. The burden increases by 743,881 hours.
668.34 ..........
668.43 ..........
668.55 ..........
668.56 ..........
668.57 ..........
668.59 ..........
668.144 ........
668.150 ........
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
668.151 ........
668.152 ........
VerDate Mar<15>2010
This proposed regulatory section would require that for institutions that enter into written arrangements with other institutions to provide for a portion of its programs’ training by the
institution that is not providing the degree or certificate, the institution providing the degree or certificate must provide a variety of disclosures to enrolled and prospective students about the written arrangements. Burden would increase for proprietary, not-for
profit and public institutions for reporting the details of written arrangements with other institutions offering a portion of a student’s program of study.
This proposed regulatory provision would require that all updated applicant data information
as a result of verification be reported to the Secretary via the Central Processing System. This also would cover changes made as a result of a dependent student becoming
married during the award year, such change in status due to marriage had previously
been prohibited.
This proposed regulation changes from the current five mandatory items included in the
verification process to a more flexible list of items that will be selected on an individualized basis. For example, there is no need to verify data that can be obtained directly
from the IRS. Burden would increase for individuals; however, the average number of
data elements to be verified is expected to be reduced.
This proposed regulatory provision would modify the requirements related to acceptable
documentation required as a part of the verification process. It would allow for the importation of data obtained directly from the IRS that has been unchanged and would provide
other flexibilities that would reduce burden; however, due to the large increase in applicants, there would be an overall increase in burden.
This proposed provision would eliminate all allowable tolerances and require an institution
to submit to the Department all changes to an applicant’s FAFSA as a result of
verification. Burden would increase for proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions
that would recalculate title IV, HEA awards as a result of data changes due to verification.
This proposed regulatory section would amend and expand the required elements that a
test publisher or a State must submit to the Secretary for approval.
This proposed provision would amend and expand the provisions of the agreement between the Secretary and the ability to benefit test (ATB) publishers or a State. The expanded requirements would include requiring test administrators to certify that they have
not been decertified, notification requirements when a test administrator is decertified,
and providing test anomaly studies every eighteen months rather than every 36 months.
Burden would increase for individuals, proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions for
the collection and maintenance of certifications, for required notifications, and for submission of test anomaly studies.
This proposed provision would require independent test administrators to submit completed
tests for scoring to the test publisher or the State in no more than two business days following the test. Institutions would be required to maintain a record of each individual who
takes an ATB test and information about the test administrator. When the test taker has
a disability, it would be the institution’s responsibility to maintain documentation of the individual’s disability and any accommodation provided the individual.
This proposed provision would require that test assessment centers provide either copies
of the completed tests or lists of the test takers’ scores, including the test administrator’s
name, address, and any other test administrator identifier to the test publisher or State,
as applicable, on a weekly basis.
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
OMB 1845–NEW2. This would be
a new collection. A separate 60day Federal Register notice will
be published to solicit comment.
The
burden
increases
by
976,855 hours.
OMB 1845–0022. The burden increases by 67,870 hours.
OMB 1845–0041. The burden increases by 425,005 hours.
OMB 1845–0041. The burden increases by 612,000 hours.
OMB 1845–0041. The burden increases by 612,000 hours.
OMB 1845–0041. The burden increases by 2,080,800 hours.
OMB 1845–0049. The burden increases by 628 hours.
OMB 1845–0049. The burden increases by 10,031 hours.
OMB 1845–0049. The burden increases by 43,166 hours.
OMB 1845–0049. The burden increases by 5,225 hours.
18JNP2
34871
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Regulatory
section
Information collection
Collection
668.164 ........
This proposed provision would require that institutions provide a way for Federal Pell Grant
program recipients to obtain or purchase books and supplies by the seventh day of the
payment period if certain conditions are met and a credit balance or projected credit balance exists. Burden would increase for proprietary, not-for profit and public institutions to
identify and notify Pell recipients with a presumed credit balance about ways to obtain or
purchase books and supplies.
OMB 1845–NEW3. This would be
a new collection. A separate 60day Federal Register notice will
be published to solicit comment.
The burden increases by 54,337
hours.
If you want to comment on the
proposed information collection
requirements, please send your
comments to the Office of Information
and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attention:
Desk Officer for U.S. Department of
Education. Send these comments by email to OIRA_DOCKET@omb.eop.gov or
by fax to (202) 395–6974. You may also
send a copy of these comments to the
Department contact named in the
ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
We consider your comments on these
proposed collections of information in—
• Deciding whether the proposed
collections are necessary for the proper
performance of our functions, including
whether the information will have
practical use;
• Evaluating the accuracy of our
estimate of the burden of the proposed
collections, including the validity of our
methodology and assumptions;
• Enhancing the quality, usefulness,
and clarify of the information we
collect; and
• Minimizing the burden on those
who must respond. This includes
exploring the use of appropriate
automated, electronic, mechanical, or
other technological collection
techniques or other forms of information
technology; e.g., permitting electronic
submission of responses.
OMB is required to make a decision
concerning the collections of
information contained in these
proposed regulations between 30 and 60
days after publication of this document
in the Federal Register. Therefore, to
ensure that OMB gives your comments
full consideration, it is important that
OMB receives the comments within 30
days of publication. This does not affect
the deadline for your comments to us on
the proposed regulations.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Intergovernmental Review
These programs are not subject to
Executive Order 12372 and the
regulations in 34 CFR part 79.
In accordance with section 411 of the
General Education Provisions Act, 20
U.S.C. 1221e–4, the Secretary
particularly requests comments on
whether these proposed regulations
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
Electronic Access to This Document
You can view this document, as well
as all other documents of this
Department published in the Federal
Register, in text or Adobe Portable
Document Format (PDF) on the Internet
at the following site: https://www.ed.gov/
news/fedregister. To use PDF, you must
have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is
available free at this site.
Note: The official version of this document
is the document published in the Federal
Register. Free Internet access to the official
edition of the Federal Register and the Code
of Federal Regulations is available on GPO
Access at: https://www.gpoaccess.gov/nara/
index/html.
(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance:
84.007 FSEOG; 84.032 Federal Family
Education Loan Program; 84.033 Federal
Work-Study Program; 84.037 Federal Perkins
Loan Program; 84.063 Federal Pell Grant
Program; 84.069 LEAP; 84.268 William D.
Ford Federal Direct Loan Program; 84.376
ACG/SMART; 84.379 TEACH Grant Program)
List of Subjects
34 CFR Part 600
Colleges and universities, Foreign
relations, Grant programs-education,
Loan programs-education, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Selective Service System, Student aid,
Vocational education.
34 CFR Part 602
Colleges and universities, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
34 CFR Part 603
Colleges and universities, Vocational
education.
34 CFR Part 668
Assessment of Educational Impact
VerDate Mar<15>2010
would require transmission of
information that any other agency or
authority of the United States gathers or
makes available.
Administrative practice and
procedure, Aliens, Colleges and
universities, Consumer protection,
Grant programs—education, Loan
programs—education, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Selective
Service System, Student aid, Vocational
education.
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34 CFR Part 682
Administrative practice and
procedure, Colleges and universities,
Loan programs—education, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Student aid, Vocational education.
34 CFR Part 685
Administrative practice and
procedure, Colleges and universities,
Loan programs—education, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Student aid, Vocational education.
34 CFR Part 686
Administrative practice and
procedure, Colleges and universities,
Education, Elementary and secondary
education, Grant programs—education,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Student aid.
34 CFR Part 690
Colleges and universities, Education
of disadvantaged, Grant programs—
education, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Student aid.
34 CFR Part 691
Colleges and universities, Elementary
and secondary education, Grant
programs—education, Student aid.
Dated: June 8, 2010.
Arne Duncan,
Secretary of Education.
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Secretary proposes to
amend parts 600, 602, 603, 668, 682,
685, 686, 690, and 691 of title 34 of the
Code of Federal Regulations as
previously amended in the Federal
Register on October 27, 2009 (74 FR
55414) and October 29, 2009 (74 FR
55902) as follows:
PART 600—INSTITUTIONAL
ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE HIGHER
EDUCATION ACT OF 1965, AS
AMENDED
1. The authority citation for part 600
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001, 1002, 1003,
1088, 1091, 1094, 1099b, and 1099c, unless
otherwise noted.
2. Section 600.2 is amended by:
A. Adding, in alphabetical order, the
definition of a Credit hour.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34872
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
§ 600.5
B. Revising the definition of
Recognized occupation.
The addition and revision read as
follows:
§ 600.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Credit hour: Except as provided in 34
CFR 668.8(k) and (l), a credit hour is—
(1) One hour of classroom or direct
faculty instruction and a minimum of
two hours of out of class student work
each week for approximately fifteen
weeks for one semester or trimester hour
of credit, or ten to twelve weeks for one
quarter hour of credit, or the equivalent
amount of work over a different amount
of time;
(2) At least an equivalent amount of
work as required in paragraph (1) of this
definition for other academic activities
as established by the institution
including laboratory work, internships,
practica, studio work, and other
academic work leading to the award of
credit hours; or
(3) Institutionally established
reasonable equivalencies for the amount
of work required in paragraph (1) of this
definition for the credit hours awarded,
including as represented in intended
learning outcomes and verified by
evidence of student achievement.
*
*
*
*
*
Recognized occupation: An
occupation that is—
(1) Identified by a Standard
Occupational Classification (SOC) code
established by the Office of Management
and Budget or an Occupational
Information Network O* NET–SOC code
established by the Department of Labor
and available at https://
online.onetcenter.org or its successor
site; or
(2) Determined by the Secretary in
consultation with the Secretary of Labor
to be a recognized occupation.
*
*
*
*
*
3. Section 600.4 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a)(3), adding the
words, ‘‘in accordance with § 600.9’’
immediately after the word ‘‘located’’.
B. In paragraph (a)(4)(i)(C), removing
the word ‘‘and’’ that appears after the
punctuation ‘‘;’’.
C. Adding paragraph (a)(4)(iii).
The addition reads as follows:
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 600.4
Institution of higher education.
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(iii) That is at least a one academic
year training program that leads to a
certificate, or other nondegree
recognized credential, and prepares
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation; and
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
[Amended]
4. Section 600.5(a)(4) is amended by
adding the words, ‘‘in accordance with
§ 600.9’’ immediately after the word
‘‘located’’.
§ 600.6
State authorization.
(a)(1) An institution described under
§§ 600.4, 600.5, and 600.6 is legally
authorized by a State through a charter,
license, approval, or other document
issued by an appropriate State
government agency or State entity that
affirms or conveys the authority to the
institution to operate educational
programs beyond secondary education,
including programs leading to a degree
or certificate.
(2) An institution is considered to
meet the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)
of this section if the institution is
authorized to offer educational
programs beyond secondary education
by the Federal Government or, as
defined in 25 U.S.C. 1802(2), an Indian
tribe.
(3) An institution is considered to be
legally authorized to offer educational
programs beyond secondary education if
it is exempt from State authorization as
a religious institution under the State
constitution.
(b) The Secretary considers an
institution to be legally authorized by a
State under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section if—
(1) The authorization is given to the
institution specifically to offer programs
beyond secondary education but not if
the authorization is merely of the type
required to do business in the State or
to operate as an eleemosynary
organization;
(2) The authorization provided to the
institution is subject to adverse action
by the State; and
(3) The State has a process to review
and appropriately act on complaints
concerning an institution and enforces
applicable State laws.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001 and 1002)
PART 602—THE SECRETARY’S
RECOGNITION OF ACCREDITING
AGENCIES
7. The authority citation for part 602
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1099b, unless
otherwise noted.
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
§ 602.24 Additional procedures certain
institutional accreditors must have.
*
[Amended]
5. Section 600.6(a)(3) is amended by
adding the words, ‘‘in accordance with
§ 600.9’’ immediately after the word
‘‘located’’.
6. Section 600.9 is added to subpart
A to read as follows:
§ 600.9
8. Section 602.24 is amended by
adding a new paragraph (f) to read as
follows:
Sfmt 4702
*
*
*
*
(f) Credit-hour policies. The
accrediting agency, as part of its review
of an institution for initial accreditation
or preaccreditation or renewal of
accreditation, must conduct an effective
review and evaluation of the reliability
and accuracy of the institution’s
assignment of credit hours.
(1) The accrediting agency meets this
requirement if—
(i) It reviews the institution’s—
(A) Policies and procedures for
determining the credit hours, as defined
in 34 CFR 600.2, that the institution
awards for courses and programs; and
(B) The application of the institution’s
policies and procedures to its programs
and coursework; and
(ii) Makes a reasonable determination
of whether the institution’s assignment
of credit hours conforms to commonly
accepted practice in higher education.
(2) In reviewing and evaluating an
institution’s policies and procedures for
determining credit hour assignments, an
accrediting agency may use sampling or
other methods in the evaluation,
sufficient to comply with paragraph
(f)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
(3) The accrediting agency must take
such actions that it deems appropriate
to address any deficiencies that it
identifies at an institution as part of its
reviews and evaluations under
paragraph (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section, as it does in relation to other
deficiencies it may identify, subject to
the requirements of this part.
(4) If, following the institutional
review process under this paragraph (f),
the agency finds systemic
noncompliance with the agency’s
policies or significant noncompliance
regarding one or more programs at the
institution, the agency must promptly
notify the Secretary.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 603—SECRETARY’S
RECOGNITION PROCEDURES FOR
STATE AGENCIES
9. The authority citation for part 603
is revised to read as follows:
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001, 1002,
1094(c)(4); 42 U.S.C. 293a(b), 38 U.S.C. 3675,
unless otherwise noted.
10. Section 603.24 is amended by
redesignating paragraph (c) as paragraph
(d) and adding a new paragraph (c) to
read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
§ 603.24
Criteria for State agencies.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Credit-hour policies. The State
agency, as part of its review of an
institution for initial approval or
renewal of approval, must conduct an
effective review and evaluation of the
reliability and accuracy of the
institution’s assignment of credit hours.
(1) The State agency meets this
requirement if—
(i) It reviews the institution’s—
(A) Policies and procedures for
determining the credit hours, as defined
in 34 CFR 600.2, that the institution
awards for courses and programs; and
(B) The application of the institution’s
policies and procedures to its programs
and coursework; and
(ii) Makes a reasonable determination
of whether the institution’s assignment
of credit hours conforms to commonly
accepted practice in higher education.
(2) In reviewing and evaluating an
institution’s policies and procedures for
determining credit hour assignments, a
State agency may use sampling or other
methods in the evaluation, sufficient to
comply with paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) of
this section.
(3) The State agency must take such
actions that it deems appropriate to
address any deficiencies that it
identifies at an institution as part of its
reviews and evaluations under
paragraph (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section, as it does in relation to other
deficiencies it may identify, subject to
the requirements of this part.
(4) If, following the institutional
review process under this paragraph (c),
the agency finds systemic
noncompliance with the agency’s
policies or significant noncompliance
regarding one or more programs at the
institution, the agency must promptly
notify the Secretary.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 668—STUDENT ASSISTANCE
GENERAL PROVISIONS
11. The authority citation for part 668
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1001, 1002, 1003,
1070g, 1085, 1088, 1091, 1092, 1094, 1099c,
and 1099c–1, unless otherwise noted.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.2
[Amended]
12. Section 668.2 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a), adding, in
alphabetical order, the term ‘‘Credit
hour’’.
B. In paragraph (b), in the definition
of Full-time student, adding the words,
‘‘including for a term-based program,
repeating any coursework previously
taken in the program’’ immediately
before the period in the second
sentence.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
13. Section 668.5 is amended by:
A. Revising paragraph (a).
B. Revising paragraph (c)(1).
C. In paragraph (c)(2), adding the
words ‘‘offered by the institution that
grants the degree or certificate’’ after the
word ‘‘program’’.
D. In paragraph (c)(3)(i), removing the
words ‘‘not more than’’ and adding the
words ‘‘or less’’ after the word ‘‘percent’’.
E. In paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A), removing
the words ‘‘not more’’ and adding, in
their place, the word ‘‘less’’.
F. Adding new paragraph (e).
The addition and revisions read as
follows:
§ 668.5 Written arrangements to provide
educational programs.
(a) Written arrangements between
eligible institutions. (1) Except as
provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section, if an eligible institution enters
into a written arrangement with another
eligible institution, or with a consortium
of eligible institutions, under which the
other eligible institution or consortium
provides part of the educational
program to students enrolled in the first
institution, the Secretary considers that
educational program to be an eligible
program if the educational program
offered by the institution that grants the
degree or certificate otherwise satisfies
the requirements of § 668.8.
(2) If the written arrangement is
between two or more eligible
institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same individual, partnership, or
corporation, the Secretary considers the
educational program to be an eligible
program if—
(i) The educational program offered
by the institution that grants the degree
or certificate otherwise satisfies the
requirements of § 668.8; and
(ii) The institution that grants the
degree or certificate provides more than
50 percent of the educational program.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) The ineligible institution or
organization has not—
(i) Had its eligibility to participate in
the title IV, HEA programs terminated
by the Secretary;
(ii) Voluntarily withdrawn from
participation in the title IV, HEA
programs under a termination, showcause, suspension, or similar type
proceeding initiated by the institution’s
State licensing agency, accrediting
agency, guarantor, or by the Secretary;
(iii) Had its certification to participate
in the title IV, HEA programs revoked
by the Secretary;
(iv) Had its application for recertification to participate in the title IV,
HEA programs denied by the Secretary;
or
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34873
(v) Had its application for certification
to participate in the title IV, HEA
programs denied by the Secretary;
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Information made available to
students. If an institution enters into a
written arrangement described in
paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section,
the institution must provide the
information described in § 668.43(a)(12)
to enrolled and prospective students.
*
*
*
*
*
14. Section 668.6 is added to subpart
A to read as follows:
§ 668.6 Reporting and disclosure
requirements for programs that prepare
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation.
(a) Reporting requirements. In
accordance with procedures established
by the Secretary, an institution must
report annually for each student who
completes a program under § 668.8(c)(3)
or (d), information that includes—
(1) Information needed to identify the
student;
(2) The Classification of Instructional
Program (CIP) code of the program the
student completed;
(3) The date the student completed
the program; and
(4) The amounts the student received
from private educational loans and
institutional financing plans.
(b) Disclosures. For each program
offered by an institution under this
section, on its Web site the institution
must provide prospective students
with—
(1) The occupations (by names and
SOC codes) that the program prepares
students to enter, along with links to
occupational profiles on O*NET or its
successor site;
(2) The on-time graduation rate for
students entering the program;
(3) The cost of the program, including
tuition and fees, room and board, and
other institutional costs that a typical
student would incur for enrolling in the
program;
(4) Beginning no later than June 30,
2013, the placement rate for students
completing the program, as determined
under § 668.8(g) or a State-sponsored
workforce data system; and
(5) The median loan debt incurred by
students who completed the program
during the preceding three years. The
institution must identify separately the
median loan debt from title IV, HEA
program loans, and the median loan
debt from private educational loans and
institutional financing plans.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–NEW1)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C 1001(b), 1002(b) and (c))
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34874
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
15. Section 668.8 is amended by:
A. Revising paragraph (c)(3).
B. In paragraph (d)(2)(iii), adding the
words, ‘‘as provided under § 668.6’’
immediately after the word
‘‘occupation.’’
C. In paragraph (d)(3)(iii), adding the
words, ‘‘as provided under § 668.6’’
immediately after the word
‘‘occupation.’’
D. Revising paragraphs (k) and (l).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 668.8
Eligible program.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) Be at least a one-academic-year
training program that leads to a
certificate, or other nondegree
recognized credential, and prepares
students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) Undergraduate educational
program in credit hours. (1) Except as
provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this
section, if an institution offers an
undergraduate educational program in
credit hours, the institution must use
the formula contained in paragraph (l)
of this section to determine whether that
program satisfies the requirements
contained in paragraph (c)(3) or (d) of
this section, and the number of credit
hours in that educational program for
purposes of the title IV, HEA programs,
unless—
(i) The program is at least two
academic years in length and provides
an associate degree, a bachelor’s degree,
a professional degree, or an equivalent
degree as determined by the Secretary;
or
(ii) Each course within the program is
acceptable for full credit toward that
institution’s associate degree, bachelor’s
degree, professional degree, or
equivalent degree as determined by the
Secretary provided that—
(A) The institution’s degree requires
at least two academic years of study;
and
(B) The institution demonstrates that
students enroll in, and graduate from,
the degree program.
(2) A program is considered to be a
clock-hour program for purposes of the
title IV, HEA programs if—
(i) Except as provided in paragraph
(k)(3) of this section, a program is
required to measure student progress in
clock hours when—
(A) Receiving Federal or State
approval or licensure to offer the
program; or
(B) Completing clock hours is a
requirement for graduates to apply for
licensure or the authorization to
practice the occupation that the student
is intending to pursue;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(ii) The credit hours awarded for the
program are not in compliance with the
definition of a credit hour in 34 CFR
600.2; or
(iii) The institution does not provide
the clock hours that are the basis for the
credit hours awarded for the program or
each course in the program and, except
as provided in § 668.4(e), requires
attendance in the clock hours that are
the basis for the credit hours awarded.
(3) The requirements of paragraph
(k)(2)(i) of this section do not apply to
a program if there is a State or Federal
approval or licensure requirement that a
limited component of the program must
include a practicum, internship, or
clinical experience component of the
program that must include a minimum
number of clock hours.
(l) Formula. (1) Except as provided in
paragraph (l)(2) of this section, for
purposes of determining whether a
program described in paragraph (k) of
this section satisfies the requirements
contained in paragraph (c)(3) or (d) of
this section, and of determining the
number of credit hours in that
educational program with regard to the
title IV, HEA programs—
(i) A semester hour must include at
least 37.5 clock hours of instruction;
(ii) A trimester hour must include at
least 37.5 clock hours of instruction;
and
(iii) A quarter hour must include at
least 25 clock hours of instruction.
(2) The institution’s conversions to
establish a minimum number of clock
hours of instruction per credit may be
less than those specified in paragraph
(l)(1) of this section, if neither the
institution’s designated accrediting
agency nor the relevant State licensing
authority for participation in the title IV,
HEA programs has identified any
deficiencies with the institution’s
policies and procedures, or their
implementation, for determining the
credit hours, as defined in 34 CFR
600.2, that the institution awards for
programs and courses, in accordance
with 34 CFR 602.24(f), or, if applicable,
34 CFR 603.24(c), so long as—
(i) The institution’s student work
outside of class combined with the
clock-hours of instruction meet or
exceed the numeric requirements in
paragraph (l)(1) of this section; and
(ii)(A) A semester hour must include
at least 30 clock hours of instruction;
(B) A trimester hour must include at
least 30 clock hours of instruction; and
(C) A quarter hour must include at
least 20 hours of instruction.
*
*
*
*
*
16. Section 668.14 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(22) to read as
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 668.14
Program participation agreement.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(22)(i)(A) It will not provide any
commission, bonus, or other incentive
payment based directly or indirectly
upon success in securing enrollments or
the award of financial aid, to any person
or entity who is engaged in any student
recruitment or admission activity, or in
making decisions regarding the
awarding of title IV, HEA program
funds.
(B) The restrictions in paragraph
(b)(22) of this section do not apply to
the recruitment of foreign students
residing in foreign countries who are
not eligible to receive Federal student
assistance.
(ii) Eligible institutions, organizations
that are contractors to eligible
institutions, and other entities may
make merit-based adjustments to
employee compensation provided that
such adjustments are not based directly
or indirectly upon success in securing
enrollments or the award of financial
aid.
(iii) As used in paragraph (b)(22) of
this section,
(A) Commission, bonus, or other
incentive payment means a sum of
money or something of value paid to or
given to a person or an entity for
services rendered.
(B) Securing enrollments or the
awards of financial aid means activities
that a person or entity engages in for the
purpose of the admission or
matriculation of students for any period
of time or the award of financial aid to
students.
(1) These activities include
recruitment contact in any form with a
prospective student, such as
preadmission or advising activities,
scheduling an appointment to visit the
enrollment office, attendance at such
appointment, or signing an enrollment
agreement or financial aid application.
(2) These activities do not include
making a payment to a third party for
the provision of student contact
information for prospective students
provided that such payment is not based
on the number of students who apply or
enroll.
(C) Enrollment means the admission
or matriculation of a student into an
eligible institution.
*
*
*
*
*
17. Section 668.16 is amended by:
A. Revising paragraph (e).
B. In paragraph (n) introductory text,
removing the word ‘‘and’’ that appears
after the punctuation’’;’’.
C. In paragraph (o)(2), removing the
punctuation ‘‘.’’ and adding, in its place,
the punctuation and word ‘‘; and’’.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
D. Adding paragraph (p).
E. Revising the OMB control number
at the end of the section.
The revisions and addition read as
follows:
§ 668.16 Standards of administrative
capability.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) For purposes of determining
student eligibility for assistance under a
title IV, HEA program, establishes,
publishes, and applies reasonable
standards for measuring whether an
otherwise eligible student is
maintaining satisfactory academic
progress in his or her educational
program. The Secretary considers an
institution’s standards to be reasonable
if the standards are in accordance with
the provisions specified in § 668.34.
*
*
*
*
*
(p) Develops and follows procedures
to evaluate the validity of a student’s
high school completion if the institution
or the Secretary has reason to believe
that the high school diploma is not valid
or was not obtained from an entity that
provides secondary school education.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0022)
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
18. Section 668.22 is amended by:
A. Redesignating paragraphs (a)(2)
through (a)(5) as paragraphs (a)(3)
through (a)(6), respectively.
B. Adding new paragraph (a)(2).
C. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(5), removing the citation ‘‘(a)(5)’’ and
adding, in its place, the citation ‘‘(a)(6)’’.
D. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(ii)(A)(2), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)’’ and adding, in its place, the
citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)’’.
E. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(ii)(B)(2), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)’’ and adding, in its place, the
citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)’’.
F. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(ii)(B)(3), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)’’ and adding, in its place, the
citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)’’.
G. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(iii)(A)(1), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(ii)(A)(2)’’ and adding, in its place,
the citation ‘‘(a)(6)(ii)(A)(2)’’.
H. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(iii)(A)(5), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)(C)’’ and adding, in its place,
the citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)(C)’’.
I. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(iii)(B), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)(A)’’ and adding, in its place,
the citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)(A)’’.
J. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(6)(iv), removing the citation
‘‘(a)(5)(iii)’’ and adding, in its place, the
citation ‘‘(a)(6)(iii)’’.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
K. Revising paragraph (b)(3).
L. In paragraph (f)(2)(i), adding the
words ‘‘that the student, prior to
withdrawing, was scheduled to
complete’’ after the words ‘‘within the
period’’.
The addition and revision read as
follows:
§ 668.22 Treatment of title IV funds when
a student withdraws.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(2) A student is considered to have
withdrawn from a payment period or
period of enrollment if, prior to
withdrawing—
(i) In the case of a program that is
measured in credit hours, the student
does not complete all the days in the
payment period or period of enrollment
that the student was scheduled to
complete; and
(ii) In the case of a program that is
measured in clock hours, the student
does not complete all of the clock hours
in the payment period or period of
enrollment that the student was
scheduled to complete.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3)(i) An institution is required to take
attendance if—
(A) An outside entity (such as the
institution’s accrediting agency or a
State agency) has a requirement that the
institution take attendance;
(B) The institution itself has a
requirement that its instructors take
attendance; or
(C) The institution or an outside
entity has a requirement that can only
be met by taking attendance or a
comparable process, including, but not
limited to, requiring that students in a
program demonstrate attendance in the
classes of that program, or a portion of
that program.
(ii) If, in accordance with paragraph
(b)(3)(i) of this section, an institution is
required to take attendance or requires
that attendance be taken for only some
students, the institution must use its
attendance records to determine a
withdrawal date in accordance with
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for those
students.
(iii)(A) If, in accordance with
paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, an
institution is required to take
attendance, or requires that attendance
be taken, for a limited period, the
institution must use its attendance
records to determine a withdrawal date
in accordance with paragraph (b)(3)(i) of
this section for that limited period.
(B) A student in attendance at the end
of the limited period identified in
paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34875
who subsequently stops attending
during the payment period will be
treated as a student for whom the
institution was not required to take
attendance.
(iv) If an institution is required to take
attendance or requires that attendance
be taken, on only one specified day to
meet a census reporting requirement,
the institution is not considered to take
attendance.
*
*
*
*
*
19. Section 668.32 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (e)(3), removing the
word ‘‘or’’ that appears after the
punctuation ‘‘;’’.
B. In paragraph (e)(4)(ii), removing the
punctuation ‘‘.’’ and adding, in its place,
the punctuation and word ‘‘; or’’.
C. Adding new paragraph (e)(5).
D. Revising paragraph (f).
The addition and revision read as
follows:
§ 668.32
Student eligibility—general.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(5) Has been determined by the
institution to have the ability to benefit
from the education or training offered
by the institution based on the
satisfactory completion of 6 semester
hours, 6 trimester hours, 6 quarter
hours, or 225 clock hours that are
applicable toward a degree or certificate
offered by the institution.
(f) Maintains satisfactory academic
progress in his or her course of study
according to the institution’s published
standards of satisfactory academic
progress that meet the requirements of
§ 668.34.
*
*
*
*
*
20. Section 668.34 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 668.34
Satisfactory academic progress.
(a) Satisfactory academic progress
policy. An institution must establish a
reasonable satisfactory academic
progress policy for determining whether
an otherwise eligible student is making
satisfactory academic progress in his or
her educational program and may
receive assistance under the title IV,
HEA programs. The Secretary considers
the institution’s policy to be reasonable
if—
(1) The policy is at least as strict as
the policy the institution applies to a
student who is not receiving assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs;
(2) The policy provides for consistent
application of standards to all students
within categories of students, e.g., fulltime, part-time, undergraduate, and
graduate students, and educational
programs established by the institution;
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34876
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(3) The policy provides that a
student’s academic progress is
evaluated—
(i) At the end of each payment period
if the educational program is either one
academic year in length or shorter than
an academic year; or
(ii) At the end of each payment period
or at least annually for all other
educational programs;
(4)(i) The policy specifies the grade
point average (GPA) that a student must
achieve at each evaluation, or if a GPA
is not an appropriate qualitative
measure, a comparable assessment
measured against a norm; and
(ii) If a student is enrolled in an
educational program of more than two
academic years, the policy specifies that
at the end of the second academic year,
the student must have a GPA of at least
a ‘‘C’’ or its equivalent, or have academic
standing consistent with the
institution’s requirements for
graduation;
(5)(i) The policy specifies the pace at
which a student must progress through
his or her educational program to ensure
that the student will complete the
program within the maximum
timeframe, as defined in paragraph (b)
of this section, and provides for
measurement of the student’s progress
at each evaluation; and
(ii) An institution calculates the pace
at which the student is progressing by
dividing the cumulative number of
hours the student has successfully
completed by the cumulative number of
hours the student has attempted. In
making this calculation, the institution
is not required to include remedial
courses;
(6) The policy describes how a
student’s GPA and pace of completion
are affected by course incompletes,
withdrawals, or repetitions, or transfers
of credit from other institutions. Credit
hours from another institution that are
accepted toward the student’s
educational program must count as both
attempted and completed hours;
(7) Except as provided in paragraphs
(c) and (d) of this section, the policy
provides that, at the time of each
evaluation, a student who has not
achieved the required GPA, or who is
not successfully completing his or her
educational program at the required
pace, is no longer eligible to receive
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs;
(8) If the institution places students
on financial aid warning, or on financial
aid probation, as defined in paragraph
(b) of this section, the policy describes
these statuses and that—
(i) A student on financial aid warning
may continue to receive assistance
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
under the title IV, HEA programs for one
payment period despite a determination
that the student is not making
satisfactory academic progress.
Financial aid warning status may be
assigned without an appeal or other
action by the student; and
(ii) A student on financial aid
probation may receive title IV, HEA
program funds for one payment period.
While a student is on financial aid
probation, the institution may require
the student to fulfill specific terms and
conditions such as taking a reduced
course load or enrolling in specific
courses. At the end of one payment
period on financial aid probation, the
student must meet the institution’s
satisfactory academic progress standards
or meet the requirements of the
academic plan developed by the
institution and the student to qualify for
further title IV, HEA program funds;
(9) If the institution permits a student
to appeal a determination by the
institution that he or she is not making
satisfactory academic progress, the
policy describes—
(i) How the student may re-establish
his or her eligibility to receive
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs;
(ii) The basis on which a student may
file an appeal: The death of a relative,
an injury or illness of the student, or
other special circumstances; and
(iii) Information the student must
submit regarding why the student failed
to make satisfactory academic progress,
and what has changed in the student’s
situation that will allow the student to
demonstrate satisfactory academic
progress at the next evaluation;
(10) If the institution does not permit
a student to appeal a determination by
the institution that he or she is not
making satisfactory academic progress,
the policy must describe how the
student may re-establish his or her
eligibility to receive assistance under
the title IV, HEA programs; and
(11) The policy provides for
notification to students of the results of
an evaluation that impacts the student’s
eligibility for title IV, HEA program
funds.
(b) Definitions. The following
definitions apply to the terms used in
this section:
Appeal. Appeal means a process by
which a student who is not meeting the
institution’s satisfactory academic
progress standards petitions the
institution for reconsideration of the
student’s eligibility for title IV, HEA
program assistance.
Financial aid probation. Financial aid
probation means a status assigned by an
institution to a student who fails to
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
make satisfactory academic progress and
who has appealed and has had
eligibility for aid reinstated.
Financial aid warning. Financial aid
warning means a status assigned to a
student who fails to make satisfactory
academic progress at an institution that
evaluates academic progress at the end
of each payment period.
Maximum time frame. Maximum
timeframe means—
(1) For an undergraduate program
measured in credit hours, a period that
is no longer than 150 percent of the
published length of the educational
program, as measured in credit hours;
(2) For an undergraduate program
measured in clock hours, a period that
is no longer than 150 percent of the
published length of the educational
program, as measured by the cumulative
number of clock hours the student is
required to complete and expressed in
calendar time; and
(3) For a graduate program, a period
defined by the institution that is based
on the length of the educational
program.
(c) Institutions that evaluate
satisfactory academic progress at the
end of each payment period. (1) An
institution that evaluates satisfactory
academic progress at the end of each
payment period and determines that a
student is not making progress under its
policy may nevertheless disburse title
IV, HEA program funds to the student
under the provisions of paragraph (c)(2),
(c)(3), or (c)(4) of this section.
(2) For the payment period following
the payment period in which the
student did not make satisfactory
academic progress, the institution
may—
(i) Place the student on financial aid
warning, and disburse title IV, HEA
program funds to the student; or
(ii) Place a student directly on
financial aid probation, following the
procedures outlined in paragraph (d)(2)
of this section and disburse title IV,
HEA program funds to the student.
(3) For the payment period following
a payment period during which a
student was on financial aid warning,
the institution may place the student on
financial aid probation, and disburse
title IV, HEA program funds to the
student if—
(i) The institution evaluates the
student’s progress and determines that
student did not make satisfactory
academic progress during the payment
period the student was on financial aid
warning;
(ii) The student appeals the
determination; and
(iii)(A) The institution determines
that the student should be able to meet
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
the institution’s satisfactory academic
progress standards by the end of the
subsequent payment period; or
(B) The institution develops an
academic plan for the student that, if
followed, will ensure that the student is
able to meet the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress standards by a
specific point in time.
(4) A student on financial aid
probation for a payment period may not
receive title IV, HEA program funds for
the subsequent payment period unless
the student makes satisfactory academic
progress or the institution determines
that the student met the requirements
specified by the institution in the
academic plan for the student.
(d) Institutions that evaluate
satisfactory academic progress annually
or less frequently than at the end of
each payment period. (1) An institution
that evaluates satisfactory academic
progress annually or less frequently
than at the end of each payment period
and determines that a student is not
making progress under its policy may
nevertheless disburse title IV, HEA
program funds to the student under the
provisions of paragraph (d)(2) or (d)(3)
of this section.
(2) The institution may place the
student on financial aid probation and
may disburse title IV, HEA program
funds to the student for the subsequent
payment period if—
(i) The institution evaluates the
student and determines that the student
is not making satisfactory academic
progress;
(ii) The student appeals the
determination; and
(iii) (A) The institution determines
that the student should be able to make
satisfactory academic progress during
the subsequent payment period and
meet the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress standards at the end
of that payment period; or
(B) The institution develops an
academic plan for the student that, if
followed, will ensure that the student is
able to meet the institution’s satisfactory
academic progress standards by a
specific point in time.
(3) A student on financial aid
probation for a payment period may not
receive title IV, HEA program funds for
the subsequent payment period unless
the student makes satisfactory academic
progress or the institution determines
that the student met the requirements
specified by the institution in the
academic plan for the student.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
21. Section 668.43 is amended by:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
A. In paragraph (a)(10)(ii), removing
the word ‘‘and’’ that appears after the
punctuation ‘‘;’’.
B. In paragraph (a)(11)(ii), removing
the punctuation ‘‘.’’ and adding, in its
place, the punctuation and word ‘‘; and’’.
C. Adding paragraph (a)(12).
D. Revising paragraph (b).
The addition and revision read as
follows:
§ 668.43
Institutional information.
(a) * * *
(12) A description of written
arrangements the institution has entered
into in accordance with § 668.5,
including, but not limited to,
information on—
(i) The portion of the educational
program that the institution that grants
the degree or certificate is not providing;
(ii) The name and location of the
other institutions or organizations that
are providing the portion of the
educational program that the institution
that grants the degree or certificate is
not providing;
(iii) The method of delivery of the
portion of the educational program that
the institution that grants the degree or
certificate is not providing; and
(iv) Estimated additional costs
students may incur as the result of
enrolling in an educational program that
is provided, in part, under the written
arrangement.
(b) The institution must make
available for review to any enrolled or
prospective student upon request, a
copy of the documents describing the
institution’s accreditation and its State,
Federal, or tribal approval or licensing.
The institution must also provide its
students or prospective students with
contact information for filing
complaints with its accreditor and State
approval or licensing entity.
*
*
*
*
*
22. Subpart E of part 668 is revised to
read as follows:
Subpart E—Verification and Updating of
Student Aid Application Information
Sec.
668.51 General.
668.52 Definitions.
668.53 Policies and procedures.
668.54 Selection of an applicant’s FAFSA
information for verification.
668.55 Updating information.
668.56 Information to be verified.
668.57 Acceptable documentation.
668.58 Interim disbursements.
668.59 Consequences of a change in an
applicant’s FAFSA information.
668.60 Deadlines for submitting
documentation and the consequences of
failing to provide documentation.
668.61 Recovery of funds.
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34877
Subpart E—Verification and Updating
of Student Aid Application Information
§ 668.51
General.
(a) Scope and purpose. The
regulations in this subpart govern the
verification by institutions of
information submitted by applicants for
student financial assistance under the
subsidized student financial assistance
programs.
(b) Applicant responsibility. If the
Secretary or the institution requests
documents or information from an
applicant under this subpart, the
applicant must provide the specified
documents or information.
(c) Foreign schools. The Secretary
exempts from the provisions of this
subpart participating institutions that
are not located in a State.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.52
Definitions.
The following definitions apply to
this subpart:
Free Application for Federal Student
Aid (FAFSA): The student aid
application provided for under section
483, of the HEA, which is used to
determine a student’s eligibility for the
title IV, HEA programs.
Institutional Student Information
Record (ISIR): An electronic record the
Secretary transmits to an institution, for
purposes of the title IV, HEA programs,
that includes an applicant’s—
(1) Personal identification
information;
(2) FAFSA information used to
determine eligibility for title IV, HEA
program aid; and
(3) EFC.
Specified year: (1) The calendar year
preceding the first calendar year of an
award year, i.e., the base year; or
(2) The year preceding the year
described in paragraph (1) of this
definition.
Student Aid Report (SAR): A report
provided to an applicant by the
Secretary showing the amount of his or
her EFC.
Subsidized student financial
assistance programs: Title IV, HEA
programs for which eligibility is
determined on the basis of a student’s
EFC. These programs include the
Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grant (FSEOG), Federal Work-Study
(FWS), Federal Perkins Loan,
Subsidized Stafford Loan and Direct
Subsidized Loan programs.
Unsubsidized student financial
assistance programs: Title IV, HEA
programs for which eligibility is not
based on a student’s EFC. These
programs include the Teacher Education
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34878
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Assistance for College and Higher
Education (TEACH) Grant,
Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, Direct
Unsubsidized Loan, Federal PLUS Loan,
and Direct Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students (Direct PLUS
Loan) programs.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.53
Policies and procedures.
(a) An institution must establish and
use written policies and procedures for
verifying an applicant’s FAFSA
information in accordance with the
provisions of this subpart. These
policies and procedures must include—
(1) The time period within which an
applicant must provide any
documentation requested by the
institution in accordance with § 668.57;
(2) The consequences of an
applicant’s failure to provide the
requested documentation within the
specified time period;
(3) The method by which the
institution notifies an applicant of the
results of its verification if, as a result
of verification, the applicant’s EFC
changes and results in a change in the
amount of the applicant’s assistance
under the title IV, HEA programs;
(4) The procedures the institution will
take itself or the procedures the
institution will require an applicant to
follow to correct his or her FAFSA
information determined to be in error;
and
(5)(a) The procedures for making
referrals under § 668.16(g).
(b) An institution’s procedures must
provide that it will furnish, in a timely
manner, to each applicant whose
FAFSA information is selected for
verification a clear explanation of—
(1) The documentation needed to
satisfy the verification requirements;
and
(2) The applicant’s responsibilities
with respect to the verification of his or
her FAFSA information, including the
deadlines for completing any actions
required under this subpart and the
consequences of failing to complete any
required action.
(c) An institution’s procedures must
provide that an applicant whose FAFSA
information is selected for verification
by the Secretary is required to complete
verification before the institution
exercises any authority under section
479A(a) of the HEA to make changes to
the applicant’s cost of attendance or to
the values of the data items required to
calculate the EFC.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
§ 668.54 Selection of an applicant’s FAFSA
information for verification.
is unknown and cannot be obtained by
the applicant.
(a) General requirements. (1) Except
as provided in paragraph (b) of this
section, an institution must require an
applicant whose FAFSA information is
selected for verification by the
Secretary, to verify the information
specified by the Secretary pursuant to
§ 668.56.
(2) If an institution has reason to
believe that an applicant’s FAFSA
information is inaccurate, it must verify
the accuracy of that information.
(3) An institution may require an
applicant to verify any FAFSA
information that it specifies.
(b) Exclusions from verification. (1)
An institution need not verify an
applicant’s FAFSA information if—
(i) The applicant dies;
(ii) The applicant does not receive
assistance under the title IV, HEA
programs for reasons other than failure
to verify his or her FAFSA information;
(iii) The applicant receives only
unsubsidized student financial
assistance; or
(iv) The applicant who transfers to the
institution, had previously completed
verification at the institution from
which he or she transferred, and applies
for assistance based on the same FAFSA
information used at the previous
institution, if the current institution
obtains a letter from the previous
institution—
(A) Stating that it has verified the
applicant’s information; and
(B) Providing the transaction number
of the applicable ISIR.
(2) Unless the institution has reason
to believe that the information reported
by a dependent applicant is incorrect, it
need not verify the applicant’s parents’
FAFSA information if—
(i) The parents are residing in a
country other than the United States
and cannot be contacted by normal
means of communication;
(ii) The parents cannot be located
because their contact information is
unknown and cannot be obtained by the
applicant; or
(iii) Both of the applicant’s parents are
mentally incapacitated.
(3) Unless the institution has reason
to believe that the information reported
by an independent applicant is
incorrect, it need not verify the
applicant’s spouse’s information if—
(i) The spouse is deceased;
(ii) The spouse is mentally
incapacitated;
(iii) The spouse is residing in a
country other than the United States
and cannot be contacted by normal
means of communication; or
(iv) The spouse cannot be located
because his or her contact information
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091, 1094)
§ 668.55
Updating information.
(a)(1) Unless the provisions of
paragraph (a)(2) of this section apply, an
applicant is required to update—
(i) The number of family members in
the applicant’s household and the
number of those household members
attending postsecondary educational
institutions, in accordance with
provisions of paragraph (b) of this
section; and
(ii) The applicant’s dependency status
in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) An institution need not require an
applicant to verify the information
contained in his or her FAFSA for an
award year if—
(i) The applicant updated and verified
the FAFSA information on an earlier
transaction; and
(ii) No change in the information to be
updated has taken place since the last
update.
(b) If the number of family members
in the applicant’s household or the
number of those household members
attending postsecondary educational
institutions changes, an applicant who
is selected for verification must update
his or her FAFSA information regarding
those data items so that the information
is correct as of the date the applicant
verifies the information.
(c) If an applicant’s dependency status
changes during an award year, the
applicant must update his or her FAFSA
information so that the information is
correct regardless of whether the
applicant is selected for verification.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.56
Information to be verified.
(a) For each award year the Secretary
publishes in the Federal Register notice
the FAFSA information that an
institution and an applicant may be
required to verify.
(b) For each applicant whose FAFSA
information is selected for verification
by the Secretary, the Secretary specifies
the specific information under
paragraph (a) of this section that the
applicant must verify.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094, 1095)
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.57
Acceptable documentation.
If an applicant is selected to verify
any of the following information, an
institution must obtain the specified
documentation.
(a) Adjusted Gross Income (AGI),
income earned from work, or U.S.
income tax paid. (1) Except as provided
in paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4) of
this section, an institution must require
an applicant selected for verification of
AGI, income earned from work or U.S.
income tax paid to submit to it—
(i) A copy of the income tax return or
an Internal Revenue Service (IRS) form
which that lists tax account information
of the applicant, his or her spouse, or
his or her parents, as applicable. The
copy of the return must include the
signature (which need not be an
original) of the filer of the return or of
one of the filers of a joint return;
(ii) For a dependent student, a copy
of each IRS Form W–2 received by the
parent whose income is being taken into
account if—
(A) The parents filed a joint return;
and
(B) The parents are divorced or
separated or one of the parents has died;
and
(iii) For an independent student, a
copy of each IRS Form W–2 he or she
received if the independent student—
(A) Filed a joint return; and
(B) Is a widow or widower, or is
divorced or separated.
(2) An institution may accept, in lieu
of an income tax return or an IRS form
that lists tax account information, the
information reported for an item on the
applicant’s FAFSA if the Secretary has
identified that item as having been
obtained from the IRS.
(3) An institution must accept, in lieu
of an income tax return or an IRS form
that lists tax account information, the
documentation set forth in paragraph
(a)(4) of this section if the individual for
the specified year—
(i) Has not filed and, under IRS rules,
or other applicable government agency
rules, is not required to file an income
tax return;
(ii) Is required to file a U.S. tax return
and has been granted a filing extension
by the IRS; or
(iii) Has requested a copy of the tax
return or an IRS form that lists tax
account information, and the IRS or a
government of a U.S. territory or
commonwealth or a foreign central
government cannot locate the return or
provide an IRS form that lists tax
account information.
(4) An institution must accept—
(i) For an individual described in
paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, a
statement signed by that individual
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
certifying that he or she has not filed
and is not required to file an income tax
return for the specified year and
certifying for that year that
individual’s—
(A) Sources of income earned from
work as stated on the FAFSA; and
(B) Amounts of income from each
source. In lieu of a certification of these
amounts of income, the student may
provide a copy of his or her IRS Form
W–2 for each source listed under
paragraph (a)(4)(i)(A) of this section;
(ii) For an individual described in
paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section—
(A) A copy of the IRS Form 4868,
‘‘Application for Automatic Extension of
Time to File U.S. Individual Income Tax
Return,’’ that the individual filed with
the IRS for the specified year, or a copy
of the IRS’s approval of an extension
beyond the automatic six-month
extension if the individual requested an
additional extension of the filing time;
and
(B) A copy of each IRS Form W–2 that
the individual received for the specified
year, or for a self-employed individual,
a statement signed by the individual
certifying the amount of the AGI for the
specified year; and
(iii) For an individual described in
paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section—
(A) A copy of each IRS Form W–2 that
the individual received for the specified
year; or
(B) For an individual who is selfemployed or has filed an income tax
return with a government of a U.S.
territory or commonwealth, or a foreign
central government, a statement signed
by the individual certifying the amount
of AGI for the specified year.
(5) An institution may require an
individual described in paragraph
(a)(3)(ii) of this section to provide to it
a copy of his or her completed and
signed income tax return when filed. If
an institution receives the copy of the
return, it must reverify the AGI and
taxes paid by the applicant and his or
her spouse or parents.
(6) If an individual who is required to
submit an IRS Form W–2, under
paragraph (a) of this section, is unable
to obtain one in a timely manner, the
institution may permit that individual
to set forth, in a statement signed by the
individual, the amount of income
earned from work, the source of that
income, and the reason that the IRS
Form W–2 is not available in a timely
manner.
(7) For the purpose of this section, an
institution may accept in lieu of a copy
of an income tax return signed by the
filer of the return or one of the filers of
a joint return, a copy of the filer’s return
that includes the preparer’s Social
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34879
Security Number, Employer
Identification Number or the Preparer
Tax Identification Number and has been
signed by the preparer of the return or
stamped with the name and address of
the preparer of the return.
(b) Number of family members in
household. An institution must require
an applicant selected for verification of
the number of family members in the
household to submit to it a statement
signed by both the applicant and one of
the applicant’s parents if the applicant
is a dependent student, or only the
applicant if the applicant is an
independent student, listing the name
and age of each family member in the
household and the relationship of that
household member to the applicant.
(c) Number of family household
members enrolled in eligible
postsecondary institutions. (1) An
institution must require an applicant
selected for verification of the number
of household members in the
applicant’s family enrolled on at least a
half-time basis in eligible postsecondary
institutions to submit a statement signed
by both the applicant and one of the
applicant’s parents, if the applicant is a
dependent student, or by only the
applicant if the applicant is an
independent student, listing—
(i) The name of each family member
who is or will be attending an eligible
postsecondary educational institution as
at least a half-time student in the award
year;
(ii) The age of each student; and
(iii) The name of the institution that
each student is or will be attending.
(2) If the institution has reason to
believe that an applicant’s FAFSA
information or the statement provided
under paragraph (c)(1) of this section
regarding the number of family
household members enrolled in eligible
postsecondary institutions is inaccurate,
the institution must obtain a statement
from each institution named by the
applicant in response to the requirement
of paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section
that the household member in question
is or will be attending the institution on
at least a half-time basis, unless—
(i) The institution the student is
attending determines that such a
statement is not available because the
household member in question has not
yet registered at the institution he or she
plans to attend; or
(ii) The institution has information
indicating that the student will be
attending the same institution as the
applicant.
(d) Other information. If an applicant
is selected to verify other information
specified in the annual Federal Register
notice, the applicant must provide the
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34880
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
documentation specified for that
information in the Federal Register
notice.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.58
Interim disbursements.
(a)(1) If an institution has reason to
believe that an applicant’s FAFSA
information is inaccurate, until the
information is verified and any
corrections are made, the institution
may not—
(i) Disburse any Federal Pell Grant,
FSEOG, or Federal Perkins Loan
Program funds to the applicant;
(ii) Employ or allow an employer to
employ the applicant in its FWS
Program; or
(iii) Certify a Subsidized Stafford
Loan or originate a Direct Subsidized
Loan, or disburse any such loan
proceeds for any previously certified
Subsidized Stafford Loan or originated
Direct Subsidized Loan to the applicant.
(2) If an institution does not have
reason to believe that an applicant’s
FAFSA information is inaccurate prior
to verification, the institution may—
(i)(A) Withhold payment of Federal
Pell Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, or
FSEOG Program funds for the applicant;
or
(B) Make one disbursement from each
of the Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Perkins Loan, or FSEOG Program funds
for the applicant’s first payment period
of the award year;
(ii) Employ or allow an employer to
employ that applicant, once he or she is
an eligible student, under the FWS
Program for the first 60 consecutive
days after the student’s enrollment in
that award year; or
(iii)(A) Withhold certification of the
applicant’s Subsidized Stafford Loan
application or origination of the
applicant’s Direct Subsidized Loan; or
(B) Certify the Subsidized Stafford
Loan application or originate the Direct
Subsidized Loan provided that the
institution does not disburse Subsidized
Stafford Loan or Direct Subsidized Loan
proceeds.
(3) If, after verification, an institution
determines that changes to an
applicant’s information will not change
the amount the applicant would receive
under a title IV, HEA program, the
institution—
(i) Must ensure corrections are made;
and
(ii) May—
(A) Make one disbursement from each
of the Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Perkins Loan, or FSEOG Program funds
for the applicant’s first payment period
of the award year;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(B) Employ or allow an employer to
employ the applicant, once he or she is
an eligible student, under the FWS
Program for the first 60 consecutive
days after the student’s enrollment in
that award year; or
(C) Certify the Subsidized Stafford
Loan application or originate the Direct
Subsidized Loan and disburse the
Subsidized Stafford Loan or Direct
Subsidized Loan proceeds for the
applicant.
(b) If an institution chooses to make
a disbursement under paragraph
(a)(2)(i)(B) or (a)(2)(iii)(B) of this section,
it is liable for any overpayment
discovered resulting from verification to
the extent that the overpayment is not
recovered through reducing subsequent
disbursements in the award year.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.59 Consequences of a change in an
applicant’s FAFSA information.
(a) For the subsidized student
financial assistance programs, if an
applicant’s FAFSA information changes
as a result of verification, the applicant
or the institution must submit the
changes to the Secretary.
(b) For the Federal Pell Grant Program
an institution must—
(1) Recalculate the applicant’s Federal
Pell Grant on the basis of the EFC on the
corrected SAR or ISIR; and
(2)(i) Disburse any additional funds
under that award only if the institution
receives a corrected SAR or ISIR for the
student and only to the extent that
additional funds are payable based on
the recalculation; or
(ii) Comply with the procedures
specified in § 668.61(a) if, as a result of
verification, the Federal Pell Grant
award is reduced.
(c) For the subsidized student
financial assistance programs, excluding
the Federal Pell Grant Program, if an
applicant’s FAFSA information changes
as a result of verification, the institution
must—
(1) Recalculate the applicant’s EFC;
and
(2) Adjust the applicant’s financial aid
package on the basis of the EFC on the
corrected SAR or ISIR.
(d)(1) If an applicant is selected for
verification for an award year for which
the applicant previously received a
Direct Subsidized Loan, and as a result
of verification the loan amount is
reduced, the institution must comply
with the procedures specified in
§§ 668.61(b)(2) and 34 CFR 685.303(e).
(2) If an applicant is selected for
verification for an award year for which
the applicant previously received a
Subsidized Stafford Loan, and as a
result of verification the loan amount is
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
reduced, the institution must comply
with the procedures for notifying the
borrower and lender specified in
§§ 668.61(b)(1) and 34 CFR 682.604(h).
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.60 Deadlines for submitting
documentation and the consequences of
failing to provide documentation.
(a) An institution must require an
applicant selected for verification to
submit to it, within the period of time
it or the Secretary specifies, the
documentation set forth in § 668.57 that
is requested by the institution.
(b) For purposes of the subsidized
student financial assistance programs,
excluding the Federal Pell Grant
Program—
(1) If an applicant fails to provide the
requested documentation within a
reasonable time period established by
the institution—
(i) The institution may not—
(A) Disburse any additional Federal
Perkins Loan or FSEOG Program funds
to the applicant;
(B) Employ, continue to employ or
allow an employer to employ the
applicant under FWS; or
(C) Certify the applicant’s Subsidized
Stafford Loan application or originate
the applicant’s Direct Subsidized Loan
or disburse any additional Subsidized
Stafford Loan or Direct Subsidized Loan
proceeds for the applicant; and
(ii) The applicant must repay to the
institution any Federal Perkins Loan or
FSEOG received for that award year;
(2) If the applicant provides the
requested documentation after the time
period established by the institution, the
institution may, at its option, disburse
aid to the applicant notwithstanding
paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
(3) If an institution has received
proceeds for a Subsidized Stafford Loan
or Direct Subsidized Loan on behalf of
an applicant, the institution must follow
the cash management procedures
provided in §§ 668.166(a), (b), or
668.167(c), respectively, and return the
proceeds to the lender, or to the
Secretary, in the case of a Direct
Subsidized Loan, if the applicant does
not complete verification within the
time period specified.
(c) For purposes of the Federal Pell
Grant Program—
(1) An applicant may submit a valid
SAR to the institution or the institution
may receive a valid ISIR after the
applicable deadline specified in 34 CFR
690.61 but within an established
additional time period set by the
Secretary through publication of a
notice in the Federal Register; and
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
proceeds for an award year in excess of
the student’s financial need for the loan,
the institution must withhold and
promptly return to the lender any
disbursement not yet delivered to the
student that exceeds the amount of
assistance for which the student is
eligible, taking into account other
financial aid received by the student.
However, instead of returning the entire
undelivered disbursement, the school
may choose to return promptly to the
lender only the portion of the
disbursement for which the student is
ineligible. In either case, the institution
must provide the lender with a written
statement describing the reason for the
returned loan funds.
(2) If the institution determines as a
result of verification that a student
received Direct Subsidized Loan
proceeds for an award year in excess of
the student’s need for the loan, the
institution must reduce or cancel one or
more subsequent disbursements to
eliminate the amount in excess of the
student’s need.
(c) If an institution disbursed
subsidized student financial assistance
to an applicant under § 668.58(a)(3), and
did not receive the SAR or ISIR
reflecting corrections within the
deadlines established under § 668.60,
the institution must reimburse the
program account by making restitution
from its own funds.
§ 668.61
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0041)
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(2) If the applicant does not provide
to the institution the requested
documentation and, if necessary, a valid
SAR or the institution does not receive
a valid ISIR, within the additional time
period referenced in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the applicant—
(i) Forfeits the Federal Pell Grant for
the award year; and
(ii) Must return any Federal Pell Grant
payments previously received for that
award year.
(d) The Secretary may determine not
to process FAFSA information of an
applicant who has been requested to
provide documentation until the
applicant provides the documentation
or the Secretary decides that there is no
longer a need for the documentation.
(e) If an applicant selected for
verification for an award year dies
before the deadline for completing
verification without completing that
process, the institution may not—
(1) Make any further disbursements
on behalf of that applicant;
(2) Certify that applicant’s Subsidized
Stafford Loan application, originate that
applicant’s Direct Subsidized Loan, or
disburse that applicant’s Subsidized
Stafford Loan or Direct Subsidized Loan
proceeds; or
(3) Consider any funds it disbursed to
that applicant under § 668.58(a)(2) as an
overpayment.
Recovery of funds.
(a) If an institution discovers, as a
result of verification, that an applicant
received more financial aid than the
applicant was eligible to receive,
including an interim disbursement
under § 668.58(a)(2)(ii)(A) and
(a)(2)(ii)(B), the institution must
eliminate the overpayment by—
(1) Adjusting subsequent
disbursements in the award year in
which the overpayment occurred; or
(2) Reimbursing the appropriate
program account by—
(i) Requiring the applicant to return
the overpayment to the institution if the
institution cannot correct the
overpayment under paragraph (a)(1) of
this section; or
(ii) Making restitution from its own
funds, by the earlier of the following
dates, if the applicant does not return
the overpayment:
(A) Sixty days after the applicant’s
last day of attendance.
(B) The last day of the award year in
which the institution disbursed Federal
Pell Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, or
FSEOG Program funds to the applicant.
(b)(1) If the institution determines as
a result of verification that an applicant
received Subsidized Stafford Loan
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
23. Subpart F of part 668 is revised to
read as follows:
Subpart F—Misrepresentation
Sec.
668.71 Scope and special definitions.
668.72 Nature of educational program.
668.73 Nature of financial charges.
668.74 Employability of graduates.
668.75 Relationship with the Department of
Education.
Subpart F—Misrepresentation
§ 668.71
Scope and special definitions.
(a) If the Secretary determines that an
eligible institution has engaged in
substantial misrepresentation, the
Secretary may—
(1) Revoke the eligible institution’s
program participation agreement;
(2) Impose limitations on the
institution’s participation in the title IV,
HEA programs;
(3) Deny participation applications
made on behalf of the institution; or
(4) Initiate a proceeding against the
eligible institution under subpart G of
this part.
(b) This subpart establishes the types
of activities that constitute substantial
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34881
misrepresentation by an eligible
institution. An eligible institution is
deemed to have engaged in substantial
misrepresentation when the institution
itself, one of its representatives, or any
ineligible institution, organization, or
person with whom the eligible
institution has an agreement, makes a
substantial misrepresentation regarding
the eligible institution, including about
the nature of its educational program, its
financial charges, or the employability
of its graduates. Substantial
misrepresentations are prohibited in all
forms, including those made in any
advertising, promotional materials, or in
the marketing or sale of courses or
programs of instruction offered by the
institution.
(c) The following definitions apply to
this subpart:
Misrepresentation: Any false,
erroneous or misleading statement an
eligible institution, one of its
representatives, or any ineligible
institution, organization, or person with
whom the eligible institution has an
agreement makes directly or indirectly
to a student, prospective student or any
member of the public, or to an
accrediting agency, to a State agency, or
to the Secretary. A misleading statement
includes any statement that has the
capacity, likelihood or tendency to
deceive or confuse. A statement is any
communication made in writing,
visually, orally, or through other means.
Misrepresentation includes the
dissemination of a student endorsement
or testimonial that a student gives either
under duress or because the institution
required the student to make such an
endorsement or testimonial to
participate in a program.
Prospective student: Any individual
who has contacted an eligible
institution for the purpose of requesting
information about enrolling at the
institution or who has been contacted
directly by the institution or indirectly
through advertising about enrolling at
the institution.
Substantial misrepresentation: Any
misrepresentation on which the person
to whom it was made could reasonably
be expected to rely, or has reasonably
relied, to that person’s detriment.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.72
Nature of educational program.
Misrepresentation concerning the
nature of an eligible institution’s
educational program includes, but is not
limited to, false, erroneous or
misleading statements concerning—
(a) The particular type(s), specific
source(s), nature and extent of its
institutional, programmatic, or
specialized accreditation;
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34882
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(b)(1) Whether a student may transfer
course credits earned at the institution
to any other institution;
(2) Conditions under which the
institution will accept transfer credits
earned at another institution;
(c) Whether successful completion of
a course of instruction qualifies a
student—
(1) For acceptance to a labor union or
similar organization; or
(2) To receive, to apply to take or to
take the examination required to
receive, a local, State, or Federal license,
or a non-governmental certification
required as a precondition for
employment, or to perform certain
functions in the State in which the
program or institution is located, or to
meet additional conditions that the
institution knows or reasonably should
know are generally needed to secure
employment in a recognized occupation
for which the program is represented to
prepare students;
(d) The requirements for successfully
completing the course of study or
program and the circumstances that
would constitute grounds for
terminating the student’s enrollment;
(e) Whether its courses are
recommended or have been the subject
of unsolicited testimonials or
endorsements by—
(1) Vocational counselors, high
schools, colleges, educational
organizations, employment agencies,
members of a particular industry,
students, former students, or others; or
(2) Governmental officials for
governmental employment;
(f) Its size, location, facilities, or
equipment;
(g) The availability, frequency, and
appropriateness of its courses and
programs to the employment objectives
that it states its programs are designed
to meet;
(h) The nature, age, and availability of
its training devices or equipment and
their appropriateness to the
employment objectives that it states its
programs and courses are designed to
meet;
(i) The number, availability, and
qualifications, including the training
and experience, of its faculty and other
personnel;
(j) The availability of part-time
employment or other forms of financial
assistance;
(k) The nature and availability of any
tutorial or specialized instruction,
guidance and counseling, or other
supplementary assistance it will provide
its students before, during or after the
completion of a course;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(l) The nature or extent of any
prerequisites established for enrollment
in any course;
(m) The subject matter, content of the
course of study, or any other fact related
to the degree, diploma, certificate of
completion, or any similar document
that the student is to be, or is, awarded
upon completion of the course of study;
(n) Whether the academic,
professional, or occupational degree that
the institution will confer upon
completion of the course of study has
been authorized by the appropriate State
educational agency. This type of
misrepresentation includes, in the case
of a degree that has not been authorized
by the appropriate State educational
agency, any failure by an eligible
institution to disclose this fact in any
advertising or promotional materials
that reference such degree; or
(o) Any matters required to be
disclosed to prospective students under
§§ 668.42 and 668.43 of this part.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.73
Nature of financial charges.
Misrepresentation concerning the
nature of an eligible institution’s
financial charges includes, but is not
limited to, false, erroneous, or
misleading statements concerning—
(a) Offers of scholarships to pay all or
part of a course charge;
(b) Whether a particular charge is the
customary charge at the institution for a
course;
(c) The cost of the program and the
institution’s refund policy if the student
does not complete the program;
(d) The availability or nature of any
financial assistance offered to students,
including a student’s responsibility to
repay any loans, regardless of whether
the student is successful in completing
the program and obtaining employment;
or
(e) The student’s right to reject any
particular type of financial aid or other
assistance, or whether the student must
apply for a particular type of financial
aid, such as financing offered by the
institution.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.74
Employability of graduates.
Misrepresentation regarding the
employability of an eligible institution’s
graduates includes, but is not limited to,
false, erroneous, or misleading
statements concerning—
(a) The institution’s relationship with
any organization, employment agency,
or other agency providing authorized
training leading directly to employment;
(b) The institution’s plans to maintain
a placement service for graduates or
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
otherwise assist its graduates to obtain
employment;
(c) The institution’s knowledge about
the current or likely future conditions,
compensation, or employment
opportunities in the industry or
occupation for which the students are
being prepared;
(d) Whether employment is being
offered by the institution or that a talent
hunt or contest is being conducted,
including, but not limited to, through
the use of phrases such as ‘‘Men/women
wanted to train for * * *,’’ ‘‘Help
Wanted,’’ ‘‘Employment,’’ ‘‘Business
Opportunities’’;
(e) Government job market statistics
in relation to the potential placement of
its graduates; or
(f) Other requirements that are
generally needed to be employed in the
fields for which the training is provided,
such as requirements related to
commercial driving licenses or permits
to carry firearms, and failing to disclose
factors that would prevent an applicant
from qualifying for such requirements,
such as prior criminal records or preexisting medical conditions.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
§ 668.75 Relationship with the Department
of Education.
An eligible institution, its
representatives, or any ineligible
institution, organization, or person with
whom the eligible institution has an
agreement may not describe the eligible
institution’s participation in the title IV,
HEA programs in a manner that suggests
approval or endorsement by the U.S.
Department of Education of the quality
of its educational programs.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1094)
24. Subpart J of part 668 is revised to
read as follows:
Subpart J—Approval of Independently
Administered Tests; Specification of
Passing Score; Approval of State
Process
Sec.
668.141 Scope.
668.142 Special definitions.
668.143 [Reserved]
668.144 Application for test approval.
668.145 Test approval procedures.
668.146 Criteria for approving tests.
668.147 Passing scores.
668.148 Additional criteria for the approval
of certain tests.
668.149 Special provisions for the approval
of assessment procedures for individuals
with disabilities.
668.150 Agreement between the Secretary
and a test publisher or a State.
668.151 Administration of tests.
668.152 Administration of tests by
assessment centers.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
668.153 Administration of tests for
individuals whose native language is not
English or for individuals with
disabilities.
668.154 Institutional accountability.
668.155 [Reserved]
668.156 Approved State process.
Subpart J—Approval of Independently
Administered Tests; Specification of
Passing Score; Approval of State
Process
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.141
Scope.
(a) This subpart sets forth the
provisions under which a student who
has neither a high school diploma nor
its recognized equivalent may become
eligible to receive title IV, HEA program
funds by—
(1) Achieving a passing score,
specified by the Secretary, on an
independently administered test
approved by the Secretary under this
subpart; or
(2) Being enrolled in an eligible
institution that participates in a State
process approved by the Secretary
under this subpart.
(b) Under this subpart, the Secretary
sets forth—
(1) The procedures and criteria the
Secretary uses to approve tests;
(2) The basis on which the Secretary
specifies a passing score on each
approved test;
(3) The procedures and conditions
under which the Secretary determines
that an approved test is independently
administered;
(4) The information that a test
publisher or a State must submit, as part
of its test submission, to explain the
methodology it will use for the test
anomaly studies as described in
§ 668.144(c)(17) and (d)(8), as
appropriate;
(5) The requirements that a test
publisher or a State, as appropriate—
(i) Have a process to identify and
follow up on test score irregularities;
(ii) Take corrective action—up to and
including decertification of test
administrators—if the test publisher or
the State determines that test score
irregularities have occurred; and
(iii) Report to the Secretary the names
of any test administrators it decertifies
and any other action taken as a result of
test score analyses; and
(6) The procedures and conditions
under which the Secretary determines
that a State process demonstrates that
students in the process have the ability
to benefit from the education and
training being offered to them.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
§ 668.142
Special definitions.
The following definitions apply to
this subpart:
Assessment center: A facility that—
(1) Is located at an eligible institution
that provides two-year or four-year
degrees or is a postsecondary vocational
institution;
(2) Is responsible for gathering and
evaluating information about individual
students for multiple purposes,
including appropriate course placement;
(3) Is independent of the admissions
and financial aid processes at the
institution at which it is located;
(4) Is staffed by professionally trained
personnel;
(5) Uses test administrators to
administer tests approved by the
Secretary under this subpart; and
(6) Does not have as its primary
purpose the administration of ability to
benefit tests.
Computer-based test: A test taken by
a student on a computer and scored by
a computer.
General learned abilities: Cognitive
operations, such as deductive reasoning,
reading comprehension, or translation
from graphic to numerical
representation, that may be learned in
both school and non-school
environments.
Independent test administrator: A test
administrator who administers tests at a
location other than an assessment center
and who—
(1) Has no current or prior financial
or ownership interest in the institution,
its affiliates, or its parent corporation,
other than the interest obtained through
its agreement to administer the test, and
has no controlling interest in any other
institution;
(2) Is not a current or former
employee of or consultant to the
institution, its affiliates, or its parent
corporation, a person in control of
another institution, or a member of the
family of any of these individuals;
(3) Is not a current or former member
of the board of directors, a current or
former employee of or a consultant to a
member of the board of directors, chief
executive officer, chief financial officer
of the institution, its affiliates, or its
parent corporation or of any other
institution, or a member of the family of
any of these individuals; and
(4) Is not a current or former student
of the institution.
Individual with a disability: A person
who has a physical or mental
impairment which substantially limits
one or more major life activities, has a
record of such an impairment, or is
regarded as having such an impairment.
Non-native speaker of English: A
person whose first language is not
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34883
English and who is not fluent in
English.
Secondary school level: As applied to
‘‘content,’’ ‘‘curricula,’’ or ‘‘basic verbal
and quantitative skills,’’ the basic
knowledge or skills generally learned in
the 9th through 12th grades in United
States secondary schools.
Test: A standardized test, assessment
or instrument that has formal protocols
on how it is to be administered in order
to be valid. These protocols include, for
example, the use of parallel, equated
forms; testing conditions; time allowed
for the test; and standardized scoring.
Tests are not limited to traditional paper
and pencil (or computer-administered)
instruments for which forms are
constructed prior to administration to
examinees. Tests may also include
adaptive instruments that use
computerized algorithms for selecting
and administering items in real time;
however, for such instruments, the size
of the item pool and the method of item
selection must ensure negligible overlap
in items across retests.
Test administrator: An individual
who is certified by the test publisher (or
the State, in the case of an approved
State test or assessment) to administer
tests approved under this subpart in
accordance with the instructions
provided by the test publisher or the
State, as applicable, which includes
protecting the test and the test results
from improper disclosure or release, and
who is not compensated on the basis of
test outcomes.
Test item: A question on a test.
Test publisher: An individual,
organization, or agency that owns a
registered copyright of a test, or has
been authorized by the copyright holder
to represent the copyright holder’s
interests regarding the test.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.143
[Reserved]
§ 668.144
Application for test approval.
(a) The Secretary only reviews tests
under this subpart that are submitted by
the publisher of that test or by a State.
(b) A test publisher or a State that
wishes to have its test approved by the
Secretary under this subpart must
submit an application to the Secretary at
such time and in such manner as the
Secretary may prescribe. The
application must contain all the
information necessary for the Secretary
to approve the test under this subpart,
including but not limited to, the
information contained in paragraph (c)
or (d) of this section, as applicable.
(c) A test publisher must include with
its application—
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34884
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(1) A summary of the precise editions,
forms, levels, and (if applicable) subtests for which approval is being sought;
(2) The name, address, telephone
number, and e-mail address of a contact
person to whom the Secretary may
address inquiries;
(3) Each edition, form, level, and subtest of the test for which the test
publisher requests approval;
(4) The distribution of test scores for
each edition, form, level, or subtest for
which approval is sought, that allows
the Secretary to prescribe the passing
score for each test in accordance with
§ 668.147;
(5) Documentation of test
development, including a history of the
test’s use;
(6) Norming data and other evidence
used in determining the distribution of
test scores;
(7) Material that defines the content
domains addressed by the test;
(8) Documentation of periodic reviews
of the content and specifications of the
test to ensure that the test reflects
secondary school level verbal and
quantitative skills;
(9) If a test being submitted is a
revision of the most recent edition
approved by the Secretary, an analysis
of the revisions, including the reasons
for the revisions, the implications of the
revisions for the comparability of scores
on the current test to scores on the
previous test, and data from validity
studies of the test undertaken
subsequent to the revisions;
(10) A description of the manner in
which test-taking time was determined
in relation to the content
representativeness requirements in
§ 668.146(b)(2), and an analysis of the
effects of time on performance;
(11) A technical manual that
includes—
(i) An explanation of the methodology
and procedures for measuring the
reliability of the test;
(ii) Evidence that different forms of
the test, including, if applicable, short
forms, are comparable in reliability;
(iii) Other evidence demonstrating
that the test permits consistent
assessment of individual skill and
ability;
(iv) Evidence that the test was normed
using—
(A) Groups that were of sufficient size
to produce defensible standard errors of
the mean and were not
disproportionately composed of any
race or gender; and
(B) A contemporary sample that is
representative of the population of
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States;
(v) Documentation of the level of
difficulty of the test;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(vi) Unambiguous scales and scale
values so that standard errors of
measurement can be used to determine
statistically significant differences in
performance; and
(vii) Additional guidance on the
interpretation of scores resulting from
any modifications of the test for
individuals with disabilities;
(12) The manual provided to test
administrators containing procedures
and instructions for test security and
administration, and the forwarding of
tests to the test publisher;
(13) An analysis of the item-content of
each edition, form, level, and (if
applicable) subtest to demonstrate
compliance with the required secondary
school level criterion specified in
§ 668.146(b);
(14) A description of retesting
procedures and the analysis upon which
the criteria for retesting are based;
(15) Other evidence establishing the
test’s compliance with the criteria for
approval of tests as provided in
§ 668.146;
(16) A description of its test
administrator certification process that
provides—
(i) How the test publisher will
determine that the test administrator has
the necessary training, knowledge, skill,
and integrity to test students in
accordance with the test publisher’s
requirements; and
(ii) How the test publisher will
determine that the test administrator has
the ability and facilities to keep its test
secure against disclosure or release;
(17) A description of the test anomaly
analysis the test publisher will conduct
and submit to the Secretary that
includes—
(i) An explanation of how the test
publisher will identify potential test
irregularities and make a determination
that test irregularities have occurred;
(ii) An explanation of the process and
procedures for corrective action (up to
and including decertification of a
certified test administrator) when the
test publisher determines that test
irregularities have occurred; and
(iii) Information on when and how the
test publisher will notify a test
administrator, the Secretary, and the
institutions for which the test
administrator had previously provided
testing services for that test publisher,
that the test administrator has been
decertified; and
(18)(i) An explanation of any
accessible technologies that are
available to accommodate individuals
with disabilities, and
(ii) A description of the process for a
test administrator to identify and report
to the test publisher when
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided, for scoring
and norming purposes.
(d) A State must include with its
application—
(1) The information necessary for the
Secretary to determine that the test the
State uses measures a student’s skills
and abilities for the purpose of
determining whether the student has the
skills and abilities the State expects of
a high school graduate in that State;
(2) The passing scores on that test;
(3) Any guidance on the interpretation
of scores resulting from any
modifications of the test for individuals
with disabilities;
(4) A statement regarding how the test
will be kept secure;
(5) A description of retesting
procedures and the analysis upon which
the criteria for retesting are based;
(6) Other evidence establishing the
test’s compliance with the criteria for
approval of tests as provided in
§ 668.146;
(7) A description of its test
administrator certification process that
provides—
(i) How the State will determine that
the test administrator has the necessary
training, knowledge, skill, and integrity
to test students in accordance with the
State’s requirements; and
(ii) How the State will determine that
the test administrator has the ability and
facilities to keep its test secure against
disclosure or release;
(8) A description of the test anomaly
analysis that the State will conduct and
submit to the Secretary that includes—
(i) An explanation of how the State
will identify potential test irregularities
and make a determination that test
irregularities have occurred;
(ii) An explanation of the process and
procedures for corrective action (up to
and including decertification of a test
administrator) when the State
determines that test irregularities have
occurred; and
(iii) Information on when and how the
State will notify a test administrator, the
Secretary, and the institutions for which
the test administrator had previously
provided testing services for that State,
that the test administrator has been
decertified;
(9)(i) An explanation of any accessible
technologies that are available to
accommodate individuals with
disabilities; and
(ii) A description of the process for a
test administrator to identify and report
to the test publisher when
accommodations for individuals with
disabilities were provided, for scoring
and norming purposes; and
(10) The name, address, telephone
number, and e-mail address of a contact
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
person to whom the Secretary may
address inquiries.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.145
Test approval procedures.
(a)(1) When the Secretary receives a
complete application from a test
publisher or a State, the Secretary
selects one or more experts in the field
of educational testing and assessment,
who possess appropriate advanced
degrees and experience in test
development or psychometric research,
to determine whether the test meets the
requirements for test approval contained
in §§ 668.146, 668.147, 668.148, or
668.149, as appropriate, and to advise
the Secretary of their determinations.
(2) If the test involves a language
other than English, the Secretary selects
at least one individual who is fluent in
the language in which the test is written
to collaborate with the testing expert or
experts described in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section and to advise the Secretary
on whether the test meets the additional
criteria, provisions, and conditions for
test approval contained in §§ 668.148
and 668.149.
(3) For test batteries that contain
multiple subtests measuring content
domains other than verbal and
quantitative domains, the Secretary
reviews only those subtests covering the
verbal and quantitative domains.
(b)(1) If the Secretary determines that
a test satisfies the criteria and
requirements for test approval, the
Secretary notifies the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, of the
Secretary’s decision, and publishes the
name of the test and the passing scores
in the Federal Register.
(2) If the Secretary determines that a
test does not satisfy the criteria and
requirements for test approval, the
Secretary notifies the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, of the
Secretary’s decision, and the reasons
why the test did not meet those criteria
and requirements.
(3) If the Secretary determines that a
test does not satisfy the criteria and
requirements for test approval, the test
publisher or the State that submitted the
test for approval may request that the
Secretary reevaluate the Secretary’s
decision. Such a request must be
accompanied by—
(i) Documentation and information
that address the reasons for the nonapproval of the test; and
(ii) An analysis of why the
information and documentation
submitted meet the criteria and
requirements for test approval
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
notwithstanding the Secretary’s earlier
decision to the contrary.
(c)(1) The Secretary approves a test for
a period not to exceed five years from
the date the notice of approval of the
test is published in the Federal Register.
(2) The Secretary extends the
approval period of a test to include the
period of review if the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, re-submits the
test for review and approval under
§ 668.144 at least six months before the
date on which the test approval is
scheduled to expire.
(d)(1) The Secretary’s approval of a
test may be revoked if the Secretary
determines that the test publisher or the
State violated any terms of the
agreement described in § 668.150, that
the information the test publisher or the
State submitted as a basis for approval
of the test was inaccurate, or that the
test publisher or the State substantially
changed the test and did not resubmit
the test, as revised, for approval.
(2) If the Secretary revokes approval
of a previously approved test, the
Secretary publishes a notice of that
revocation in the Federal Register. The
revocation becomes effective—
(i) One hundred and twenty days from
the date the notice of revocation is
published in the Federal Register; or
(ii) An earlier date specified by the
Secretary in a notice published in the
Federal Register.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.146
Criteria for approving tests.
(a) Except as provided in § 668.148,
the Secretary approves a test under this
subpart if—
(1) The test meets the criteria set forth
in paragraph (b) of this section;
(2) The test publisher or the State
satisfies the requirements set forth in
paragraph (c) of this section; and
(3) The Secretary makes a
determination that the information the
test publisher or State submitted in
accordance with § 668.144(c)(17) or
(d)(8), as applicable, provides adequate
assurance that the test publisher or State
will conduct rigorous test anomaly
analyses and take appropriate action if
test administrators do not comply with
testing procedures.
(b) To be approved under this subpart,
a test must—
(1) Assess secondary school level
basic verbal and quantitative skills and
general learned abilities;
(2) Sample the major content domains
of secondary school level verbal and
quantitative skills with sufficient
numbers of questions to—
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34885
(i) Adequately represent each domain;
and
(ii) Permit meaningful analyses of
item-level performance by students who
are representative of the contemporary
population beyond the age of
compulsory school attendance and have
earned a high school diploma;
(3) Require appropriate test-taking
time to permit adequate sampling of the
major content domains described in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section;
(4) Have all forms (including short
forms) comparable in reliability;
(5) Have, in the case of a test that is
revised, new scales, scale values, and
scores that are demonstrably
comparable to the old scales, scale
values, and scores;
(6) Meet all primary and applicable
conditional and secondary standards for
test construction provided in the 1999
edition of the Standards for Educational
and Psychological Testing, prepared by
a joint committee of the American
Educational Research Association, the
American Psychological Association,
and the National Council on
Measurement in Education incorporated
by reference in this section.
Incorporation by reference of this
document has been approved by the
Director of the Office of the Federal
Register pursuant to the Director’s
authority under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. The incorporated
document is on file at the Department
of Education, Federal Student Aid, room
113E2, 830 First Street, NE.,
Washington, DC 20002 and at the
National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 1–866–272–
6272, or go to: https://www.archives.gov/
Federal_register/
code_of_Federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html. The document also
may be obtained from the American
Educational Research Association at:
https://www.aera.net; and
(7) Have the test publisher’s or the
State’s guidelines for retesting,
including time between test-taking, be
based on empirical analyses that are
part of the studies of test reliability.
(c) In order for a test to be approved
under this subpart, a test publisher or a
State must—
(1) Include in the test booklet or
package—
(i) Clear, specific, and complete
instructions for test administration,
including information for test takers on
the purpose, timing, and scoring of the
test; and
(ii) Sample questions representative of
the content and average difficulty of the
test;
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34886
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(2) Have two or more secure, equated,
alternate forms of the test;
(3) Except as provided in §§ 668.148
and 668.149, provide tables of
distributions of test scores which clearly
indicate the mean score and standard
deviation for high school graduates who
have taken the test within three years
prior to the date that the test is
submitted to the Secretary for approval
under § 668.144;
(4) Norm the test with—
(i) Groups that are of sufficient size to
produce defensible standard errors of
the mean and are not disproportionately
composed of any race or gender; and
(ii) A contemporary sample that is
representative of the population of
persons who have earned a high school
diploma in the United States; and
(5) If test batteries include sub-tests
assessing different verbal and/or
quantitative skills, a distribution of test
scores as described in paragraph (c)(3)
of this section that allows the Secretary
to prescribe either—
(i) A passing score for each sub-test;
or
(ii) One composite passing score for
verbal skills and one composite passing
score for quantitative skills.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.147
Passing scores.
Except as provided in §§ 668.144(d),
668.148, and 668.149, to demonstrate
that a test taker has the ability to benefit
from the education and training offered
by the institution, the Secretary
specifies that the passing score on each
approved test is one standard deviation
below the mean score of a sample of
individuals who have taken the test
within the three years before the test is
submitted to the Secretary for approval.
The sample must be representative of
the population of high school graduates
in the United States.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.148 Additional criteria for the
approval of certain tests.
(a) In addition to satisfying the criteria
in § 668.146, to be approved by the
Secretary, a test must meet the following
criteria, if applicable:
(1) In the case of a test developed for
a non-native speaker of English who is
enrolled in a program that is taught in
his or her native language, the test must
be—
(i) Linguistically accurate and
culturally sensitive to the population for
which the test is designed, regardless of
the language in which the test is
written;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(ii) Supported by documentation
detailing the development of normative
data;
(iii) If translated from an English
version, supported by documentation of
procedures to determine its reliability
and validity with reference to the
population for which the translated test
was designed;
(iv) Developed in accordance with
guidelines provided in the 1999 edition
of the ‘‘Testing Individuals of Diverse
Linguistic Backgrounds’’ section of the
Standards for Educational and
Psychological Testing prepared by a
joint committee of the American
Educational Research Association, the
American Psychological Association,
and the National Council on
Measurement in Education incorporated
by reference in this section.
Incorporation by reference of this
document has been approved by the
Director of the Office of the Federal
Register pursuant to the Director’s
authority under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. The incorporated
document is on file at the Department
of Education, Federal Student Aid, room
113E2, 830 First Street, NE.,
Washington, DC 20002 and at the
National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 1–866–272–
6272, or go to: https://www.archives.gov/
Federal_register/
code_of_Federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html. The document also
may be obtained from the American
Educational Research Association at:
https://www.aera.net; and
(v)(A) If the test is in Spanish,
accompanied by a distribution of test
scores that clearly indicates the mean
score and standard deviation for
Spanish-speaking students with high
school diplomas who have taken the test
within five years before the date on
which the test is submitted to the
Secretary for approval.
(B) If the test is in a language other
than Spanish, accompanied by a
recommendation for a provisional
passing score based upon performance
of a sample of test takers representative
of non-English speaking individuals
who speak a language other than
Spanish and who have a high school
diploma. The sample upon which the
recommended provisional passing score
is based must be large enough to
produce stable norms.
(2) In the case of a test that is
modified for use for individuals with
disabilities, the test publisher or State
must—
(i) Follow guidelines provided in the
‘‘Testing Individuals With Disabilities’’
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
section of the Standards for Educational
and Psychological Testing; and
(ii) Provide documentation of the
appropriateness and feasibility of the
modifications relevant to test
performance.
(3) In the case of a computer-based
test, the test publisher or State, as
applicable, must—
(i) Provide documentation to the
Secretary that the test complies with the
basic principles of test construction and
standards of reliability and validity as
promulgated in the Standards for
Educational and Psychological Testing;
(ii) Provide test administrators with
instructions for familiarizing test takers
with computer hardware prior to testtaking; and
(iii) Provide two or more parallel,
equated forms of the test, or, if parallel
forms are generated from an item pool,
provide documentation of the methods
of item selection for alternate forms.
(b) If a test is designed solely to
measure the English language
competence of non-native speakers of
English—
(1) The test must meet the criteria set
forth in § 668.146(b)(6), (c)(1), (c)(2), and
(c)(4); and
(2) The test publisher must
recommend a passing score based on the
mean score of test takers beyond the age
of compulsory school attendance who
completed U.S. high school equivalency
programs, formal training programs, or
bilingual vocational programs.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.149 Special provisions for the
approval of assessment procedures for
individuals with disabilities.
If no test is reasonably available for
individuals with disabilities so that no
test can be approved under §§ 668.146
or 668.148 for these individuals, the
following procedures apply:
(a) The Secretary considers a modified
test or testing procedure, or instrument
that has been scientifically developed
specifically for the purpose of
evaluating the ability to benefit from
postsecondary training or education of
individuals with disabilities to be an
approved test for purposes of this
subpart provided that the testing
procedure or instrument measures both
basic verbal and quantitative skills at
the secondary school level.
(b) The Secretary considers the
passing scores for these testing
procedures or instruments to be those
recommended by the test publisher or
State, as applicable.
(c) The test publisher or State, as
applicable, must—
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(1) Maintain appropriate
documentation, including a description
of the procedures or instruments, their
content domains, technical properties,
and scoring procedures; and
(2) Require the test administrator to—
(i) Use the procedures or instruments
in accordance with instructions
provided by the test publisher or State,
as applicable; and
(ii) Use the passing scores
recommended by the test publisher or
State, as applicable.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.150 Agreement between the
Secretary and a test publisher or a State.
(a) If the Secretary approves a test
under this subpart, the test publisher or
the State that submitted the test must
enter into an agreement with the
Secretary that contains the provisions
set forth in paragraph (b) of this section
before an institution may use the test to
determine a student’s eligibility for title
IV, HEA program funds.
(b) The agreement between a test
publisher or a State, as applicable, and
the Secretary provides that the test
publisher or the State, as applicable,
must—
(1) Allow only test administrators that
it certifies to give its test;
(2) Require each test administrator it
certifies to—
(i) Provide the test publisher or the
State, as applicable, with a certification
statement that indicates he or she is not
currently decertified; and
(ii) Notify the test publisher or the
State, as applicable, immediately if any
other test publisher or State decertifies
the test administrator;
(3) Only certify test administrators
who—
(i) Have the necessary training,
knowledge, and skill to test students in
accordance with the test publisher’s or
the State’s testing requirements;
(ii) Have the ability and facilities to
keep its test secure against disclosure or
release; and
(iii) Have not been decertified within
the last three years by any test publisher
or State;
(4) Decertify a test administrator for a
period of three years if the test publisher
or the State finds that the test
administrator—
(i) Has failed to give its test in
accordance with the test publisher’s or
the State’s instructions;
(ii) Has not kept the test secure;
(iii) Has compromised the integrity of
the testing process; or
(iv) Has given the test in violation of
the provisions contained in § 668.151;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(5) Reevaluate the qualifications of a
test administrator who has been
decertified by another test publisher or
State and determine whether to
continue the test administrator’s
certification or to decertify the test
administrator;
(6) Immediately notify the test
administrator, the Secretary, and the
institutions where the test administrator
previously administered approved tests
when the test publisher or the State
decertifies a test administrator;
(7)(i) Review the test results of the
tests administered by a decertified test
administrator and determine which tests
may have been improperly
administered;
(ii) Immediately notify the affected
institutions and students or prospective
students; and
(iii) Provide a report to the Secretary
on the results of the review and the
notifications provided to institutions
and students or prospective students;
(8) Report to the Secretary if the test
publisher or the State certifies a
previously decertified test administrator
after the three-year period specified in
paragraph (b)(4) of this section;
(9) Score a test answer sheet that it
receives from a test administrator;
(10) If a computer-based test is used,
provide the test administrator with
software that will—
(i) Immediately generate a score report
for each test taker;
(ii) Allow the test administrator to
send to the test publisher or the State,
as applicable, a record of the test taker’s
performance on each test item and the
test taker’s test scores using a data
transfer method that is encrypted and
secure; and
(iii) Prohibit any changes in test taker
responses or test scores;
(11) Promptly send to the student and
the institution the student indicated he
or she is attending or scheduled to
attend a notice stating the student’s
score for the test and whether or not the
student passed the test;
(12) Keep each test answer sheet or
electronic record forwarded for scoring
and all other documents forwarded by
the test administrator with regard to the
test for a period of three years from the
date the analysis of the tests results,
described in paragraph (b)(13) of this
section, was sent to the Secretary;
(13) Analyze the test scores of
students who take the test to determine
whether the test scores and data
produce any irregular pattern that raises
an inference that the tests were not
being properly administered, and
provide the Secretary with a copy of this
analysis within 18 months after the test
was approved and every 18 months
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34887
thereafter during the period of test
approval;
(14) Upon request, give the Secretary,
a State agency, an accrediting agency,
and law enforcement agencies access to
test records or other documents related
to an audit, investigation, or program
review of an institution, the test
publisher, or a test administrator;
(15) Immediately report to the
Secretary if the test publisher or the
State finds any credible information
indicating that a test has been
compromised;
(16) Immediately report to the Office
of Inspector General of the Department
of Education for investigation if the test
publisher or the State finds any credible
information indicating that a test
administrator or institution may have
engaged in fraud or other criminal
misconduct; and
(17) Require a test administrator who
provides a test to an individual with a
disability who requires an
accommodation in the test’s
administration to report to the test
publisher or the State within the time
period specified in § 668.151(b)(2) or
§ 668.152(b)(2), as applicable, the nature
of the disability and the
accommodations that were provided.
(c)(1) The Secretary may terminate an
agreement with a test publisher or a
State, as applicable, if the test publisher
or the State fails to carry out the terms
of the agreement described in paragraph
(b) of this section.
(2) Before terminating the agreement,
the Secretary gives the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, the opportunity
to show that it has not failed to carry out
the terms of its agreement.
(3) If the Secretary terminates an
agreement with a test publisher or a
State under this section, the Secretary
publishes a notice in the Federal
Register specifying when institutions
may no longer use the test publisher’s
or the State’s test(s) for purposes of
determining a student’s eligibility for
title IV, HEA program funds.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.151
Administration of tests.
(a)(1) To establish a student’s
eligibility for title IV, HEA program
funds under this subpart, an institution
must select a test administrator to give
an approved test.
(2) An institution may use the results
of an approved test it received from an
approved test publisher or assessment
center to determine a student’s
eligibility to receive title IV, HEA
program funds if the test was
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
34888
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
independently administered and
properly administered in accordance
with this subpart.
(b) The Secretary considers that a test
is independently administered if the test
is—
(1) Given at an assessment center by
a test administrator who is an employee
of the center; or
(2) Given by an independent test
administrator who maintains the test at
a secure location and submits the test
for scoring by the test publisher or the
State or, for a computer-based test, a
record of the test scores, within two
business days of administering the test.
(c) The Secretary considers that a test
is not independently administered if an
institution—
(1) Compromises test security or
testing procedures;
(2) Pays a test administrator a bonus,
commission, or any other incentive
based upon the test scores or pass rates
of its students who take the test; or
(3) Otherwise interferes with the test
administrator’s independence or test
administration.
(d) The Secretary considers that a test
is properly administered if the test
administrator—
(1) Is certified by the test publisher or
the State, as applicable, to give the test
publisher’s or the State’s test;
(2) Administers the test in accordance
with instructions provided by the test
publisher or the State, as applicable,
and in a manner that ensures the
integrity and security of the test;
(3) Makes the test available only to a
test-taker, and then only during a
regularly scheduled test;
(4) Secures the test against disclosure
or release; and
(5) Submits the completed test or, for
a computer-based test, a record of test
scores, to the test publisher or the State,
as applicable, within the time period
specified in § 668.152(b) or paragraph
(b)(2) of this section, as appropriate, and
in accordance with the test publisher’s
or the State’s instructions.
(e) An independent test administrator
may not score a test.
(f) An individual who fails to pass a
test approved under this subpart may
not retake the same form of the test for
the period prescribed by the test
publisher or the State responsible for
the test.
(g) An institution must maintain a
record for each individual who took a
test under this subpart. The record must
include—
(1) The test taken by the individual;
(2) The date of the test;
(3) The individual’s scores as reported
by the test publisher, an assessment
center, or the State;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(4) The name and address of the test
administrator who administered the test
and any identifier assigned to the test
administrator by the test publisher or
the State; and
(5) If the individual who took the test
is an individual with a disability and
was unable to be evaluated by the use
of an approved ATB test or the
individual requested or required testing
accommodations, documentation of the
individual’s disability and of the testing
arrangements provided in accordance
with § 668.153(b).
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.152 Administration of tests by
assessment centers.
(a) If a test is given by an assessment
center, the assessment center must
properly administer the test as
described in § 668.151(d), and
§ 668.153, if applicable.
(b)(1) Unless an agreement between a
test publisher or a State, as applicable,
and an assessment center indicates
otherwise, an assessment center scores
the tests it gives and promptly notifies
the institution and the student of the
student’s score on the test and whether
the student passed the test.
(2) If the assessment center scores the
test, it must provide weekly to the test
publisher or the State, as applicable—
(i) All copies of the completed test,
including the name and address of the
test administrator who administered the
test and any identifier assigned to the
test administrator by the test publisher
or the State, as applicable; or
(ii) A report listing all test-takers’
scores and institutions to which the
scores were sent and the name and
address of the test administrator who
administered the test and any identifier
assigned to the test administrator by the
test publisher or the State, as applicable.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.153 Administration of tests for
individuals whose native language is not
English or for individuals with disabilities.
(a) Individuals whose native language
is not English. For an individual whose
native language is not English and who
is not fluent in English, the institution
must use the following tests, as
applicable:
(1) If the individual is enrolled or
plans to enroll in a program conducted
entirely in his or her native language,
the individual must take a test approved
under §§ 668.146 and 668.148(a)(1).
(2) If the individual is enrolled or
plans to enroll in a program that is
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
taught in English with an ESL
component, the individual must take an
English language proficiency assessment
approved under § 668.148(b) and, before
beginning the portion of the program
taught in English, a test approved under
§ 668.146.
(3) If the individual is enrolled or
plans to enroll in a program that is
taught in English without an ESL
component, or the individual does not
enroll in any ESL component offered,
the individual must take a test in
English approved under § 668.146.
(4) If the individual enrolls in an ESL
program, the individual must take an
ESL test approved under § 668.148(b).
(b) Individuals with disabilities. (1)
For an individual with a disability who
has neither a high school diploma nor
its equivalent and who is applying for
title IV, HEA program funds and seeks
to show his or her ability to benefit
through the testing procedures in this
subpart, an institution must use a test
described in § 668.148(a)(3) or
§ 668.149(a).
(2) The test must reflect the
individual’s skills and general learned
abilities.
(3) The test administrator must ensure
that there is documentation to support
the determination that the individual is
an individual with a disability and
requires accommodations—such as
extra time or a quiet room—for taking an
approved test, or is unable to be
evaluated by the use of an approved
ATB test.
(4) Documentation of an individual’s
disability may be satisfied by—
(i) A written determination, including
a diagnosis and recommended testing
accommodations, by a licensed
psychologist or medical physician; or
(ii) A record of the disability from a
local or State educational agency, or
other government agency, such as the
Social Security Administration or a
vocational rehabilitation agency, that
identifies the individual’s disability.
This record may, but is not required to,
include a diagnosis and recommended
testing accommodations.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
§ 668.154
Institutional accountability.
An institution is liable for the title IV,
HEA program funds disbursed to a
student whose eligibility is determined
under this subpart only if—
(a) The institution used a test that was
not administered independently, in
accordance with § 668.151(b);
(b) The institution or an employee of
the institution compromised the testing
process in any way; or
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
(c) The institution is unable to
document that the student received a
passing score on an approved test.
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
[Reserved]
§ 668.156
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 668.155
Approved State process.
(a)(1) A State that wishes the
Secretary to consider its State process as
an alternative to achieving a passing
score on an approved, independently
administered test for the purpose of
determining a student’s eligibility for
title IV, HEA program funds must apply
to the Secretary for approval of that
process.
(2) To be an approved State process,
the State process does not have to
include all the institutions located in
that State, but must indicate which
institutions are included.
(b) The Secretary approves a State’s
process if—
(1) The State administering the
process can demonstrate that the
students it admits under that process
without a high school diploma or its
equivalent, who enroll in participating
institutions have a success rate as
determined under paragraph (h) of this
section that is within 95 percent of the
success rate of students with high
school diplomas; and
(2) The State’s process satisfies the
requirements contained in paragraphs
(c) and (d) of this section.
(c) A State process must require
institutions participating in the process
to provide each student they admit
without a high school diploma or its
recognized equivalent with the
following services:
(1) Orientation regarding the
institution’s academic standards and
requirements, and student rights.
(2) Assessment of each student’s
existing capabilities through means
other than a single standardized test.
(3) Tutoring in basic verbal and
quantitative skills, if appropriate.
(4) Assistance in developing
educational goals.
(5) Counseling, including counseling
regarding the appropriate class level for
that student given the student’s
individual’s capabilities.
(6) Follow-up by teachers and
counselors regarding the student’s
classroom performance and satisfactory
progress toward program completion.
(d) A State process must—
(1) Monitor on an annual basis each
participating institution’s compliance
with the requirements and standards
contained in the State’s process;
(2) Require corrective action if an
institution is found to be in
noncompliance with the State process
requirements; and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
(3) Terminate an institution from the
State process if the institution refuses or
fails to comply with the State process
requirements.
(e)(1) The Secretary responds to a
State’s request for approval of its State’s
process within six months after the
Secretary’s receipt of that request. If the
Secretary does not respond by the end
of six months, the State’s process is
deemed to be approved.
(2) An approved State process
becomes effective for purposes of
determining student eligibility for title
IV, HEA program funds under this
subpart—
(i) On the date the Secretary approves
the process; or
(ii) Six months after the date on
which the State submits the process to
the Secretary for approval, if the
Secretary neither approves nor
disapproves the process during that six
month period.
(f) The Secretary approves a State
process for a period not to exceed five
years.
(g)(1) The Secretary withdraws
approval of a State process if the
Secretary determines that the State
process violated any terms of this
section or that the information that the
State submitted as a basis for approval
of the State process was inaccurate.
(2) The Secretary provides a State
with the opportunity to contest a
finding that the State process violated
any terms of this section or that the
information that the State submitted as
a basis for approval of the State process
was inaccurate.
(h) The State must calculate the
success rates as referenced in paragraph
(b) of this section by—
(1) Determining the number of
students with high school diplomas
who, during the applicable award year
described in paragraph (i) of this
section, enrolled in participating
institutions and—
(i) Successfully completed education
or training programs;
(ii) Remained enrolled in education or
training programs at the end of that
award year; or
(iii) Successfully transferred to and
remained enrolled in another institution
at the end of that award year;
(2) Determining the number of
students with high school diplomas
who enrolled in education or training
programs in participating institutions
during that award year;
(3) Determining the number of
students calculated in paragraph (h)(2)
of this section who remained enrolled
after subtracting the number of students
who subsequently withdrew or were
expelled from participating institutions
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
34889
and received a 100 percent refund of
their tuition under the institutions’
refund policies;
(4) Dividing the number of students
determined in paragraph (h)(1) of this
section by the number of students
determined in paragraph (h)(3) of this
section;
(5) Making the calculations described
in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(4) of
this section for students without a high
school diploma or its recognized
equivalent who enrolled in participating
institutions.
(i) For purposes of paragraph (h) of
this section, the applicable award year
is the latest complete award year for
which information is available that
immediately precedes the date on which
the State requests the Secretary to
approve its State process, except that
the award year selected must be one of
the latest two completed award years
preceding that application date.
(Approved by the Office of Management and
Budget under control number 1845–0049)
(Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1091(d))
25. Section 668.164 is amended by
adding paragraph (i) to read as follows:
§ 668.164
Disbursing funds.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Provisions for books and supplies.
(1) An institution must provide a way
for a Federal Pell Grant eligible student
to obtain or purchase, by the seventh
day of a payment period, the books and
supplies required for the payment
period if, 10 days before the beginning
of the payment period—
(i) The institution could disburse the
title IV, HEA program funds for which
the student is eligible; and
(ii) Presuming the funds were
disbursed, the student would have a
credit balance under paragraph (e) of
this section.
(2) The amount the institution
provides to the student to obtain or
purchase books and supplies is the
lesser of the presumed credit balance
under this paragraph or the amount
needed by the student, as determined by
the institution.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 682—FEDERAL FAMILY
EDUCATION LOAN (FFEL) PROGRAM
26. The authority citation for part 682
is revised to read as follows:
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1071 to 1087–2,
unless otherwise noted.
§ 682.200
[Amended]
27. Section 682.200(a)(2) is amended
by adding, in alphabetical order, the
term ‘‘Credit hour’’.
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
34890
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 / Proposed Rules
PART 685—WILLIAM D. FORD
FEDERAL DIRECT LOAN PROGRAM
28. The authority citation for part 685
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1070g, 1087a, et seq.,
unless otherwise noted.
29. Section 685.102 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a)(2), adding, in
alphabetical order, the term ‘‘Credit
hour’’.
B. In paragraph (b), adding, in
alphabetical order, the definition of
Payment data to read as follows:
§ 685.102
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1070g, et seq., unless
otherwise noted.
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
Payment data: An electronic record
that is provided to the Secretary by an
institution showing student
disbursement information.
*
*
*
*
*
30. Section 685.301 is amended by
revising paragraph (e)(1) to read as
follows:
§ 685.301 Origination of a loan by a Direct
Loan Program school.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(1) The Secretary accepts a student’s
Payment Data that is submitted in
accordance with procedures established
through publication in the Federal
Register, and that contains information
the Secretary considers to be accurate in
light of other available information
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:19 Jun 17, 2010
Jkt 220001
PART 686—TEACHER EDUCATION
ASSISTANCE FOR COLLEGE AND
HIGHER EDUCATION (TEACH) GRANT
PROGRAM
31. The authority citation for part 686
continues to read as follows:
*
*
including that previously provided by
the student and the institution.
*
*
*
*
*
32. Section 686.2 is amended by:
A. In paragraph (a), adding, in
alphabetical order, the term ‘‘Credit
hour’’.
B. In paragraph (d), revising the
definition of Payment Data to read as
follows:
§ 686.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
Payment Data: An electronic record
that is provided to the Secretary by an
institution showing student
disbursement information.
*
*
*
*
*
33. Section 686.37 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 686.37 Institutional reporting
requirements.
*
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
PART 690—FEDERAL PELL GRANT
PROGRAM
34. The authority citation for part 690
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1070a, 1070g, unless
otherwise noted.
§ 690.2
[Amended]
35. Section 690.2(a) is amended by
adding, in alphabetical order, the term
‘‘Credit hour’’.
PART 691—ACADEMIC
COMPETITIVENESS GRANT (ACG)
AND NATIONAL SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS ACCESS TO RETAIN
TALENT GRANT (NATIONAL SMART
GRANT) PROGRAMS
36. The authority citation for part 691
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1070a–1, unless
otherwise noted.
§ 691.2
*
*
*
*
(b) The Secretary accepts a student’s
Payment Data that is submitted in
accordance with procedures established
through publication in the Federal
PO 00000
Register, and that contains information
the Secretary considers to be accurate in
light of other available information
including that previously provided by
the student and the institution.
*
*
*
*
*
[Amended]
37. Section 691.2(a) is amended by
adding, in alphabetical order, the term
‘‘Credit hour’’.
[FR Doc. 2010–14107 Filed 6–17–10; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4000–01–P
E:\FR\FM\18JNP2.SGM
18JNP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 117 (Friday, June 18, 2010)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 34806-34890]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-14107]
[[Page 34805]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Education
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
34 CFR Parts 600, 602, et al.
Program Integrity Issues; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75 , No. 117 / Friday, June 18, 2010 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 34806]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
34 CFR Parts 600, 602, 603, 668, 682, 685, 686, 690, and 691
[Docket ID ED-2010-OPE-0004]
RIN 1840-AD02
Program Integrity Issues
AGENCY: Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Secretary proposes to improve integrity in the programs
authorized under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as
amended (HEA) by amending the regulations for Institutional Eligibility
Under the HEA, the Secretary's Recognition of Accrediting Agencies, the
Secretary's Recognition Procedures for State Agencies, the Student
Assistance General Provisions, the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL)
Program, the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program, the Teacher
Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grant
Program, the Federal Pell Grant Program, and the Academic
Competitiveness Grant (AGC) and National Science and Mathematics Access
to Retain Talent Grant (National Smart Grant) Programs.
DATES: We must receive your comments on or before August 2, 2010.
ADDRESSES: Submit your comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal
or via postal mail, commercial delivery, or hand delivery. We will not
accept comments by fax or by e-mail. Please submit your comments only
one time, in order to ensure that we do not receive duplicate copies.
In addition, please include the Docket ID at the top of your comments.
Federal eRulemaking Portal. Go to https://www.regulations.gov to submit your comments electronically. Information
on using Regulations.gov, including instructions for accessing agency
documents, submitting comments, and viewing the docket, is available on
the site under ``How To Use This Site.''
Postal Mail, Commercial Delivery, or Hand Delivery. If you
mail or deliver your comments about these proposed regulations, address
them to Jessica Finkel, U.S. Department of Education, 1990 K Street,
NW., room 8031, Washington, DC 20006-8502.
Privacy Note: The Department's policy for comments received from
members of the public (including those comments submitted by mail,
commercial delivery, or hand delivery) is to make these submissions
available for public viewing in their entirety on the Federal
eRulemaking Portal at https://www.regulations.gov. Therefore,
commenters should be careful to include in their comments only
information that they wish to make publicly available on the
Internet.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For information related to gainful
employment in a recognized occupation, John Kolotos. Telephone: (202)
502-7762 or via the Internet at: John.Kolotos@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions related to the definition
of credit hour, Marianna Deeken or Fred Sellers. Telephone: (206) 615-
2583 or via the Internet at Marianna.Deeken@ed.gov. Telephone: (202)
502-7502 or via the Internet at: Fred.Sellers@ed.gov.
For information related to provisions on State authorization, Fred
Sellers. Telephone: (202) 502-7502 or via the Internet at:
Fred.Sellers@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on retaking coursework,
Vanessa Freeman. Telephone: (202) 502-7523 or via the Internet at:
Vanessa.Freeman@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions for written agreements
between institutions, Carney McCullough. Telephone: (202) 502-7639 or
via the Internet at: Carney.McCullough@ed.gov.
For information on the provisions related to incentive
compensation, Marty Guthrie. Telephone: (202) 219-7031 or via the
Internet at: Marty.Guthrie@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on ability to benefit,
Dan Klock. Telephone: (202) 377-4026 or via the Internet at
Dan.Klock@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on misrepresentation,
Vanessa Freeman. Telephone: (202) 502-7523 or via the Internet at:
Vanessa.Freeman@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on satisfactory academic
progress, Marianna Deeken. Telephone: (206) 615-2583 or via the
Internet at: Marianna.Deeken@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on high school diplomas
and verification of information on the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA), Jacquelyn Butler. Telephone: (202) 502-7890, or
via the Internet at: Jacquelyn.Butler@ed.gov.
For information related to the return of title IV, HEA funds
calculation provisions for term-based modules or taking attendance,
Jessica Finkel. Telephone: (202) 502-7647, or via the Internet at:
Jessica.Finkel@ed.gov.
For information related to the provisions on timeliness and method
of disbursement, John Kolotos. Telephone: (202) 502-7762, or via the
Internet at: John.Kolotos@ed.gov.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the
Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
Individuals with disabilities can obtain this document in an
accessible format (e.g., braille, large print, audiotape, or computer
diskette) on request to one of the contact persons listed under FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Invitation To Comment
As outlined in the section of this notice entitled Negotiated
Rulemaking, significant public participation, through a series of three
regional hearings and three negotiated rulemaking sessions, has
occurred in developing this notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM). In
accordance with the requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act,
the Department invites you to submit comments regarding these proposed
regulations on or before August 2, 2010. To ensure that your comments
have maximum effect in developing the final regulations, we urge you to
identify clearly the specific section or sections of the proposed
regulations that each of your comments addresses and to arrange your
comments in the same order as the proposed regulations.
We invite you to assist us in complying with the specific
requirements of Executive Order 12866 and its overall requirement of
reducing regulatory burden that might result from these proposed
regulations. Please let us know of any further opportunities we should
take to reduce potential costs or increase potential benefits while
preserving the effective and efficient administration of the programs.
During and after the comment period, you may inspect all public
comments about these proposed regulations by accessing Regulations.gov.
You may also inspect the comments, in person, in room 8031, 1990 K
Street, NW., Washington, DC, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:00
p.m., Eastern time, Monday through Friday of each week except Federal
holidays.
Assistance to Individuals With Disabilities in Reviewing the Rulemaking
Record
On request, we will supply an appropriate aid, such as a reader or
print magnifier, to an individual with a disability who needs
assistance to review the comments or other documents in the public
rulemaking record for these proposed regulations. If
[[Page 34807]]
you want to schedule an appointment for this type of aid, please
contact one of the persons listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT.
Negotiated Rulemaking
Section 492 of the HEA requires the Secretary, before publishing
any proposed regulations for programs authorized by title IV of the
HEA, to obtain public involvement in the development of the proposed
regulations. After obtaining advice and recommendations from the
public, including individuals and representatives of groups involved in
the Federal student financial assistance programs, the Secretary must
subject the proposed regulations to a negotiated rulemaking process.
All proposed regulations that the Department publishes on which the
negotiators reached consensus must conform to final agreements
resulting from that process unless the Secretary reopens the process or
provides a written explanation to the participants stating why the
Secretary has decided to depart from the agreements. Further
information on the negotiated rulemaking process can be found at:
https://www.ed.gov/policy/highered/leg/hea08/.
On September 9, 2009, the Department published a notice in the
Federal Register (74 FR 46399) announcing our intent to establish two
negotiated rulemaking committees to prepare proposed regulations. One
committee would develop proposed regulations governing foreign schools,
including the implementation of the changes made to the HEA by the
Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008 (HEOA), Public Law 110-315,
that affect foreign schools. The proposed regulations governing foreign
schools will be published in the Federal Register at a future date. A
second committee would develop proposed regulations to improve
integrity in the title IV, HEA programs. The notice requested
nominations of individuals for membership on the committees who could
represent the interests of key stakeholder constituencies on each
committee.
Team I--Program Integrity Issues (Team I) met to develop proposed
regulations during the months of November 2009 through January 2010.
The Department developed a list of proposed regulatory provisions,
including provisions based on advice and recommendations submitted by
individuals and organizations as testimony to the Department in a
series of three public hearings held on:
June 15, 2009 at Community College of Denver in Denver,
CO.
June 18, 2009 at University of Arkansas in Little Rock,
AR.
June 22, 2009 at Community College of Philadelphia in
Philadelphia, PA.
In addition, the Department accepted written comments on possible
regulatory provisions submitted directly to the Department by
interested parties and organizations. A summary of all comments
received orally and in writing is posted as background material in the
docket for this NPRM. Transcripts of the regional meetings can be
accessed at https://www2.ed.gov/policy/highered/reg/hearulemaking/2009/negreg-summerfall.html#ph.
Staff within the Department also identified issues for discussion
and negotiation.
At its first meeting, Team I reached agreement on its protocols.
These protocols provided that for each community identified as having
interests that were significantly affected by the subject matter of the
negotiations, the non-Federal negotiators would represent the
organizations listed after their names in the protocols in the
negotiated rulemaking process.
Team I included the following members:
Rich Williams, U.S. PIRG, and Angela Peoples (alternate), United
States Student Association, representing students.
Margaret Reiter, attorney, and Deanne Loonin (alternate), National
Consumer Law Center, representing consumer advocacy organizations.
Richard Heath, Anne Arundel Community College, and Joan Zanders
(alternate), Northern Virginia Community College, representing two-year
public institutions.
Phil Asbury, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, and Joe
Pettibon (alternate), Texas A&M University, representing four-year
public institutions.
Todd Jones, Association of Independent Colleges and Universities of
Ohio, and Maureen Budetti (alternate), National Association of
Independent Colleges and Universities, representing private, non-profit
institutions.
Elaine Neely, Kaplan Higher Education Corp., and David Rhodes,
(alternate), School of Visual Arts, representing private, for-profit
institutions.
Terry Hartle, American Council on Education, and Bob Moran
(alternate), American Association of State Colleges and Universities,
representing college presidents.
David Hawkins, National Association for College Admission
Counseling, and Amanda Modar (alternate), National Association for
College Admission Counseling, representing admissions officers.
Susan Williams, Bridgeport University, and Anne Gross (alternate),
National Association of College and University Business Officers,
representing business officers.
Val Meyers, Michigan State University, and Joan Berkes (alternate),
National Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators,
representing financial aid administrators.
Barbara Brittingham, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education
of the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, Sharon Tanner
(1st alternate), National League for Nursing Accreditation Commission,
and Ralph Wolf (2nd alternate), Western Association of Schools and
Colleges, representing regional/programmatic accreditors.
Anthony Mirando, Nation Accrediting Commission of Cosmetology Arts
and Sciences, and Michale McComis (alternate), Accrediting Commission
of Career Schools and Colleges, representing national accreditors.
Jim Simpson, Florida State University, and Susan Lehr (alternate),
Florida State University, representing work force development.
Carol Lindsey, Texas Guaranteed Student Loan Corp, and Janet Dodson
(alternate), National Student Loan Program, representing the lending
community.
Chris Young, Wonderlic, Inc., and Dr. David Waldschmidt
(alternate), Wonderlic, Inc., representing test publishers.
Dr. Marshall Hill, Nebraska Coordinating Commission for
Postsecondary Education, and Dr. Kathryn Dodge (alternate), New
Hampshire Postsecondary Education Commission, representing State higher
education officials.
Carney McCullough and Fred Sellers, U.S. Department of Education,
representing the Federal Government.
These protocols also provided that, unless agreed to otherwise,
consensus on all of the amendments in the proposed regulations had to
be achieved for consensus to be reached on the entire NPRM. Consensus
means that there must be no dissent by any member.
During the meetings, Team I reviewed and discussed drafts of
proposed regulations. At the final meeting in January 2010, Team I did
not reach consensus on the proposed regulations
[[Page 34808]]
in this document. With regard to gainful employment in a recognized
occupation, this document addresses technical, reporting, and
disclosure issues. The remaining issues under consideration that
address the extent to which certain educational programs lead to
gainful employment and the conditions under which those programs remain
eligible for title IV, HEA program funds are not included in this NPRM.
Summary of Proposed Changes
These proposed regulations would address program integrity issues
by:
Requiring institutions to develop and follow procedures to
evaluate the validity of a student's high school diploma if the
institution or the Secretary has reason to believe that the diploma is
not valid or was not obtained from an entity that provides secondary
school education;
Expanding eligibility for title IV, HEA program assistance
to students who demonstrate they have the ability to benefit by
satisfactorily completing six credits of college work, or the
equivalent amounts of coursework, that are applicable toward a degree
or certificate offered by an institution;
Amending and adding definitions of terms related to
ability to benefit testing, including ``assessment center,''
``independent test administrator,'' ``individual with a disability,''
``test,'' ``test administrator,'' and ``test publisher'';
Consolidating into a single regulatory provision the
approval processes for ability to benefit tests developed by test
publishers and States;
Establishing requirements under which test publishers and
States must provide descriptions of processes for identifying and
handling test score abnormalities, ensuring the integrity of the
testing environment, and certifying and decertifying test
administrators;
Requiring test publishers and States to describe any
accommodations available for individuals with disabilities, as well as
the process a test administrator would use to identify and report to
the test publisher instances in which these accommodations were used;
Revising the test approval procedures and criteria for
ability to benefit tests, including procedures related to the approval
of tests for speakers of foreign languages and individuals with
disabilities;
Revising the definitions and provisions that describe the
activities that constitute substantial misrepresentation by an
institution of the nature of its educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its graduates;
Removing the ``safe harbor'' provisions related to
incentive compensation for any person or entity engaged in any student
recruitment or admission activity, including making decisions regarding
the award of title IV, HEA program assistance;
Clarifying what is required for an institution of higher
education, a proprietary institution of higher education, and a
postsecondary vocational institution to be considered legally
authorized by the State;
Defining a credit hour and establishing procedures that
certain institutional accrediting agencies must have in place to
determine whether an institution's assignment of a credit hour is
acceptable;
Modifying provisions to clarify whether and when an
institution must award student financial assistance based on clock or
credit hours and the standards for credit-to-clock-hour conversions;
Modifying the provisions related to written arrangements
between two or more eligible institutions that are owned or controlled
by the same person or entity so that the percentage of the educational
program that may be provided by the institution that does not grant the
degree or certificate under the arrangement may not exceed 50 percent;
Prohibiting written arrangements between an eligible
institution and an ineligible institution that has had its
certification to participate in title IV, HEA programs revoked or its
application for recertification denied;
Expanding provisions related to the information that an
institution with a written arrangement must disclose to a student
enrolled in a program affected by the arrangement, including, for
example, the portion of the educational program that the institution
that grants the degree or certificate is not providing;
Revising the definition of unsubsidized student financial
aid programs to include TEACH Grants, Federal PLUS Loans, and Direct
PLUS Loans;
Codifying current policy that an institution must complete
verification before the institution may exercise its professional
judgment authority;
Eliminating the 30 percent verification cap;
Retaining the ability of institutions to select additional
applicants for verification;
Replacing the five verification items for all selected
applicants with a targeted selection from items included in an annual
Federal Register notice published by the Secretary;
Allowing interim disbursements when changes to an
applicant's FAFSA information would not change the amount that the
student would receive under a title IV, HEA program;
Codifying the Department's IRS Data Retrieval System
Process, which allows an applicant to import income and other data from
the IRS into an online FAFSA;
Requiring the processing of all changes and corrections to
an applicant's FAFSA information;
Modifying the provisions related to institutional
satisfactory academic progress policies and the impact these policies
have on a student's eligibility for title IV, HEA program assistance;
Expanding the definition of full-time student to allow,
for a term-based program, repeated coursework taken in the program to
count towards a full-time workload;
Clarifying when a student is considered to have withdrawn
from a payment period of enrollment for the purpose of calculating a
return of title IV, HEA program funds;
Clarifying the circumstances under which an institution is
required to take attendance for the purpose of calculating a return of
title IV, HEA program funds;
Modifying the provisions for disbursing title IV, HEA
program funds to ensure that certain students can obtain or purchase
books and supplies by the seventh day of a payment period;
Updating the definition of the term recognized occupation
to reflect current usage; and
Establishing requirements for institutions to submit
information on program completers for programs that prepare students
for gainful employment in recognized occupations.
Significant Proposed Regulations
We group major issues according to subject, with appropriate
sections of the proposed regulations referenced in parentheses. We
discuss other substantive issues under the sections of the proposed
regulations to which they pertain. Generally, we do not address
proposed regulatory provisions that are technical or otherwise minor in
effect.
Part 600 Institutional Eligibility Under the Higher Education Act of
1965, as Amended
Gainful Employment in a Recognized Occupation (Sec. Sec. 600.2, 600.4,
600.5, 600.6, 668.6, and 668.8)
Statute: Sections 102(b) and (c) of the HEA define, in part, a
proprietary institution and a postsecondary vocational institution,
respectively, as
[[Page 34809]]
an institution that provides an eligible program of training that
prepares students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation.
Section 101(b)(1) of the HEA defines an institution of higher
education, in part, as any institution that provides not less than a
one-year program of training that prepares students for gainful
employment in a recognized occupation.
One-Year Programs at Institutions of Higher Education
Current Regulations: Sec. 600.4(a)(4)(iii) provides that a public
or nonprofit institution may provide a training program of at least one
academic year that leads to a certificate, degree, or other recognized
educational credential and prepares students for gainful employment in
a recognized occupation. In addition, Sec. 668.8(c)(3) provides that
an eligible program at an institution of higher education may be at
least a one-academic-year training program that leads to a certificate,
degree, or other recognized credential and prepares students for
gainful employment in a recognized occupation.
Proposed Regulations: The proposed regulations would amend
Sec. Sec. 600.4(a)(4)(iii) and 668.8(c)(3) by removing the reference
to degree programs.
Reasons: In keeping with the statute, we would clarify in proposed
Sec. Sec. 600.4(a)(4)(iii) and 668.8(c)(3) that only certificate or
credentialed nondegree programs of at least one academic year, that are
offered by a public or nonprofit institution of higher education, are
programs that must prepare students for gainful employment in a
recognized occupation.
Recognized Occupation
Current Regulations: Section 600.2 defines a recognized occupation
as an occupation that is listed in an ``occupational division'' of the
latest edition of the Dictionary of Occupational Titles, published by
the U.S. Department of Labor, or an occupation determined to be a
recognized occupation by the Secretary in consultation with the
Secretary of Labor.
Proposed Regulations: Proposed Sec. 600.2 would define recognized
occupation as an occupation identified by a Standard Occupational
Classification (SOC) code established by the Office of Management and
Budget or an Occupational Information Network O* NET-SOC code
established by the Department of Labor and available at https://online.onetcenter.org or its successor site.
Reasons: The definition of recognized occupation in proposed Sec.
600.2 would simply replace an outdated reference to the Dictionary of
Occupational Titles with current references to SOC codes established by
the Office of Management and Budget or the Department of Labor.
Gainful Employment
Current Regulations: Sections 600.4(a)(4)(iii), 600.5(a)(5), and
600.6(a)(4) mirror the statutory provisions, and like the statute, do
not define or further describe the meaning of the phrase ``gainful
employment.''
Proposed Regulations: Under proposed Sec. 668.6(a), an institution
would annually submit information about students who complete a program
that leads to gainful employment in a recognized occupation. That
information would include, at a minimum, identifying information about
each student who completed a program, the Classification of
Instructional Program (CIP) code for that program, the date the student
completed the program, and the amounts the student received from
private educational loans and institutional financing plans.
In addition, under proposed Sec. 668.6(b), an institution would be
required to disclose on its Web site information about (1) the
occupations that its programs prepare students to enter, along with
links to occupational profiles on O*NET, (2) the on-time graduation
rate of students entering a program, (3) the cost of each program,
including costs for tuition and fees, room and board, and other
institutional costs typically incurred by students enrolling in the
program, (4) beginning no later than June 30, 2013, the placement rate
for students completing each of those programs, as determined under
Sec. 668.8(g) or a State-sponsored workforce data system, and (5) the
median loan debt incurred by students who completed each program in the
preceding three years, identified separately as title IV, HEA loan debt
and debt from private educational loans and institutional financing
plans.
Reasons: The Department plans to use this information to continue
to assess the outcomes of programs that lead to gainful employment in a
recognized occupation. The proposed new requirement would enable the
Department to further evaluate and monitor the outcomes of these
programs. In addition, to better inform prospective students, proposed
Sec. 668.6(b) would require an institution to disclose on its Web site
the cost, graduation and placement rates, job-related information for
each of its programs, and debt levels of students who completed the
program during the past three years. We seek comment on whether the
proposed Web-based approach is the most appropriate way to ensure that
prospective students obtain this information or whether we should
consider other approaches. With regard to disclosing Federal and non-
Federal loan debt, based on the information an institution would submit
under proposed Sec. 668.6(a), the Department would be able to provide
the institution with the median title IV, HEA loan debt, by program,
and the median debt from private loans and institutional financing
plans by program. The institution would then disclose these amounts.
While we believe that Sec. 668.43 already requires an institution to
disclose program cost information, we wish to make it an explicit
requirement in this part of the regulations because our research showed
that program cost information was not disclosed on the Web sites of
many institutions.
Definition of a Credit Hour (Sec. Sec. 600.2, 602.24, 603.24, and
668.8)
Statute: Section 481(a)(2) of the HEA defines an academic year for
an undergraduate program, in part, as requiring a minimum of 24
semester or trimester credit hours or 36 quarter credit hours in a
course of study that measures academic progress in credit hours or 900
clock hours in a course of study that measures academic progress in
clock hours. Section 481(b) of the HEA defines an eligible program, in
part, as a program of at least 600 clock hours, 16 semester hours, or
24 quarter hours or, in certain instances, a program of at least 300
clock hours, 8 semester hours, or 12 quarter hours. Sections 428(b)(1),
428B(a)(2), 428H(d)(1), 455(a)(1), and 484(b)(3) and (4) of the HEA
specify that a student must be carrying at least one-half of the normal
full-time work load for the student's course of study in order to
qualify for any loan under parts B and D of title IV of the HEA.
Section 401 of the HEA provides that a student's Federal Pell Grant
must be adjusted based on the student's enrollment status and that a
student must be enrolled at least half-time to be eligible for a second
consecutive Federal Pell Grant in an award year. Section 496(a)(5)(H)
of the HEA requires that an accrediting agency assess an institution's
measure of program length. Section 487(c)(4) of the HEA requires that
the Secretary publish a list of State agencies which the Secretary
determines to be reliable authorities as to the quality of public
[[Page 34810]]
postsecondary vocational education in their respective States for the
purpose of determining institutional eligibility for Federal student
assistance programs.
Current Regulations: There is no definition of a credit hour in any
current regulations for programs funded under the HEA; and the term is
not defined in the regulations that set out the requirements for the
Secretary's recognition of accrediting agencies or State agencies for
the approval of public postsecondary vocational education. The
regulations that address an institutional accrediting agency's, or
State approval agency's, reviews and evaluations of an institution's
assignment of credit hours are set out in 34 CFR part 602 for an
accrediting agency and 34 CFR part 603 for a State approval agency.
In current Sec. 668.8(k) and (l), the regulations provide the
formula that certain undergraduate programs must use to convert the
number of clock hours offered to the appropriate number of credit hours
used for title IV, HEA aid calculations and the requirements for
identifying the undergraduate programs subject to using the formula.
For these programs, each semester or trimester hour must include at
least 30 clock hours of instruction, and each quarter hour must include
at least 20 hours of instruction. An institution must use the formula
to determine if a program is eligible for title IV, HEA purposes unless
(1) the institution offers an undergraduate program in credit hours
that is at least two academic years in length and leads to an associate
degree, a bachelor's degree, or a professional degree or (2) each
course within the program is acceptable for full credit toward an
associate degree, bachelor's degree, or professional degree offered by
the institution, and the degree offered by the institution requires at
least two academic years of study.
Proposed Regulations: Definition of a Credit Hour
The Department proposes to add to Sec. 600.2 a definition of a
credit hour that would measure credit hours in terms of the amount of
time and work during which a student is engaged in academic activity
using commonly accepted academic practice in higher education, and
further would provide for institutionally established equivalencies as
represented by learning outcomes and verified achievement.
Accrediting Agency Procedures
The Department proposes to amend current Sec. 602.24 by adding a
new paragraph (f). Proposed Sec. 602.24(f) would describe the
responsibilities of an accrediting agency to review and evaluate an
institution's policies and procedures for the assignment of credit
hours and the institution's application of its policies and procedures
in assigning credit hours to its programs and courses. An accrediting
agency would be required to make a reasonable determination of whether
the institution's assignment of credit hours conforms to commonly
accepted practice in higher education. The proposed regulations in
Sec. 602.24(f) also would provide that an accrediting agency may use
sampling or other methods in its reviews of programs at institutions,
must take such actions that it deems appropriate to address any
deficiencies that it identifies, and must notify the Secretary promptly
of any systemic noncompliance with the agency's policies or significant
noncompliance regarding one or more programs at the institution.
State Approval Agency Procedures
The Department proposes to amend current Sec. 603.24 by
redesignating paragraph (c) as paragraph (d) and adding a new paragraph
(c). For State agencies for the approval of public postsecondary
education, proposed Sec. 603.24(c) would provide for the same
responsibilities as described for accrediting agencies regarding the
review and evaluation of an institution's policies and procedures for
the assignment of credit hours and the institution's application of its
policies and procedures in assigning credit hours to its programs and
courses.
Clock-to-Credit-Hour Conversion
Proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(1) would revise the method of converting
clock hours to credit hours to use a ratio of the minimum clock hours
in an academic year to the minimum credit hours in an academic year,
i.e., 900 clock hours to 24 semester or trimester hours or 36 quarter
hours. Thus, a semester or trimester hour would be based on at least
37.5 clock hours, and a quarter hour would be based on at least 25
clock hours. Proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(2) creates an exception to the
conversion ratio in proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(1) if neither an
institution's designated accrediting agency nor the relevant State
licensing authority for participation in the title IV, HEA programs
determines there are any deficiencies in the institution's policies,
procedures, and practices for establishing the credit hours that the
institution awards for programs and courses, as defined in proposed
Sec. 600.2. Under the exception provided by proposed Sec.
668.8(l)(2), an institution may combine students' work outside of class
with the clock-hours of instruction in order to meet or exceed the
numeric requirements established in proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(1).
However, under proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(2), the institution must use at
least 30 clock hours for a semester or trimester hour or 20 clock hours
for a quarter hour.
In determining whether there is outside work that a student must
perform, the analysis must take into account differences in coursework
and educational activities within the program. Some portions of a
program may require student work outside of class that justifies the
application of proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(2). In addition, the application
of proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(2) may vary within a program depending on
variances in required student work outside of class for different
portions of the program. Other portions of the program may not have
outside work, and proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(1) must be applied. Of
course, an institution applying only proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(1) to a
program eligible for conversion from clock hours to credit hours,
without an analysis of the program's coursework, would be considered
compliant with the requirements of proposed Sec. 668.8(l).
Proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(1)(ii) modifies a provision in current
regulations to provide that a program is not subject to the conversion
formula in Sec. 668.8(l) where each course within the program is
acceptable for full credit toward a degree that is offered by the
institution and that this degree requires at least two academic years
of study. Additionally, under proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(1)(ii), the
institution would be required to demonstrate that students enroll in,
and graduate from, the degree program.
Proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(2)(i) would provide that a program is
considered to be a clock-hour program if the program must be measured
in clock hours to receive Federal or State approval or licensure, or if
completing clock hours is a requirement for graduates to apply for
licensure or the authorization to practice the occupation that the
student is intending to pursue. Under proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(2)(ii)
and (iii), the program is also considered to be offered in clock hours
if the credit hours awarded for the program are not in compliance with
the definition of a credit hour in proposed Sec. 600.2, or if the
institution does not provide the clock hours that are the basis for the
credit hours awarded for the program or each course in the program and,
except as provided in current Sec. 668.4(e), require attendance in the
clock hours that are the basis for the credit hours awarded. The
proposed regulations on which tentative agreement was reached did not
include
[[Page 34811]]
the provision in proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(2)(iii) that, except as
provided in current Sec. 668.4(e), an institution must require
attendance in the clock hours that are the basis for the credit hours
awarded. However, during the negotiations we had previously proposed to
include such a provision.
Proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(3) would provide that proposed Sec.
668.8(k)(2)(i) would not apply if a limited portion of the program
includes a practicum, internship, or clinical experience component that
must include a minimum number of clock hours due to a State or Federal
approval or licensure requirement.
Reasons: Definition of a Credit Hour
A credit hour is a unit of measure that gives value to the level of
instruction, academic rigor, and time requirements for a course taken
at an educational institution. At its most basic, a credit hour is a
proxy measure of a quantity of student learning. The credit hour was
developed as part of a process to establish a standard measure of
faculty workloads, costs of instruction, and rates of educational
efficiencies as well as a measure of student work for transfer
students. While the credit hour was developed to provide some uniform
measure, it may not consistently relate to comparable measures of time
or workload within institutions or between different types of
institutions. Most postsecondary institutions do not have specific
policies or criteria to assign credit hours to coursework in a uniform
manner.
In keeping with the original purpose of providing a consistent
measure of at least a minimum quantity of a student's academic
engagement, the proposed definition of a credit hour will establish a
basis for measuring eligibility for Federal funding. This standard
measure will provide increased assurance that a credit hour has the
necessary educational content to support the amounts of Federal funds
that are awarded to participants in Federal funding programs and that
students at different institutions are treated equitably in the
awarding of those funds.
We recognize, however, that other measures of educational content
are being developed by institutions and do not intend to limit the
methods by which an institution may measure a student's work in his or
her educational activities. We, therefore, are including in paragraph
(3) of the proposed definition of a credit hour a provision that an
institution may provide institutional equivalencies for the amount of
work specified in paragraph (1) of the proposed definition as
represented in intended learning outcomes and verified by evidence of
their achievement. Further, the institution's equivalencies must be in
accordance with any process or conditions required by an institution's
designated accrediting agency for title IV, HEA program participation,
because these agencies are well positioned to provide oversight in this
area.
During the negotiated rulemaking sessions, a few of the non-Federal
negotiators were opposed to any proposal to define a credit hour
because they believed that a definition would impinge upon an
institution's ability to create innovative courses and teaching
methods. They also argued that the proposed definition was too
restrictive and inhibited the academic freedom of schools. Other non-
Federal negotiators agreed that a definition was necessary and did not
believe the Department's proposed definition would adversely impact
institutions. These other non-Federal negotiators agreed with our
position that the proposed definition of a credit hour would provide
sufficient flexibilities for institutions and supported keeping it in
the proposed regulations.
One significant change is proposed in the regulations to address a
concern raised during the negotiated rulemaking sessions regarding a
definition of a credit hour. The change is to recognize in paragraph
(3) of the proposed definition that an institution would be able to
establish reasonable equivalent measures of a credit hour. As is also
the case with paragraphs (1) and (2) of the proposed definition, the
measures must be reasonable and in accordance with the requirements of
the institution's designated accrediting agency, or State agency for
the approval of public postsecondary vocational education, for title
IV, HEA program participation as well as for participation in other HEA
programs. This change further ensures that the definition will allow
institutions to adopt alternative measures of student work.
The proposed definition of a credit hour does not change our policy
that we provide funding based only on credit hours that are the direct
result of postsecondary student work. Thus, we do not currently, nor do
we propose to, provide funding for credits awarded based on Advanced
Placement (AP) or International Baccalaureate (IB) programs, tests or
testing out, life experience, or similar competency measures.
No agreement was reached to amend Sec. 600.2 to include a
definition of a credit hour due to the belief of some non-Federal
negotiators that a definition would limit an institution's ability to
use alternative measures of student work.
Accrediting Agency Procedures
Section 496(a)(5) of the HEA requires that, to be recognized by the
Secretary, an accrediting agency must have standards to evaluate an
institution's or program's ``measures of program length and the
objectives of the degrees or credentials offered.'' Thus, accrediting
agencies are required to make a judgment about program length and the
amount of credit an institution or program grants for course work.
Accrediting agency standards related to program length differ
significantly in their specificity and these standards generally do not
define what a credit hour is. This lack of specificity in standards
covering student achievement and program length has inherent
limitations and may result in inconsistent treatment of Federal funds.
We believe that the lack of more direct accrediting agency
oversight in the assignment of credits to coursework may result in some
institutions not being able to demonstrate that there is sufficient
course content to substantiate the credit hours for certain programs.
Such abuse may be more likely due to the expanded availability to a
student of two Federal Pell Grants in an award year. We believe that
the potential for such abuse and the inconsistent treatment of Federal
funds would be significantly alleviated by establishing the proposed
definition of credit hour in Sec. 600.2 and providing in proposed
Sec. 602.24(f) that accrediting agencies must review (1) an
institution's policies and procedures for the assignment of credit
hours in accordance with the proposed definition in Sec. 600.2 and (2)
the institution's application of its policies and procedures in
assigning credit hours to its programs and courses.
The negotiators reached tentative agreement on adding proposed
Sec. 602.24(f).
State Agency Procedures for the Approval of Public Vocational Education
The regulations concerning the recognition of State agencies for
the approval of public vocational education were not discussed during
the negotiations. We believe that Sec. 603.24 should be amended to
make changes comparable to the proposed regulations for the recognition
of accrediting agencies. We believe these proposed changes are needed
for the same reasons as we are proposing to amend part 602. The changes
are also necessary for purposes of determining equivalencies
[[Page 34812]]
to a credit hour under paragraph (3) of the proposed definition of a
credit hour in Sec. 600.2 as well as for Sec. 668.8(l) regarding
credit-to-clock-hour conversions.
Credit-to-Clock-Hour Conversion
Section 668.8(k) and (l) of the current regulations that provide
conditions and formulas for the conversion of clock hours to credit
hours for undergraduate programs were adopted prior to the statutory
change in the definition of an academic year for clock-hour programs.
Under section 481(b) of the HEA, an academic year for a program must
now provide for a minimum of 26 weeks of instructional time in a clock-
hour program as opposed to the 30 weeks of instructional time required
for credit-hour programs. However, undergraduate programs continue to
include 900 clock hours, 24 semester or trimester hours, or 36 quarter
credits. We are proposing to update the formula to reflect the
statute's treatment of 900 clock hours over 26 weeks of instructional
time as reflecting no outside student work and the 900 clock hours
being directly proportional to 24 semester hours or 36 quarter credits.
As a result, proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(1) would revise the minimum
general standard for converting clock hours to credit hours to reflect
the ratio of the minimum clock hours in an academic year to the minimum
credit hours in an academic year. As some non-Federal negotiators
noted, portions of some clock-hour programs require student work
outside of class. Proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(2) would, therefore, provide
an exception to the standard in proposed Sec. 668.8(l)(1) for
coursework in a program that qualifies for a lesser rate of conversion
based on additional student work outside of class. For coursework that
includes student work outside of class in a qualifying program, an
institution would take into account the amount of outside coursework to
determine the appropriate number of clock hours to convert to a credit
hour, but may not use less than the current requirements of 30 clock
hours for a semester or trimester hour or 20 clock hours for a quarter
hour.
We believe that changes are needed to the conditions in current
Sec. 668.8(k)(1) for determining that a program is not subject to the
conversion formula in Sec. 668.8(l). We have identified potential
abuses with the provision that an institution's program is not subject
to the conversion formula in Sec. 668.8(l) if each course within the
program is acceptable for full credit toward a degree that is offered
by the institution and requires at least two academic years of study.
Some institutions appear to have established degree programs in which
few if any students enroll or graduate but which are the basis for
claiming that all courses of another nondegree program are acceptable
for full credit in the degree program. To address this abuse, proposed
Sec. 668.8(k)(1)(ii) would require the institution to demonstrate that
students enroll in, and graduate from, the degree program. Proposed
Sec. 668.8(k)(2)(i) would provide that a program must be considered a
clock-hour program if the program must be measured in clock hours to
receive Federal or State approval or licensure or completing clock
hours is a requirement for graduates to apply for licensure or the
authorization to practice the occupation that the student is intending
to pursue. We believe such requirements show that the program is still
fundamentally a clock-hour program and should not be treated as a
credit-hour program for purposes of title IV, HEA program assistance.
We also believe it is appropriate under proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(2)(ii)
and (iii) to require that a program must be considered to be offered in
clock hours if an institution is failing either to award the credit
hours that are in compliance with the definition of a credit hour in
proposed Sec. 600.2 or to ensure that students are attending at least
the minimum number of clock hours that are the basis for the credit
hours awarded for the program. A program that may qualify for
conversion to credit hours is still fundamentally a clock-hour program
that must meet additional requirements. If the provisions of proposed
Sec. 668.8(k)(1) and (2) are applicable, a program should not qualify
for conversion to credit hours because the program's essential nature
as a clock-hour program requires that it be measured in clock hours for
other purposes or because it fails to be offered in a manner that
supports the conversion.
In response to some non-Federal negotiators' concerns, proposed
Sec. 668.8(k)(3) would clarify the requirements in proposed Sec.
668.8(k)(2)(i) by providing that proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(2)(i) would
not apply if a limited portion of a program such as a practicum,
internship, or clinical experience component must be measured in clock
hours due to a State or Federal approval or licensure requirement. We
agree with the non-Federal negotiators that such a limited requirement
should not be an impediment to the program qualifying for a clock-to-
credit-hour conversion.
The negotiators reached tentative agreement on proposed Sec.
668.8(l) and (k), except for proposed Sec. 668.8(k)(2)(iii) which has
been changed to provide that an institution must require attendance in
the clock hours that are the basis for the credit hours awarded, except
as provided in current Sec. 668.4(e). We believe the change assures
that the clock hours are being offered and that students are attending
the clock hours that are the basis for the clock-to-credit-hour
conversion.
State Authorization (Sec. Sec. 600.4(a)(3), 600.5(a)(4), 600.6(a)(3),
and 600.9)
Statute: Section 101(a)(2) of the HEA defines the term
``institution of higher education'' to mean, in part, an educational
institution in any State that is legally authorized within the State to
provide a program of education beyond secondary education. Section
102(a) of the HEA provides, by reference to section 101(a)(2) of the
HEA, that a proprietary institution of higher education and a
postsecondary vocational institution must be similarly authorized
within a State.
Current Regulations: The regulations do not define or describe the
statutory requirement that an institution must be legally authorized in
a State.
Proposed Regulations: Under proposed Sec. 600.9, an institution
would be legally authorized by a State through a charter, license,
approval, or other document issued by a State government agency or
State entity that affirms or conveys the authority to the institution
to operate educational programs beyond secondary education. An
institution would also be considered legally authorized in a State if
the institution were authorized to offer programs beyond secondary
education by the Federal Government or an Indian Tribe as that term is
described in 25 U.S.C. 1802(2) or if it were exempt from State
authorization as a religious institution under the State constitution.
The Secretary would consider an institution to be legally
authorized by a State if (1) the authorization is given to the
institution specifically to offer programs beyond secondary education,
(2) the authorization is subject to adverse action by the State, and
(3) the State has a process to review and appropriately act on
complaints concerning an institution and enforces applicable State
laws.
References to Sec. 600.9 would be added for clarity in Sec. Sec.
600.4(a)(3), 600.5(a)(4), and 600.6(a)(3).
Reasons: The HEA requires institutions to have approval from the
States where they operate to provide postsecondary educational
programs. State oversight through obtaining approval to offer
postsecondary
[[Page 34813]]
education and by State regulatory agency ongoing activities plays an
important role in protecting students, although there may be a lot of
variation in how those responsibilities are exercised. One indicator of
the importance of State oversight has been seen in the movement of
substandard institutions and diploma mills from State to State in
response to changing requirements. These entities set up operation in
States that may initially provide very little oversight and operate
until a State strengthens its oversight of those entities in response
to complaints from the public. In some cases, those entities simply
move to another State that appears to offer little oversight and
repeats the process.
The Department historically viewed the requirement for State
authorization for entities to offer postsecondary education as minimal,
and would deem an entity that had been exempted by its State from State
oversight to have such approval so long as it was able to operate
within the State. Thus, in some States an institution was considered to
be legally authorized to offer postsecondary education based on such
methods as a business license or establishment as an eleemosynary
organization.
Upon further review, we believe the better approach is to view the
State approval to offer postsecondary educational programs as a
substantive requirement where the State is expected to take an active
role in approving an institution and monitoring complaints from the
public about its operations and responding appropriately. The weakness
of the historical approach of not requiring active State approval and
oversight may have contributed to the recent lapse in the existence of
California's Bureau for Private Postsecondary and Vocational Education.
The Bureau served as the State's oversight and regulatory agency for
private proprietary postsecondary institutions until the State
legislature eliminated the Bureau. We were advised that the Bureau was
permitted to lapse because the State determined that doing so would not
immediately harm the institutions that participate in the title IV, HEA
programs. During the period when there was no State agency authorizing
private postsecondary institutions, these institutions continued to
participate in the title IV, HEA programs under some voluntary
agreements while the State legislature worked on creating a new
oversight agency. The proposed regulations, had they been in effect at
that time, would have required that the State keep in place the prior
oversight agency, or to designate a different State agency to perform
the required State functions during the transition to a new State
oversight agency. Otherwise, under the provisions of proposed Sec.
600.9(b), the affected institutions would have ceased to be considered
legally authorized by the State for Federal purposes when the prior
agency's existence lapsed and would have ceased to be eligible
institutions.
Additionally, we are concerned that some States are deferring all,
or nearly all, of their oversight responsibilities to accrediting
agencies for approval of educational institutions, or are providing
exemptions for a subset of institutions for other reasons. Since
accrediting agencies generally require that an institution be legally
operating in the State, we are concerned that the checks and balances
provided by the separate processes of accreditation and State legal
authorization are being compromised.
We initially proposed that State legal authorization be based on a
charter, license, or other document issued by an appropriate State
government agency providing the authority to an institution to operate
educational programs beyond secondary education and grant degrees
within the jurisdiction of the State or other documentation, issued by
an appropriate State government agency that authorizes, licenses, or
otherwise approves the institution to establish and operate within the
State nondegree programs that provide education and training beyond
secondary education. We also provided that State legal authorization
could include reciprocal agreements between appropriate State agencies.
In addition, for institutions in a State to be legally authorized, the
State would be expected to monitor (1) institutional academic quality,
potentially relying on accrediting agencies recognized by the
Secretary; (2) an institution's financial viability; and (3) compliance
with applicable State laws with respect to consumer protection and
other matters of State oversight.
In response to concerns from the non-Federal negotiators, we
clarified in proposed Sec. 600.9(a) that legal authorization could not
only be provided by an appropriate State agency, but also another State
entity, e.g., a State legislature or State constitution. We removed the
references to monitoring the quality of educational programs and
financial responsibility. We accepted the position of some of the non-
Federal negotiators who argued that these additional State requirements
could unnecessarily duplicate Federal or accrediting agency actions.
Similarly we accepted the position of some of the non-Federal
negotiators that States could enter into reciprocal agreements on an as
needed basis without regulations.
Also, in response to recommendations of the non-Federal
negotiators, we added provisions to clarify that an institution would
be considered to be legally authorized in a State if the institution is
authorized to offer educational programs beyond secondary education by
the Federal Government or, as defined in 25 U.S.C. 1802(2), an Indian
tribe or if it is exempt from State authorization as a religious
institution under the State constitution. In proposed Sec. 600.9(b),
we also further revised the bases under which we would consider an
institution to be legally authorized by a State. We would require that
the authorization must be specifically to offer programs beyond
secondary education and may not be merely of the type required to do
business in the State. We believe that this provision would remove any
ambiguity regarding the type of authorization acceptable to establish
institutional eligibility to participate in Federal programs. The
regulations also require an institution's legal authorization to be
subject to adverse action by the State, and that a State has a process
to review and appropriately act on complaints concerning an
institution, and to enforce applicable State laws. We believe these
additional conditions are necessary to establish minimal State
oversight for institutions to be considered legally authorized to offer
postsecondary education for purposes of qualifying as an eligible
institution for Federal programs.
The committee did not reach agreement on this issue. A few
negotiators objected to allowing States to continue to rely on an
institution's status with an outside entity, for example, accredited
status with a nationally recognized accrediting agency, as a basis for
State legal authorization and were also concerned that the proposed
regulations would no longer have a requirement that a State review an
institution's fiscal viability. The regulations do not prohibit a State
from relying in part upon an accrediting agency, but the State is still
required to perform certain functions itself. For example, an
institution's authorization must be subject to adverse action by a
State agency or other State entity, and the State must have a process
for a State agency to review and appropriately act on complaints
concerning an institution.
[[Page 34814]]
Part 668 Student Assistance General Provisions Coursework (Sec. 668.2)
Statute: None.
Current regulations: None
Proposed regulations: The proposed regulations would amend the
definition of ``full-time student'' in Sec. 668.2 to allow repeated
coursework to count towards a student enrollment status in term-based
programs.
Reasons: The current policy provides that a student enrolled in a
term-based program may not be paid for repeating a course unless the
student will receive credit for the coursework in addition to any
credits previously earned. The non-Federal negotiators were concerned
that institutions are unable to track this type of information without
doing a program audit of each individual student. We agreed and
proposed to amend the definition of full-time to provide that such
credits would count toward enrollment status and be eligible for
payment under the title IV, HEA programs.
The negotiators reached tentative agreement on this issue.
Written Arrangements (Sec. Sec. 668.5 and 668.43)
Statute: None.
Current Regulations: Under current Sec. 668.5(a), an eligible
institution may enter into a written agreement with another eligible
institution, or with a consortium of eligible institutions, to provide
all or part of an educational program. The educational program is
considered to be an eligible program if it meets the requirements of
Sec. 668.8. There is no requirement in either Sec. 668.5 or Sec.
668.43 of the current regulations that institutions provide information
on written arrangements to enrolled or prospective students.
Proposed Regulations: The Department proposes to amend current
Sec. 668.5(a) by revising and redesignating paragraph (a) as paragraph
(a)(1) and adding a new paragraph (a)(2). Proposed Sec. 668.5(a)(1)
would be based on the language that is in current paragraph (a), but it
would be modified to make it consistent with the definition of an
``educational program'' in 34 CFR 600.2. Proposed new Sec. 668.5(a)(2)
would specify that if a written arrangement is between two or more
eligible institutions that are owned or controlled by the same
individual, partnership, or corporation, the institution that grants
the degree or certificate must provide more than 50 percent of the
educational program. These clarifications are also intended to ensure
that the institution enrolling the student has all necessary approvals
to offer an educational program in the format in which it is being
provided, such as through distance education, when the other
institution is providing instruction under a written agreement using
that method of delivery. Proposed Sec. 668.5(c)(1) would expand the
list of conditions that would preclude an arrangement between an
eligible institution and an ineligible institution. Proposed Sec. Sec.
668.5(e) and 668.43 would require an institution that enters into a
written arrangement to provide a description of the arrangement to
enrolled and prospective students.
Reasons: Under the definition of an ``educational program'' in 34
CFR 600.2, if an institution does not provide any instruction itself,
but merely gives credit for instruction provided by other institutions,
it is not considered to provide an educational program. The change
reflected in proposed Sec. 668.5(a)(1) would eliminate the
inconsistency in these two provisions by clarifying that an institution
may provide part, but not all, of an educational program under a
written arrangement.
Proposed Sec. 668.5(a)(2) would be added to address concerns that
may arise when two institutions under common ownership enter into
written arrangements with each other. One concern, for example, is that
such written agreements between institutions under common ownership
could be used to circumvent regulations governing cohort default rates
and ``90-10'' provisions, which limit the percentage of revenue for-
profit institutions may receive from the Federal student financial
assistance programs, by having one institut